gay apr d
eh
ees
orci
NU
WALLA
Et cant at Gere mrt
JT Reroige Sas SE eke
i Rey ah Verte
‘ , , i 1
‘a
A , 1
1 x : .
h i 4 .
iA v , "
* 5 " }
hh) ‘ i '
(i, , ;
-
~ pe
4
‘
~
-
i
®&
‘
yn
5
UF
$.
2
‘
FURNITURE
of the
PILGRIM CENTURY
(OF AMERICAN ORIGIN)
WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR
““AMERICAN WINDSORS,” 208 pages 54 by 7 in. with 22
added pictures
The above is the only work on the subject.
STATES BEAUTIFUL SERIES
Each 304 pages, 7 by Io in., 304 illustrations
Already Published
New HampsuHirE BEAUTIFUL
VERMONT BEAUTIFUL
MassacHUSETTS BEAUTIFUL
ConnEctTicuT BEAUTIFUL
In Preparation
PENNSYLVANIA BEAUTIFUL (Eastern) to issue 1924.
Ouro BEAUTIFUL to issue 1924.
MaIneE BEAUTIFUL to issue 1924.
New York BeautiFut (Eastern) to issue 1924.
Montana BeautiFuL (With National Parks)
WASHINGTON BEAUTIFUL
FioripA BEAUTIFUL
Tue Ciock Book to issue 1924.
FURNITURE
of the
PILGRIM CENTURY
(OF AMERICAN ORIGIN)
1620-1720
WITH MAPLE AND PINE TO Zs&oo
INCLUDING COLONIAL UTENSILS
AND WROUGHT-IRON HOUSE HARDWARE
INTO THE rgoTH CENTURY
BY
WALLACE NUTTING
ILLUSTRATED WITH MORE THAN FIFTEEN HUNDRED EXAMPLES
COMPLETELY REVISED
AND
GREATLY ENLARGED
OLD AMERICA COMPANY
PUBLISHERS
FRAMINGHAM MASSACHUSETTS
G
To
HENRY WOOD ERVING
WHO EARLY DISCERNED THAT THE
STRENGTH AND BEAUTY OF
PILGRIM FURNITURE
WAS AN EXPRESSION OF
PILGRIM CHARACTER
=4/=
”
t—
a tad
EXPLANATORY
Tus work, like the first edition, is essentially confined to American
furniture and minor articles. Greater care has been taken in this
edition to exclude pieces of doubtful American origin. The few excep-
tions to this rule are noted in the text.
The first edition being exhausted the author was faced with the ques-
tion whether to reprint or revise. The publication of the first edition
elicited information of the existence of many previously unknown but
important pieces. For instance, a court cupboard of supreme interest
was called to the attention of the author by the owner. It had never
been known to the public. By one means or another so much material, in
regard to interesting articles, came to the attention of the author, that
it appeared to be wiser to undertake a complete new edition. Practically
every page has been rewritten and about six hundred additional articles
have been illustrated so that the total number shown, numbered and un-
numbered, approaches two thousand. Many articles appearing in a decora-
tive form as, in one case, about a hundred pieces of pewter on an open
dresser are not taken account of and are not even referred to again. We
have thought it wiser to pass over the partial consideration of any class of
subjects, and to treat in a very full manner those classes called for in
our title page. Thus in the matter of iron: cast iron, though certainly
used more or less for five hundred years, is shown in only one or two
examples.
As there appear to be no known American clocks of the Pilgrim Century,
or at least not enough examples to merit treatment here, it has been thought
best to exclude all clocks, leaving that class of objects for possible treat-
ment in a separate work.
Advantage has been taken of the opportunity to make a few corrections
and to omit a few pieces which, owing to their similarity to others, or for
other competent reasons could be spared. It should not, however, be
inferred that the omission of any piece casts a reflection on its authenticity.
Greater attention has been paid to dimensions, to dates, and to the
woods employed. The matter of ownership has been brought up to date
so far as feasible, but the articles in the owner’s collection are not, in the
text, so designated. The curious may find them in the index. Some
owners reserve their names.
8 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
All classes of subjects shown have been much increased in number.
This is especially true of court cupboards, pine cupboards, chests and,
most of all, of hardware. Here the additions are so numerous that they
outnumber the old subjects many fold. In this department of the work
almost every one of the objects shown is in the collection of the author
or those of his friends.
Since so much English furniture has been coming to America, and so
much study has been given to English works on the subject, the opinion
had been pretty generally established that, so far as grace and charm and
quaintness are concerned, American furniture before the mahogany period,
in the turned styles at least, surpasses the old world patterns. Never
before have exclusively American collections been so desired.
The author makes no pretence to exhaustive knowledge, and where
any article is referred to as unique or as one of two or three of its class
known, he would be understood as limiting these statements to his own
or his friends’ knowledge, as of the date of issue of this edition.
The increase of interest in the subjects treated has been startlingly
rapid. A score of years since one might have gathered up most of the
good old iron in America, and have been thanked for carrying it away.
Yet this iron is now felt to be almost as important in giving a house the
feeling of the period as the furniture itself, particularly if we take into
account the fixed, as well as the lighting and fireplace hardware.
The best pieces of American furniture are certainly cherished as highly
by us as are the best pieces abroad. Possibly this would be true irrespec-
tive of the comparative intrinsic merits of American and foreign articles.
We want what our own ancestors made and used. It enriches life, and
gives us the aroma of a past which is most delightful in retrospect, what-
ever may have been its strenuous reality. That which has been handled
and used by six, seven or eight generations of our ancestors, is in a manner
sacred, so that we avoid any financial appraisal of it. We think of it in
terms of affection. The great war has stimulated our attention to it and
enhanced our regard for it.
The great number of new plates and the increasing costs of material
and labor, have worked hardships in the matter of books. But the pub-
lishers are to issue this work at the same moderate price as the first
edition, encouraged by the reception of the first edition. Indeed, those
who really know the extent of the labor required in this volume will also
know that it is issued primarily as a labor of love.
Watiace NuttTInG
FRAMINGHAM, MassAcHUSETTS
CONTENTS
The references are to text pages only
PAGE
ee tne bss wascebiniecues 17
INES er 117
Bee i dace Soke be ase ee 130
Meme RAMES (mall)... 0. oi. cee cee ve eee cca ees 147
Sememsie or Desk). 2 fb a hk ae cece nee ces 160
Meee AND OESKS 2 he hed ee le eet ewe eae 179
RETRO TTEt te i a Like wes wate s 190
ereosepey tine, Walnut, etC.). 2... 0-2... ee cae eee 247
I Ae hl ne oe ee ben wa Ralee te 277
ECO cir) is hake lc tgs wiles Sod dw os 278
Penomeirtined Fuori) 21 ke ee eh es we ees 282
Pers (late 17th and Early 18th Centuries)............... 318
PEPRMMSPMEVIVANIA) 0 6.0.5. kc ten cece ease ehsewsavess Baer
RePammen rearvicd OF METOUEd ol. oe ved eee te vees 348
We CEPT ANCOUS Oo) fice. Eo Ph eee da ed eha ane 359
©. 2 tah RE ee a 388
Prameise DS OETTEES AND SETILES..... 0.20000 ce cnc bee nce 399
ne ee i i hes us bane Pods acd emake 420
EE en se eee Ds a ve kas Ao ee 436
MRE P Re fc 10 hoe spd aes cera ee ee od SEA 450
Peemectory On COMMUNION LABLES. ¢.....00 50+... 00000-2> 454
ERATOR oe ns ies sw ater | 8a cae ew a 495
PINE Ee hh acai wo Ee es et ob datas isp
MU RPPONSTRUMENTS 05. 05c 0) suka ewes sacs beeen de md as 547
RE MET Sar Me Hee ibe tick sak bk Ake mek las 548
Memroemrver Dressing lables) 225 osc Sck sca wows cone ebm abs a 554
MOV AUDE SO yes chy kee Rasen us Uiaty ce ene tee oe 566
ERPEEEIR URN Sel tte erates Matte Ghee hy Re ee Se ad 582
TET CAUNLA GSES | Pon ee Me et ota Lee hes fai ask ye ane Sere eS 608
(AEE od Se seers. bain Sse ne ee Ue a eros) Ae ha nete cD 648
BMREU GET RONMT SSC marl un eins, Lee nies ete es te 651
MieEEODS) OF COLLECTING 1.140 >. outa a eae ees Siok Seen 679
F URN ITURE
of the
PILGRIM CENTURY %
(OF AMERICAN ORIGIN)
1. An ARCHITECTURAL CHEsT. 1640-60.
2. Enp or CHEsT. 3. Env or Court Cuppoarp.
4. A Carvep Oak CuEst. 1650-70.
5. A Carvepo TuHree-PaneL Oak CuHeEstT. 1650-70.
ease
—70.
ELED Lip Cuest. 1650
ED Oax Pan
A Carv
6
Ca deviate ce!
1660-70
wiTH ‘“‘ Rope” Carvine.
HEST
O
Oak
AN
™~
8. A Carvep Oak Four-Pane. Cuest. 1660-70.
g. A Carvep Oax Five Panex Cuesr. 1660-70.
Furniture of the Pilgrim (entury
CHESTS
Cuests are the first form of furniture. We dig them out from
Egyptian tombs. Even nomads find the need of chests, which mark
the beginning, indeed, of a settled civilization. The word chest is of
extremely ancient origin and in the Greek it is precisely the same as the
form still heard among country people, chist. Cyst and encyst are of the
Same source and meaning, as is also chest applied to the human body. As
ordinarily used, the word refers to a wooden receptacle with a lid. In its
European form the chest was first an ecclesiastical appurtenance for the
storage of sacred vessels. Indeed the ark of the covenant among the
Hebrews was a chest. The use of the word tabernacle in conjunction with
a small sacred receptacle is an interesting side light, since it also is applied
to furniture.
The first known carving upon furniture was done on chests, some of the
quaintest of which are still found in the churches of the old world. In the
middle ages the nobles used chests for their valuables and clothing, and it
was a custom for a king in his progress to carry chests with him. The use of
the word box in England for our trunk is a curious survival of that ancient
custom. It was a symbol of respectability and thrift to own a good chest.
The custom of providing a young lady with a hope or dower chest marked
the solid beginnings of her home life. The loose custom of applying the
word dower to small chests-on-frames as special designation is wrong.
Probably most dower chests were initialed and sometimes carried the initials
of both husband and wife. There is no manner, however, of assuring our-
selves that any chest is a dower chest, though the carving of interwoven
hearts or of double initialing is usually to be regarded as the mark of a
dower chest. As any family advanced in worldly gear it added to the num-
ber of its chests.
While chests vary greatly in size they most often perhaps approximate
a length of forty-eight, a hight of thirty, and a depth of eighteen inches.
17
18 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
That is, the proportions are about eight by five by three. This would hold
approximately for chests with one drawer. There are those who claim
that a very nice and precise proportion was maintained in the dimensions
of the chests and of all its panels, but this seems somewhat fanciful. The
theory may have some basis when applied to a chest with a strictly archi-
tectural front.
While the chests of the wealthy were often carved with great elegance
and elaboration, the poor, who also required chests, used the simplest forms,
even the board chest perhaps dating back beyond the seventeenth century.
The early styles of chests were, like all things artistic, derived mostly,
so far as we are concerned, from Italy, whence, through France, Flanders
and Holland, and sometimes from Spain, those styles came into England,
and at length in restricted and special forms were adopted in America. We,
however, retain only the slightest reminiscences of Romanesque and Gothic
shapes. We derive some painted styles from middle Europe, especially
Moravia. For the most part the carving done in America was flat, linear or
peasant carving, terms interchangeable in common use. Carving in the
round or bas-relief is exceedingly rare among us. Indeed, possibly a dozen
instances will cover all American examples.
We recognize that such peasant carving is a marked, even perhaps a
complete degradation, from the forms of the middle ages. America was
founded when a decline in the arts had already set in. We must, therefore,
regard American furniture with mixed sentiments. Probably our taste
for the quaint and our love for what our own ancestors left, and the
admiration which we have for a people who paused in a wilderness to
embellish their households, form a stronger stimulus for the American
collector than any elements of pure art which are found in antique furniture.
With the going out of carving, and in conjunction with its later phases,
came in the addition of applied ornaments, until, in the mid-eighteenth
century, the artistic instinct had so far faded, that we reached a point where
the merest molding was the only survival of decoration on chests.
The material of the earliest American chests was oak, in accordance with
English traditions. But very quickly pine lids were introduced. The
abundance and the size of “ pumpkin ” pine should have been, it would
seem, an early and irresistible temptation. But curiously enough the pine
adopted was the hard or yellow pine so largely vanished now from our
local forests. The hard pine was almost as heavy and difficult to work as
the oak. Following the use of it in lids it quickly came into use in panels
and bottoms.
It is not until the eighteenth century that we begin to see much of the
soft or white pine used, and then it is principally found in the board chests
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 19
which have no claim upon our attention, unless they are in some manner
decorated.
The joined, that is the mortise and tenon frame panels, is always the
mark of good cabinet furniture in any age. The cabinet work of American
chests seem to be not at all inferior to their English prototypes. The use
of the draw bore pin to secure tight joints was first publicly noticed by Lyon
in his invaluable pioneer work. The method consists in so boring the holes
in the rails and the stiles that they shall not absolutely coincide but that
the hole in the rail shall be nearer the shoulder of the tenon, so that the pin
when driven shall draw the rail to form a very close joint with the stile.
Thus an old pin, withdrawn, often shows in a crooked form. These pins
are of white oak.
It is probable, at first, that the joiner was the same person as the
cabinet maker. That is, the word carpenter is far less common in that time.
The same person erected a dwelling and built its furniture. We have known
such instances as late as 1800. The mechanic specially engaged as such by
the Pilgrim Fathers was John Alden, who was followed by Kenelm
Winslow in 1639. We shall have occasion later to refer to chests and cup-
boards which one or the other of them probably constructed.
The first chests were mere boxes without a drawer, and were therefore
most inconvenient. The use first of one drawer, then of two and three,
and finally the transition to a chest-of-drawers was easy. We do not won-
der that the use of the chest went out. The peculiar features of the Ameri-
can chest, which distinguish it from its English cousin, are the simplicity of
its hinges, the use of wood instead of iron for drawer handles, the usual
presence of pine in some part, this last feature not being conclusive. The
method of joining is by some regarded as a distinguishing feature but we are
frank to say that we are not quite able to feel certain about this difference.
Even as regards the oak there are those who are quite ready to distinguish
between the American and English sort. It is usually easy to discern the
difference in the oak. But when our best judges are at variance as to the
very species of the wood, how much less able are they to separate, in every
case, varieties of the same species? A very keen judge once mistook chest-
nut for plain oak. We do not mean to indicate scepticism on our part. We
can only say that the best people are sometimes mistaken. The difference
in color between American and English oak is not always conclusive. The
English examples are sometimes as light as our own. Further, English
oak is often as strongly featured as our own. Ordinarily, oak exposed to the
smoke of an English apartment for several hundred years will be more
or less creosoted, and of course dark. So far has this process gone that
the term black oak is a common and apt description of that wood as seen in
20 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
English dwellings and furniture. To us it seems most sombre and alto-
gether unattractive. The very late introduction of chimneys, and the
discovery by an American, Count Rumford, of a method for preventing
smoky chimneys are circumstances which have freed us from black oak.
The American Indian, had he constructed chests, would soon have seen on
them a complexion properly smoked by his wigwam.
There is a powerful, insidious, sentimental and prideful tendency to in-
duce us to regard a piece of furniture as American. Its native origin makes
it more attractive from every standpoint, even the pecuniary. But in a
work of this kind certainly we cannot afford to lean toward judging a
piece to be American unless we are obliged to do so’ This position is an
amusing shift from that of a few years since, when everyone who had a
piece of old furniture was inclined to refer it to an English origin. Thus
even now we find on Connecticut chests and Pilgrim cupboards, no trace
of the style of either of which we find in England, labels affixed declaring
that these pieces were brought over by English ancestors, if not in the
Mayflower then in the Anne. But even in some recent instances the age of
Anne has of necessity been repudiated. Almost as we write a chest of
drawers with lapped joints has been in good faith represented to us as
brought over by John Alden, and it is still in a family of his descendants.
There are a few Americans who possess a sort of insight into the origin of
furniture. This insight arises from long association with English and
American examples, and is usually trustworthy. Unhappily, it is circum-
stantial evidence that we are, as a rule, obliged to follow. Only one or
two of the makers of American seventeenth century furniture have been
surely connected with the specimens they have left us. Traditions are un-
satisfactory. It is easy to trace the process of their formation. A father
may tell his son that a certain heirloom belonged to his great grandfather,
and was probably handed down from their pioneer ancestors, and that per-
haps he brought it from England. The next generation changes the perhaps
to a probably and the generation following omits the probably. It is not
a conscious misrepresentation. Indeed, the origin of traditions is often
creditable to those through whom they are handed down, even when such
traditions are not reliable. Documentary evidence is almost wholly lack-
ing. Even when we find writings referring to furniture it is only by
inference that we can connect a particular piece of furniture with the writ-
ing. Before the age of photography we lacked an easy and immediate
method of connecting a piece of furniture with the comments upon it. In-
deed, at the present time there is a loose method of referring to furniture in
writings which are not directly connected with the objects described. The
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 2%
only precise method is to write legends directly upon the photograph of the
piece concerned.
We are subjected to further difficulties in the establishing of authen-
ticity in furniture by the repairs, wise or unwise, generally the latter, which
have been made. More often than not the lid of an ancient chest wears
out or splits and is replaced by a new one, so that we cannot certainly
know whether the original lid was pine or oak. The old clinch or staple
or cotter pin hinges, words which describe the same thing, are often replaced
by modern, or at best by a different style of hinges. New panels and new
pins are inserted. New bottoms are placed in the chest or its drawers.
The legs are pieced. Sometimes the decorations or the moldings or the
applied ornaments are restored or even hopelessly changed. This work
is not always done by the unscrupulous. Our attention has recently been
called to what would have been a remarkable court cupboard, the door of
which has been replaced by a glass front! Its shelf also has been replaced
by a marble substitute! Yet the piece is in the hands of the original family
of owners who claim to cherish it with the utmost veneration. They would
not part with it under any consideration nor would they let it alone.
We are using chests, the first great class in furniture of which we treat,
as an opportunity for mentioning these difficulties which occur in our
estimate of all alleged antique furniture, for in all classes of objects we
meet the same principle. We find recently painted or varnished or wrongly
restored pieces to such an extent that their value as examples is mostly lost.
Chests usually appear with three panel fronts. The four panel front
is exceptional and the five panel front is very rare. The ends of the chests
according to merit, age, or style, are arranged in one or two or more
panels either sunk or raised. The backs of good pieces are mostly paneled.
The legs of a chest are in earliest examples simply continuations of
their corner stiles. These legs originally extended below the body of the
piece from seven to eight inches. A present length less than those dimen-
sions is almost invariably to be accounted for by cutting or decay. Pieces
late in the seventeenth century often terminated in ball feet, which were
not as long, but varied from three to perhaps four inches. In some
instances the ball feet were applied on somewhat shortened stile legs. In
most cases the ball feet were applied directly to the body of the piece by
boring a round bottomed hole into the corner of the frame. A square bot-
tomed hole indicates a modern auger rather than the ancient pod bit. The
lids of chests when not attached by the clinch hinges were secured by cleat
hinges. These were in the form of cleats fitted under the end of the lid
where it projected beyond the chest. This cleat gradually widened towards
the back, was bored, and attached to the body by a wooden pin. The
BD FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
cleats were ordinarily oak even when the lid was pine. The projection of
the lid beyond the cleat was slight. Where there was no cleat the pro-
jection usually varied from three quarters of an inch to an inch and a
quarter on the ends and on the front. Behind, the lid was sometimes
flush and sometimes overhung, in such a manner that when it was raised,
the overhang formed a stop to prevent the lid from falling back too far.
The edge of the lid on the ends and the front, but almost never on the back,
was finished in what is popularly called the thumb nail mold. In a few
instances, however, the front and rarely the back has a somewhat more
complicated mold with a bead or two, and the ends are left plain or they
are finished with gouge carving. Two or three instances are known
of paneled top chests which claim an American origin. There are a con-
siderable number of instances of original plain oak tops. The great
majority of original tops are yellow (hard) pine. In this volume the
words yellow and hard as applied to pine are considered as interchange-
able terms.
All the legitimate shapes of chest hinges known to the author are
shown later in this work. So far as we have noted the strap, or strap and
T hinges, are confined to the Pennsylvania chests of walnut or pine, or to
the New England chests of pine. Even in this last instance the hinges are
more likely to be mere cotter pins.
The usual practice in the making of chests was to rive not only the rails
and stiles but often the panels. This method secured greater strength, be-
cause if a stick of oak would not split smoothly it was rejected. It was
also far easier to rive than to saw. Our ancestors did not always do work
in the slowest and the hardest way, although such an impression has their
strenuous life made, that some authors seem to presume that the fathers
preferred a hard way to an easy one. The riving of the wood is often ap-
parent yet, on the unfinished interiors of the rails or stiles, and is quite
frequent on the backs of the panels, and the under side of the drawers.
The oak used is referred to as white in all works that we have seen.
We have, however, repaired with red oak certain chests, and the applied
portions, of old wood of course, had precisely the texture and the color
of the original. Red oak is easier to work than white oak, since its grain
is more open. White oak is stronger, and better, and for practical purposes
we may consider the early furniture as constructed of that wood.
The use of pine panels in the back came in very early, and in the case
of cupboards this remark applies to the fronts as well. In the chests,
pine panels seem to have been a little later on the fronts. There is no
fixed rule of practice in this matter. Both customs existed side by side
until finally the age of oak passed out entirely.
1660-70.
A Carvep Oax Four Panext Cuest.
10.
Bee OME SB potitiemcniinnnl Re *&
1660-80.
PaneEL CHEST.
An Oak Turee-Tu.ip
I.
I
SSS ee
wk ARES a alms AN dina aa anche leca .ia
Ate Sik SEBE aS ana thi
12. A Carvep Oak Tuuip Cuest, 1660-70.
13. A Patm-PaNnEL CHEsT. 1650-70.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY as
The drawer was usually constructed with a solid one piece front. The
drawer ornamentation was by applied moldings. Sometimes this application
extended so far as to divide even a narrow drawer into minute false
panels. The drawer ends were usually of oak and always grooved to fit
oak runs which were secured to the frame of the chest by mortise or nail
or both. The lack of the grooved end is, broadly speaking, a mark of
eighteenth century work. The bottom and the back of the drawer may be
of pine or rarely oak. But the drawer bottom is not attached in the
eighteenth century style by being driven into a groove panel-wise, in the
earlier examples, but is nailed on to the bottom, the drawer front
being rabbeted to receive the bottom boards so that they shall not show.
We give elsewhere an illustration of a drawer end, but would remark here
that the earliest drawer construction showed no dovetailing. The drawer
end was nailed against a rabbet. The first dovetailing appears, however,
before the seventeenth century ends. This early dovetail is very broad
and totally different from the numerous small dovetails which followed.
The back of the drawer is usually nailed on in an absolutely plain form,
the groove of the drawer end cutting through it also. The drawer bottoms
vary in thickness. They may be an inch or more in the very earliest pine
forms, and they may fall to a half inch. They often resemble, when of
pine, a surface very like a shaved pine shingle. One should carefully
note that the use of nails, so usual in drawer construction, was confined
exclusively to that portion of the chest, which was otherwise constructed
always entirely with pins of wood. In fact, this method of construction
continued well into the nineteenth century and is not a mark of great age.
The pins were square or roughly octagoned. In no instance has one been
found turned. The figure of the oak was quite generally quartered, and
this figure too often shows on carved surfaces. On such surfaces, to avoid a
confusion of ornament, it is always better to find plain oak. We always
prefer it although we by no means generally find it. Nor is the absence
of plain oak in panels in any way a detriment ‘to a piece as an antique.
The chest usually contained a till of oak or pine molded on the edge of
the lid in the same manner as the chest lid. The till lid is frequently
made with smal] dowels, portions of the solid wood, as hinge pins, so that
the lid put in place, as the frame was driven together, was henceforth
permanently fixed in position. An instance comes to our attention of a
little drawer beneath a till. Sometimes the till itself is decorated with
die stamping and, in one instance that we recall, by a date so stamped.
The earliest chests had no drawer, but America was scarcely settled
before the one drawer chest came in. The two drawer chest is very
frequent. The chest with three drawers is very rare. Cabinet makers
26 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
seemed to reason that if they were to go so far as to make three drawers
it was as well to make a complete chest of drawers.
The locks of chests were usually attached on the interior. Most of
such locks are lost. Their origin will be discussed later. We leave to
particular chests the treatment in detail of the carving, the molding and
the applied ornaments.
Chests are rarely found, as far as we know, with handles, except in
the form of the seaman’s chest of pine. Handles are restricted, usually,
to two part chests of drawers or table cabinets.
The chest in its usual form, or as a miniature, to be used for valuable
papers or a Bible, was the article of furniture most likely to be imported.
It could be brought to America containing linen or apparel, and thus could
be stowed in the hold without occupying much additional and valuable
cargo space. There are apparently a few such pieces still left to us.
Possibly a box at the Marblehead Historical Society, and. others at Pilgrim
Hall, Plymouth, and two or three chests, came over on the first ship or in
one of those that followed within two or three years.
As to methods of construction, when the difference between English
and American work is pointed out, we need to remember that at the very
first this difference was negligible. It became wider with the passing years.
It may have required fifty years to establish a distinct American type
of construction or ornamentation. This difference arose partly from
materials at hand, partly from the exigencies of the colonists, and partly
from the natural variation that would arise on separation from the parent
stock.
By 1700 pine became common as the principal structural wood in New
England, while walnut, followed by pine, came in at the same period in
Pennsylvania. When we speak of Pennsylvania we refer to the general
type which existed on both sides of the Delaware River, and which is
found to a considerable degree in New Jersey. The southern types of
seventeenth century furniture are so rare that we can scarcely generalize
upon them. The Dutch types proper are those contiguous to the Hudson
River and are to be distinguished from the Pennsylvanian or German
types, often loosely called Dutch.
Although the love for carving seems inherent in Hollanders, chests
by them in a carved form are exceedingly rare. They were fond of
painted decoration also, and nearly all our painted furniture of the
colonial period is Dutch or Pennsylvania or from southern Connecticut
where, as we shall see, it developed in a special style.
Chests in cherry are known. Possibly chestnut was rarely used.
2
14.
es
An Oax Tuuip-PaneL CuHEstT witH Cross PANEL.
baal y yes
4
1s
fy oe
a
A Connecticut “ SUNFLOWER ” No-Drawer CHEsT.
1670-90.
1670-80,
1660-80.
A One-DraweErR SUNFLOWER CHEST.
16.
Oe i i ad
1660-70.
A Carvep Oak Four-Paneu CHEST.
Ls
1660-80.
A Two-Drawer SuNFLowER CHEsT.
18.
eG el ae es
ond
1670-80.
An Oax TureeE Panet Cuesrt.
19.
20. A Carvep anp Painrep CuHest. DatTep 1704.
21. A Capratn’s Six-Boarp Sea-Cuest. Datep 1677.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 31
Nearly all of our best examples, however, are in oak, or pine which fol-
lowed it at a great distance as to merit.
Old inventories mention also spruce; cypress and butternut has been
found. The so called sea chest reputed to have belonged to one of the Pil-
grim Fathers has inverted V or bootjack end, and is of board construction.
A sea chest should properly sit flat on the floor without any legs. Other-
wise it would overturn at sea. It is also made, as a rule, narrower at the
top than at the bottom, to fit it against the ship’s side in the forecastle. Its
handles are of woven rope attached to a bracket. This sort of chest, to-
gether with the plain pine chest, has been broken up in great numbers
for use in the repair of antique furniture. Unless such chests have some
special sentiment connected with them they are of small account.
In this book all objects are designated by number, never by page.
No. 1 is called an architectural chest because the arches of the panel
are structural and not simulated. The chest was found in a very ruinous
condition on Long Island. It is owned by Mr. G. H. Buek of Easthamp-
ton, Long Island. His dwelling is that made famous as the inspiration of
the poem “ Home, Sweet Home.” According to a tradition, the chest was
brought from Lynn in 1649 by a family of Osbornes. It has been care-
fully restored, the feet of course being new. It is important as
showing a true facade. It is also highly meritorious architecturally. The
arrangement of two end-to-end drawers is scarcely found elsewhere in
American chests except in the serrated Plymouth type.
No. 2 shows the end of the chest with its scratch or grooved carving,
an obvious imitation of the heavier structural work of the front. The
end carving is found very rarely on chests, only three or four other in-
stances coming to our mind.
No. 3 is the end of the Virginia court cupboard shown in full later.
We insert it here to afford an interesting comparison, since, in this instance
also, the end is scratch carved, whereas the front is, in part at least, carved
in the round. Thus we see an effort to carry out a slighter and less
expensive decoration on the ends. In this instance, however, we have
somewhat better carving on the top end rail. In all probability No. 1
was carved on the leg stiles below the frame but the restoration is proper,
since it is not safe to surmise a design the precise character of which we
cannot ascertain. The modillions opposite the ends of the drawers are
extremely rare on chests. They show as projecting substantially in No. 2.
Where we have seen them, they are more often opposite the upper rail,
especially on cupboards. This chest shows in the upper rail a conventional
foliated scroll which very commonly appears on chests. The tulip decora-
32 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
tion in the panels is more unusual, especially in this excellent form. The
rope carving of the arch is also of very rare character.
No. 4 is an elaborately carved oak chest owned by Mr. William B.
Goodwin of Columbus, Ohio. It has been restored. It is fair to say that
its American origin has been challenged. The very early date of the chest,
however, which is conservatively given with its title, may fairly account
for its resemblance to English designs. Made at so early a period, there
was no reason for a marked divergence from the foreign pattern. The
effect is that of a low relief carving, the edges being rounded and the foliage
being of varying depths, following the styles of the previous century,
and producing a handsome effect. The carving on the stiles and top rail
depart very markedly from what we are accustomed to see, which is more
in the nature of that on the bottom rail. The panels also are of high
character, those at the sides being of the tulip blossom and bud design,
whereas the central design shows in its upper part a three leaf pattern.
This chest came to Mr. Goodwin through the descendants of Kenelm
Winslow, the official coffin maker of the Pilgrims of Plymouth. It is
believed by Mr. Goodwin to have been made by Kenelm Winslow. The
bottom, as found, was of butternut. The lid was of yellow poplar. It
has been replaced with old pine. The body is believed to be of American
white oak. Mr. Goodwin is the owner of a great number of interesting
chests, each representing a special type or origin.
Size: 47% by 273 by 214 inches.
No. 5 is another very early chest whose special features are its rare
paneled oak top, not looked for in an American piece. The carving is of
a crude character on the panels, but the rails and stiles are better done,
the inner stiles being palmated. The rope molding on the bottom stile
is to be compared with that on No. 1.
Another feature of interest is the scrolled, scolloped, not engrailed
bottom rail. We do not find this except on early chests, and then on those
with no drawer or possibly with one drawer.
The bottom of this chest is pine but the back is oak. English chests
of oak and also containing pine have come to our attention. The origin
of this chest is not certain but it is presumably Connecticut. Size: 46 by
274 by 20 inches. Here as throughout this volume we name the long
dimension first, that is, the length, or as some would call it the width
across the front; then the hight from the floor to the top of the lid, then
the depth from front to back. It is important to take note of these
specifications as they will not subsequently be explained.
We have here a two panel end, as is frequent in chests of the earliest
Spageeh
ne!
te E
i.
1660-80.
Oax Diamonp-anp-ArcH CHEsT.
AN
22.
1660-80.
A Norman Tootru Carvep CHEsT.
235
oe
OE Le
AO EERE SLE SF. IE AE IY BIE IE ELD
24. SERRATED PLyMouTH CHEST 1660-80.
25. SeRRATED PLymMourH CHEST. 1660-80.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 35
type of the highest character. There is also a thumb nail molding of
the lid.
No. 6, owned by Mr. George Dudley Seymour of New Haven, is
supposed to be American, although its lid is of paneled oak, like that of
No. 5, a feature which appears in only one other instance among the great
number of chests here illustrated. The panels are carved in what is
called a Runic design. The lower rail and the stiles are very slightly
carved. The upper stile is outlined with scratches and prepared for inter-
secting lunettes. This is not the only instance of incomplete carving. A
chest-on-frame in this work is similarly outlined. The chest was found
in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, and is now in Wadsworth, Atheneum,
Hartford.
No. 7 is a four panel front chest, owned by Mr. H. W. Erving of
Hartford. The ends are in single panels. The short stiles are plain, but
the end stiles carry double rows of pencil and pearl carving. The top
rail between rows of pencil and pearl ornament shows a scroll, and the
bottom rail carries one row of the pencil and pearl ornament. The
lid is oak.
To a student of structure this chest may serve to illustrate certain
peculiarities. The molding on the inside of the leg stiles is worked from
the solid, apparently, after the parts of the chest were assembled. That
is to say, this molding runs out to nothing at the top and bottom, being
chiseled rather than planed, and stops not abruptly but on a curve.
Again the bottom rail is beveled or molded on its upper edge under each
panel, which is not true on the lower edge of the upper rail. Sometimes
the beveled edge was carried around all sides of a panel but always stopped
before the corner was reached. The moldings on each side of the stiles here
are, as appears, cut before the chest was put together. The back posts
projecting as they did beyond the back top rail were often cut away for an
inch or so, at the top, to allow the lid to open and to stop it, when it struck
the shoulder, thus cut on the post. Otherwise the lid would have been
strained.
The till within the chest at one end was framed in. In the earliest
examples the till was of oak. Subsequently we often find it in pine even
though the chest is oak.
Size: 474 by 264 by 204 inches.
No. 8 represents a very long chest. The decoration of the top rail is
a series of lunettes and reversed lunettes, which we see also on various
other chests of oak and even on one of pine in this work. The laureling
which it bears on the short stiles resembles that on the Parmenter court
cupboard, and also that on other chests. Wherever found it indicates an
36 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
early date and strong English influence. The rosettes or asters in the
panels resemble those on a Bible box shown later.
The initials P. W. are a somewhat early instance of -initialing though
the English practice in this respect was probably different. Here the most
frequent dating and initialing is found on chests of the last decade of the
seventeenth century.
Chests were usually made to order and we suppose them always to have
been so made when they were initialed. It is this circumstance that gives
individuality, romance and charm to old furniture. It is apparent that
this furniture was designed for the house into which it was to go, and
that it was to be used for a very specific purpose. It is a not altogether
pleasing reflection that the names of the owners, even of initialed pieces,
of early furniture, are almost always unknown. Their makers also are un-
known. Although many stories accompany furniture, especially where
it is found for sale in shops, it is practically impossible, more than once
in a thousand times, to establish the precise origin of furniture in the
Pilgrim Century.
No. 9 represents two extremely rare features in a chest, namely a five
panel front and a carved end. The owner is Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
The lid is a restoration as are also the feet. Of course the bottom should
not show.
The chest is very handsome, and follows closely the analogy of some
English models, and is similar in its diamond panel design to No. 10. The
indentions above and below the panels are an interesting variant. The
short stile on the two-panel end is also carved like those in front.
No. 10 shows a close cousin of the chest just discussed. The carving
of the top rail has been called by some fluting, and the term is absolutely
correct as a description. As in all cases of fluting the effect is enhanced by
the curved line left at the bottom of the flute. The bottom rail has
merely scratch carved lunettes. Both rails and stiles on the two-panel end
are strongly molded, the moldings at the top and bottom being called chan-
nel molds. Flat panels like these are called sunken panels whereas those
with the beveled edge which rise to a level with the surface of the stiles
and rails are called raised panels. If the panels rise higher than the frame
we name them block or highly raised panels. The lid of this chest is
neither original nor proper. Size: 54 by 32 by 23 inches. The depth is
very unusual but is evidently increased to correspond with the great length.
The length of the feet is 74 inches, which is quite proper, showing only
normal wear which is never very much on solid oak, unless a piece has stood
in a wet place.
No. 11 is the first example we have thus far shown of applied orna-
26. A SerRRATED PLtymMoutH Cuest. Darep 1691.
caplet ie
WV YN SESS
bas. Ss ee Aa ts ca a OLE lt a i te nn SS es a]
27. A SERRATED PLyMouTH CuHEsT. 1660-90.
1660-80.
A SerraTep PLymoutTH CHEsT.
28.
FouiateD THREE PaneL CuEst. 1660-80.
29
TTES. 1670-80
TH RosE
Wl’
A Carvep Oax CHEsT,
30.
Hab Gk
31. A Carvep Oax Cuestr. 1660-80.
vail is i li tems tc
32. A PaneLep-Lip Oak CuiLp’s CuEst. 1670-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 41
ments in addition to carving. This construction points to a slightly later
date than the pieces which are decorated by carving alone. True, there are
individual instances of pieces that are carved, of later date than those that
are both carved and otherwise decorated.
This chest also shows triangular blocks in the corners of the end panel.
There are three tulip patterns in its panels, and in this respect it is, perhaps,
unique. This chest also shows a heavy applied strip of molding about the
base both at the ends and in front. It will be observed later that this
molding often stops on the front when it is between drawers, and in
some instances it is true also at the bottom, as in all the known examples of
the serrated Plymouth chests.
The drops, also called split banisters, which appears to be the same
word as balusters, are marked by great boldness in the turnings. The
connection between the enlarged ends and the central portion is very small,
So as to cause us to wonder how the crude early lathe could be coaxed into
producing a result so delicate. It will be noted that these drops are in
pairs on the inside stiles and appear in a larger form singly on the outside
stiles. There is a strong affinity in shapes between all the patterns of drops.
The rounded oval in the center of the end panel is called a turtle back, a
boss or an egg. In this instance it will be seen that it is surrounded by
four miniature bosses. These applied ornaments on chests and cupboards
were almost always painted black, probably to simulate ebony. Their
wood is often maple but sometimes beech, birch or pine though the last
named is rare. They are attached by glue and in some instances wrought
brads have reinforced the glue. Whether the brads were ever original, we
have been unable to establish. The frames of the chests of the earlier type
were as a rule put together without glue, the joiner depending upon his
pin construction. Obviously when ornaments were attached he must fol-
low a different method. Very rarely we have seen pins of wood used to
attach ornaments but we cannot now name the instances. There seems to
be a fatuous dependence by joiners upon the reliability of glue. Unhappily
this dependence has been the cause of the loss of many fine decorations.
It is the rarest thing to find a chest or a cupboard with all its original
ornaments intact. In fact we know of only one such instance. Joiners
today show the same simple faith in glue. In the ancient day when there
was no dry heat such as we too often have in modern dwellings, glue was
more likely to fulfil its function satisfactorily. Ornaments on an ancient
piece will sometimes drop off like an unripe harvest when subjected to
steam heat. There would seem to be no valid objection to securing these
ornaments solidly by brads. The ancient cabinet makers are said to have
42 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
used a far better glue than we have today, but that is a matter that is
open to two opinions.
Our loss would not be so great were it not true that the moldings about
the panels of old pieces were also often attached by glue, and hence have
lost some of their members. The heavy skirt mold and other heavy molds
we are happy to say was usually attached by pins of wood or by nails. The
owner of this chest is Mr. George Dudley Seymour. The top is new
and probably should have been of pine, not oak. The chest is otherwise
original. It was found in the Capt. Charles Churchill house, Newington,
Connecticut, about forty years ago. At that time it stood on end and was in
use as a harness cupboard. In the same house was a Connecticut sunflower
court cupboard which was rejected to “ make room.”
Size: 47 by 26 by 19 inches.
No. 12. This carved chest should be compared with the Hadley chest
Nos. 33 to 42, and particularly with No. 41. It resembles the Hadley
chest in being carved over the entire front and in showing everywhere
the tulip blossom. In this case, however, instead of the narrow vine
shown in No. 41 we have a highly conventionalized heavy rope. The
style of carving is quite superior to that found on the ordinary Hadley
chest, which is about as bad as anything can be, and scarcely worthy of the
name carving.
There is a two drawer chest similar to the piece before us in the Con-
necticut Historical Society. The panels in:that piece are more like the
tulip pattern panels on the sunflower chest.
It will be noted that no moldings whatever appear on this or on the
Hadley chests unless the chamfering around panels is to be called a mold-
ing, which is hardly allowable. Another feature of this carving is that a
plain band is left all around the edges of the rails and the stiles before the
carving begins.
As this is the first chest we have shown with a drawer, we may point
out that American chests of this period had small wooden drawer knobs.
They are much smaller than the Pennsylvania type of a later period, and
very much smaller than the walnut knobs of the depraved Empire period.
In English chests of this date we usually find an outline pear-shape iron
drop handle, a thing we have never observed on an American chest.
Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving.
Size: 49 by 32 by 184 inches.
No. 13. Arare four-panel chest with one drawer attractively carved in
wheels, rosettes or geometrical figures, connected with grooved bands, and
spaced by smaller similar circles. The palmated carving of the panels and
1690-1700.
A Onet-Drawer Hapiey CHEsT.
33:
Hse
1700-10.
MiniATURE CHEST.
34.
35. A One-DrawER Hap.ey CHEst. 1690-1700.
crass eee i
1690-1710.
36. A Six-Boarp SUNFLOWER PinE CHEST.
a
2 Re
A FA
&) z,
9
1690-1700.
Drawer Haney Cuesr,
A ONE
37-
AE aE
1700.
Cc
Miniature Cuest,
38
I
é
:
6
#
1690-1700.
A Hap.ey CuHeEst, wirH FuL_yi Name.
39-
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 47
the deep channel mold on the corner stiles are both noticeable. The
chest has now had its legs pieced.
The lid is pine, a trifle too narrow, and bevels sharply outward and
downward from the top, and is cut from a slab so as to give the benefit
of the extreme width, a very amusing instance of adaptation.
The usual number of lunettes on such chests is five, as here, on the
top rail. This chest has a three-panel end. A similar chest of Mr.
Erving’s has four panels. The old hasp remains.
Size: 52 by 34 by 21 inches.
The wood of this chest is very light white oak.
No. 14. An unusual Connecticut chest, has the side panels in the con-
ventionalized tulip pattern, but instead of the aster or sun-flower pattern
on the middle panel we have the diagonal cross often found on Con-
necticut cupboards. This is the first chest in which we find turtle backs on
the front. The huge, ungainly handles are incorrect. They should be the
usual moderate sized turned handles. We find on this chest the pairs of
short drops on each side of the drawer and another pair in the center where
the drawer front is divided in two parts by false panel work. In pieces of
this kind, as usual, where there are moldings applied to the board which
forms the front of the drawer, a plain thin piece, three eighths of an inch
thick, more or less, is applied at the center to make the division between the
two panels and on this the drops are applied. Thus the board forming the
front is really recessed, or allowed to push in below the surface, and the
surface is made flush by the applied blocks and moldings.
The blocks on which the stiles rest are not a part of the chest. This
chest should be compared with No. 15.
It is from the Henry Stearns collection, formerly in Hartford.
No. 15. A rare example of which perhaps only one or two others
exist of a Connecticut sunflower and tulip chest without a drawer. On this
account it is probable that we should date the chest about ten years earlier
than chest with drawers, although to do so is of course purely arbitrary.
We observe in No. 14 a heavy molding carried around above and below
the drawer, and here we have a similar mold on the bottom rail.
The carving on this notable class of chests is about an eighth of an
inch deep, sometimes only three thirty-seconds deep. The background
is pitted by numerous tool marks so as to form a pebbled or stippled
surface. In many cases this ground is painted red. Perhaps this was
always the case. In the process of years the red has faded or been washed
away so that in some instances scarcely a trace of it remains.
The tulip and the sunflower are so highly conventionalized as to
indicate at least a second stage of development. In fact the central and
48 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
upper blossom of the sunflower is of a different character than the others,
although all are supposed to grow on the same stem!
There are one or two score sunflower chests known. So far as we are
able to trace them at all, as we are in a large majority of instances, we find
that all came from Hartford County and many from Hartford itself.
Lyon, who is very accurate, states that English collectors have never seen a
chest of this character. Since his date, however, it is claimed that numerous
oak pieces in England have pine in parts. Simmons, in an article on this
subject, makes the same claim. If we are to generalize on these state-
ments at all we may say that pine in English pieces of the oak period is
very rare. We do, however, find it more frequently in the walnut and
mahogany periods. There are those who claim that this pine is really
Scotch fir and others who say that it was imported into England.
However, it not necessary to depend upon the presence of pine in oak
pieces to establish their American character, in the case of the sunflower
and various other chests. It is not at all credible that every English type
of this sort should have been brought to America leaving none behind.
The presence of so many in one city and county is evidence of the strongest
character in favor of the conclusion that these chests were produced .in
Hartford.
The moldings on these chests are sometimes of red cedar, from which
we infer that it was the intention to leave them in the natural wood so as
to secure the color of the cedar. In instances, however, where a softer
wood, or perhaps soft maple, is used, the moldings were painted red,
which has now become an old red. At the time it is applied, however, we
have evidence that it was very brilliant. Near the center of these molds
there were small black parallel lines painted across the molding.
The owner of the chest is Mr. James N. H. Campbell of Hartford.
Size: 444 by 244 by 18 inches.
No. 16. This one drawer Connecticut sunflower style is far more
frequent, but the two drawer type is probably most often found, because
it is a trifle later.
The piece before us has a pine lid, and two-panel ends. The upper end
panel has beveled corners. The fashion of slanting the turtle backs on the
drawer is an interesting characteristic.
Though the name sunflower chest has been bestowed on this style it
is understood that there are side panels with conventionalized tulips.
Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving.
Size: 444 by 31 by 194 inches.
No. 17. This four panel chest has its stile legs carved in the same
fashion as No. 10. The bottom rail is also a lunette motive, only in this
40. A Two-Drawer Hapiey Cuest. 1690-1700.
41. Turip-Scrott Haptey Cuest. 1690-1704. ;
42. A Turee-Drawer Hapitey CuEst. 1690-1700.
1660-90.
K CHEsT.
Eicut PanELED Oa
3
4
1693
DatTep
.
EL CHEsT
K THREE Pan
Oa
44.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 53
case it is doubled. Thus the bottom rail matches the top rail except that it
is not so ornate. The double lunette here is of precisely the same outline
as that in the pine chest No. 36. We may presume that the pine chest
motives were copied from those on the oak chests. We have called this
motive a shuttle pattern. The carving on the long stile has been char-
acterized by carvers as a spade motive. The short stiles are carved in a
manner like an inset split ball turning. It will be noticed that the bottom
rail is not chamfered as is usual. This chest never had a drawer, but
numerous chests, on careful examination, show that a drawer is missing.
Sometimes the supports have been entirely removed but a trace of a
framed rail for the drawer to slide upon can always be found, generally
in the form of a rabbet on the back stile.
This chest is of extraordinarily large size, being 544 by 292 by 224
inches, about the size of No. 10. As these two chests have elements of
carving in common and as their ends are almost precisely alike we may
infer they may have been made by the same person.
Owner: The estate of William G. Erving, M.D., Washington.
No. 18 is a very good specimen’ of a two drawer sunflower chest.
It was restored about forty years ago at the time when Connecticut cabinet
makers, working in conjunction with Dr. Lyon, were first engaged on
their pioneer work of finding and calling attention to this sort of furni-
ture. This example has not lost any considerable portion of its feet; the
top is original except the cleats; so also are most of the ornaments.
There is an interesting variation in these chests and in cupboards of the
same period, which clearly indicates that they were made to order, and
that the feeling of the cabinet maker and his patron coincided in the
thought of giving individuality to each piece. Thus we observe that the
carving, the ornaments, the size and many other particulars are varied
slightly. A chest, especially when designed as a gift, was regarded
properly as appropriately marked by some peculiarity. It is this variety,
so natural to a good workman, and so fine a stimulus in all artistic produc-
tion, that the seventeenth century had and we have not. It is this feature
which must be introduced again into American life. It is one thing to
standardize the mechanism of automobiles. That may be possible and
is certainly desirable. But we ought to distinguish between mechanics
and artisanship. Unless we are to revive individuality in our characters
as well as in our surroundings, true progress will be at an end. There
is no stimulus in thinking, and no character development, if every house-
hold is to be furnished with standard articles.
Size: 45 by 40 by 204 inches. The stile legs project six inches and
were probably at least seven inches.
54 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
The top is hard pine. All the elements of this chest are quite correct.
No. 19 is an interesting variant. The owner is Mr. H. W. Erving.
The foliated scroll on the center panel, bearing the initials W. B. differ-
entiates the chest quite markedly. The absence of the drawer may probably
call for an earlier date. There is a single panel end.
The channel or shadow molding in these chests is as a rule painted
black to coincide with the applied ornaments. The maple used in turn-
ings was the soft, swamp, or water maple, three names for the same
variety. It was rather more common and easier to work than the rock or
sugar maple. The birch used in turnings was often of the gray and
rather frail and somewhat soft variety, not the heavy, hard mountain or
salmon birch.
Size: 44 by 254 by 18 inches.
No. 20. This unusual chest is a combination of carving with painted
decoration, and is therefore probably earlier than the chests with painted
decorations only. This piece is remarkable in giving not only the year, but
the month and the day, on the central panel. The two drawers are also
painted in the tulip bud and blossom, and the blossom is not as highly
conventionalized as is usual. This is the first chest we show with decorated
painting, the painting mentioned in the previous cases being in the nature
of a background or relief to set off the carving. It will be observed that
on this chest as well as on No. 18 the molding between the drawers
stops on the front and is returned to the front. In the Plymouth serrated
chests, however, while the moldings stop on the front, returns are seldom
worked upon them. They are sawed off flush with the outside end of
the carcass. Some have thought that this distinction in the manner of
applying the molding indicates an earlier date for the Plymouth chests,
and we incline to this opinion. It is entirely possible, however, to at-
tribute the difference to the greater skill of the Connecticut craftsmen.
We feel quite certain that painting on Connecticut chests was a later
decoration than the carving or the applied ornaments. It is found in
southern central Connecticut. What inspiration it received from the Hol-
landers of New York and the Pennsylvania Germans is not clear, but
Wwe must presume a connection owing to the fact that the painted chests
of Connecticut are found principally in the shore towns where con-
nection with New Amsterdam was close.
Owner: Mr. Malcolm A. Norton of Hartford who also has chests
like No. 18. .
No. 21 a true seaman’s chest. It is called a captain’s chest, pre-
sumably because it is carved. Sailors had leisure and exercised it very
frequently in the carving of small ornaments called scrimshaw work.
1660-90.
Att Oax Arcu Panet CHEST.
45.
20.
1700—
Pine Boarp IniTiALED CHEST.
46.
47. Oax Scrottep Skirt Cuest. 1660-80.
48. Pine Miniature CueEst. 1690-1710.
49.
Oax Two-DrawEeR CueEst wiTH Drops.
1670-80.
50.
A Curvep Motp Cuesr.
1680-90.
Core et, Nagy ear Arad
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 59
They are a free hearted and generous lot. They seem to enjoy making
something. for wives and sweethearts more than for themselves. Hence
we find surprisingly little insthe way of carving by them on cabinet
pieces. We accept with suspicion tales of their having done elaborate
chairs on shipboard. In the instance of this board chest, the first by
the way we have shown without a joined frame, the simplicity of the
carving makes it seem reasonable to believe that it was done on ship-
board. Nevertheless the hearts initialed M.S. would seem to point it
out as a gift piece done for a sweetheart or a wife. That it was, how-
ever, made at sea or by a seaman is proved by the rope handles. Its
lack of feet also indicates that it was for use at sea and may have been
designed for the captain’s wife. The material is pine, not the best for
carving. Oak itself, though it is the classical wood for Gothic carving,
is not susceptible of dainty cutting such as marked the work of Grin-
ling Gibbons, whose favorite material was pear wood. The grain for
the highest class of work should be close and hard and free from knots.
As has been pointed out before, the lids of sea chests are usually
narrower than their bases owing to the forward slant of the back.
Owner: The estate of George F. Ives of Danbury, Connecticut. The
date appears in no less than three places on the front, a curious repetition.
Size: the outside measurements including the lid, are 53 by 19 by
21 inches.
No. 22. This chest introduces a new element for our consideration,
— the carved arch in combination with the panels we have already been
considering.
The owner is Mr. H. W. Erving.
This American chest is very elaborate and has legs of unusual length
indicating that good care must have been taken of it. The ends have
three plain panels. The arch in this chest is also seen on English ex-
amples, and on No. 24 and No. 45 and on some court cupboards. The
arch is quite precisely like the English, not only in its shape but in the
projecting capitals and bases. One would hardly catch at first glance
the great number of ornamental features, but to enumerate them is
impressive: drops, bosses, nail heads, channel molds, diamonds, rosettes,
blocked corners, incised ornaments, an arch, keystone and other arch-
structure blocks and moldings about panels and drawer.
The wheel decoration rather than the flower type which appears in
the diamonds may have been suggested by the wheel windows of the
Gothic day. Of course the circle, as variously divided geometrically,
is a primitive and obvious method of ornament.
Size: 453 by 334 by 192 inches.
60 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 23 is a decided departure in ornament from the chests hitherto
considered. Dr. Lyon showed a chest of this character. The series of
square carved incisions running vertically on the stiles is called Norman
tooth carving. The top rail is cut in foliated scrolls as often seen. The
panels are done in a double scroll of the same character. The drawer
is a restoration and the feet have been pieced. The chest presents a very
handsome appearance and has a fine color. The lid is of thin oak with
an unusual overhang.
Sizé: 36 by 334 by 18.
No. 24 is our first example of a serrated Plymouth chest belonging
to Mr. M. A. Norton.
These chests are of the highest importance for several reasons. They
constitute, together with the serrated Plymouth cupboards, the main
contribution of Plymouth Colony to our important and stately furniture.
of the seventeenth century. Eight or ten of these chests are known.
The points of similarity between them are: first, serrations, like Norman
carving, running across one or more oak molding bands the length of
the chest. Second, two or four drawers arranged in sets of two on the
same level. That is to say no drawer goes across the chests, but there are
two side by side or end to end drawers. If more drawers are added they
are in the same fashion. We shall notice later that this rule holds true
also with the court cupboards of the same type. Third, narrow parallel
gouges in pairs (pencil and pearl) running at intervals across one or more
oak moldings on the front. Fourth, the molding stops on the top but
does not return. It is sawed off flush with the ends. Fifth, all the
pieces have applied turned decorations, both drops and bosses,
All have triglyphs on some one of the rails, perhaps always the top
rail. Sixth, all have pine drawer bottoms, pine drawer fronts and prob-
ably all have pine panels in front and in some cases at the end. Seventh,
all are paneled in the backs, sometimes with oak, sometimes with pine.
Eighth, all are traced, as far as they can be traced at all, to Plymouth
Colony or to Plymouth itself. The piece before us is peculiar in that
it possesses an arched panel, which is the only instance we recall among
the Plymouth serrated chests. This fact has the more importance since
it bears on the question whether American chests and cupboards with
arched panels may not be challenged as old importations. There is such
a strong American feeling in these Plymouth pieces that we feel this
arch settles the matter.
The shape of the notching is really in the form of pointed dentils
on the highest member of the chest. The drawer moldings are, we
believe, uniformly slanted back to the outside edges rather than slanting
51. Heavy Two-Drawer Batu-Foor Cuest. 1670-90.
Oak Turee Panet Cuest. 1670-90.
§ 2
1670-90.
SPEER EME RTE oe te en
Oak anv Pine Turee Pane, Cuesr.
53-
TTY NR EERIE RR rer
eR
t
re
55+
54. Prain Pane Oax Cuest. 1670-90.
A One-Drawer Moupep Oax CuHEst.
1680-90.
“ey
oe eager
56. An Oak Cuest, with Turee Repearep Panes. 1670-90.
Be
57 An Oak Six-Boarp CueEstT. 1690-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 65
inward like most chest moldings. We believe that this character of a
molding, other things being equal, is the older of the two, since it follows
the style of the seventeenth century looking-glasses.
This chest was found in Connecticut in a family which had possessed
it for many generations. Yet the migration of Massachusetts people to
Connecticut and the definite knowledge of Plymouth origin in other
cases need not stagger us in relation to this chest. Though it has lost
something from the feet it is a rich example of the type.
No. 25 is another chest of the same general character except that it
has turned feet in front. The moldings of the panels are also more
elaborate than we have seen on any other of the type. It is an exceed-
ingly handsome piece. The side panels we think finer than the square
blocking in the corners, although this of course is a matter of taste.
We have said that all these chests have two drawers. This chest
being small scarcely breaks the rule, the shortness of the drawer not
calling for its division.
Owner: Mr. M. A. Norton, the same as in the preceding example.
No. 26 presents many interesting variations and has the special flavor
of a precise date. The till of this chest is of white oak divided down the
center with a row of stamping, and then having the halves of the top
each bearing an X of similar stamping. The face of the till is also
stamped. Below the till are short side runs of oak which indicate that
there was once a small sliding drawer under the till. The date is stamped
by the same tool which executed the rest of the work, 1691.
Another exceedingly interesting mark of change with the progress
of the years is the fact that a half of the old drop handle on one drawer
was in place showing it to have been a brass ring drop. The handles
therefore as shown are reproductions. This piece was found in an attic
in Scituate, according to a report. It is, anyway, a Plymouth Colony
piece.
The thin applied blocks at the center of each side of the middle
panel and on the side panels were stamped in double rows with an inter-
esting device. Some of these applied pieces were missing and also some
of the moldings, as we would naturally suppose would be the case. But
the most remarkable fact in regard to the condition of the piece was that
every one of the applied turnings was intact. It is important to notice
that these applied ornaments appear on the feet also, in this case in
pairs. In two of the cupboards found, as we shall see, there is a single
large turning, simulating to some degree a ball foot. The interesting
question arises whether all chests and cupboards of this design should not
66 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
have applied turnings on the feet. We incline to the belief that they did
all have such turnings originally. ;
Another feature of odd interest in this chest is the fact that the lid,
which is original, is of hard pine but is faced with a piece of oak, front
and back, wide enough to admit the molding. This is an amusing cir-
cumstance since the panels are pine. Why they should have attached
the strip in the back is difficult to say. We may presume that wide oak
could have been found since the writer discovered a house constructed of
two inch plank many of which were twenty-four inches in width, and
ran for many feet without a knot. It is true that these planks were red
oak, which perhaps is found in larger boles than the white. Nor could
the choice of yellow pine, as in this case, have been dictated by a lighter
weight since the difference is not great.
The mystery of these pieces is further hightened by the fact that
we have in this example and in some others four oak panels in the back
whereas the front panels are pine! Had oak been considered more
desirable we cannot understand the failure to use it, because the panels
are never very wide.
The ends are three panels, and of oak. The drawer bottom and
drawer back are of pine, and like every example of this type we have
examined they show the rive or cleaving marks, here and there, on the
under side. We hardly think this could have been an English custom.
It is fair to say that several excellent mechanics have pronounced this
wood spruce. The difference between spruce and pine on the smooth
grain is very slight. One of our friends became much alarmed at the
statement about spruce, and warned us that our pieces would be slightly
thought of if we mentioned the matter. There seems to be a kind of
bigotry in relation to woods as well as in religion. All the bottoms of
this class of pieces are of a very smooth even grain which split with an
agreeable smoothness, and we believe that the material is pine.
A structural detail is that the drawer ends are nailed directly through
from the fronts. The nails are then covered by the molding. This
method is the opposite from a very early type in which the nails were
driven from the drawer ends into the rabbet of the drawer front.
The presence of the drop handles on this piece, as distinguished from
the wooden knobs found in all the other pieces of this type which come
to our attention, undoubtedly indicates a considerably later date for this
piece. We notice that the earliest highboys, which we date about 1690,
all had brass drop handles, and from that date on no fine furniture,
except possibly the drawers of gateleg tables, used wooden knobs. We
shall later point out the certainty of an earlier date for the court cup-
ones
1680-90.
An Oax Center Brock PaneL CuHEsT,
58.
abet aes
1700.
A Pine Carvep CuHEsT. c.
59
fi
1660-80.
PANELS.
PLAIN
Oax CueEst witH Drops,
60.
‘
5
7)
1660-80.
Oax Brock Pane, CHEstT.
I.
6
a4
n
is.
sets
if BORD area aes
1680—90
Oax ORNAMENTED PaNneEL CHEsT.
62.
mit |)
ie é -
i)
Senter
PIR Femme
* i ze > iI Figen, Pm
jo Owes {comico
*
Vobe si
Cw
ere
eae
p
ate ott be
“alee Sap i PL
ns bs
1680—90.
Batt-Foot Oax PaneL CuHEsT.
63.
1690-1710.
Foor Pine Cuest.
TurRnIP-
64
DatEep 1776.
ArcuH Carvep Watnut CuHEstT.
65.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY at
board of this type. The stamping which appears on this piece is also
a decoration which seems to have come in about 1690. The piece is
therefore marked by transitional ornaments, and notwithstanding its beau-
tiful construction it really stands for the beginning of a decline.
Size: 525 by 34 by 204 inches. These dimensions as usual are given
on the body, technically called the carcass, except that the vertical measure-
ment is from the floor and includes the feet. Here the feet are only
4% inches long and have probably lost three inches. The oak strip on
the lid is $ inches behind and 14 inches in front, and the thumb nail mold-
ing is carried around front and ends. The large oak moldings are 14
inches thick, and, in this solitary instance, we believe, the mold over the
drawer in front is returned.
The love of individualism appears in this chest which has diamonds
in the end panels and block corners in the middle panel, a decoration
which is reversed in various other pieces of the type. All end panels in
this style are sunk, we believe. The top molding under the lid is varied
by a diagonal cut running up from the pairs of cuts which form a crude
pencil and pearl ornament.
While mentioning dimensions we may say that the till has an extra-
ordinary width being 94 inches. It also has a lock, now lost.
No. 27 is another of the same type of chests from the collection of
Mr. B. A. Behrend of Brookline. A peculiarity here is the scratch carved
serrations on the feet, both at the top and the bottom, which would
indicate the general rule of applying ornaments to the feet was in this
case dispensed with, and that the carved serrations on the moldings above
were merely suggested on the feet. This piece is also peculiar in having
four “beam ends” instead of triglyphs. It will be noticed also that
the panel work on this chest is precisely the reverse of that on the one
preceding it. 3
No. 28 belonging to Mr. H. W. Erving, is still another of these
important chests. In this case we have the interesting variant already
referred to of the large split turning on the feet which was also found
on two recently discovered court cupboards of this type. We do not
understand the lack of the third applied piece on the ends of the top
rail, to make the triglyph, but we presume it to be correct as Mr. Erving
is very accurate. ‘There are other instances of two instead of three strips.
We have here the unusual thing in these chests of quartered oak
panels instead of pine. The effect of the lighting does not show the
quartering of the grain, on the left panel, but it is also, of course, of oak.
It may be that the possession by a cabinet maker of a fine quartered piece
induced him to use the oak rather than the pine.
72 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
In this connection there is a strong light thrown on the reason for
using pine on the drawer fronts in this style. That part of the front
which was not covered by the cedar molding was painted black. Thus
there was no call to show a grain. Painted furniture may as well be
pine as anything else. There still remains, therefore, only the problem
of the true panels.
Size: 50 by 334 by 214 inches.
We have now shown five of the Plymouth serrated chests. There is
another one in Pilgrim Hall, Plymouth, and we believe several others
known, which we cannot just now place. We consider these pieces among
the most important of our American chests, especially when their charac-
ter and their source are considered together.
No. 29 represents an oak chest the three panels of which are identical,
being a doubled foliated scroll in the flat carving. The chamfering on
all sides of the panels is clearly seen here. It is also clear that the
chamfering on the short stiles was done on the bench, and all the rest
was done after the chest was assembled, or at least with reference to the
manner in which it must assemble. The panels including those on the
ends, and the three on the back are of oak, and those on the back still
show the rough riving. The lid is of pine molded with a bead on
the front, and with pin hinges through the cleat. The chest was painted
red and after the removal of all of the color possible it still has a strong
tinge. Both upper and lower rails and all the stiles have a simple,
doubled channel mold.
Size: 42 by 274 by 18 inches. The legs are now 6% inches long.
The chest has a one panel end. The till is missing but the mortise grooves
where it existed appear.
No. 30 is a very elaborate and handsome chest belonging to Mr.
James N. H. Campbell, of Hartford.
This very rich front exhibits numerous unusual features: One pecu-
liarity is the very wide bottom rail, the like of which we do not remember
to have seen in any other chest having a drawer, because the use of that
portion of the chest is lost. The arrangement of the end panels is quite
unusual; there being as a rule one, three or four. Here we have two, the
lower one conventional, and above, instead of the two usual panels long
vertically, we have a more decorative panel with triangular blocked
corners. The front of the chest exhibits two styles of rosettes or asters
or sunflowers, — we never are certain which term we should apply, and
as these flowers are always conventionalized it is not a matter of import-
ance. For the first time we have here, cut in the stile feet, similar flower
blossoms to those found on other parts of the front. There is also a
tact eet
66.
Miniature Painrep CHEsT.
PaintED Oak Cuest. Datep
1700-10.
1705-6.
DUR
PALM hn Le LALA A te?
(TET
* Pei a Shaka See
ie: oS Sea Rs
68. A Patnrep Cuest, witH Two Drawers, 1690-1710.
69. PainTeEpD Oax CuEstT. 1680-1700.
70. Sunspurst ParnreD Oak CueEst. 1680-1700.
EWoopd CHEST. 1690-1710.
ED WuiItT
AINT.
P
I
7
1700-20.
E CueEsts oF Drawers.
Miniature Pin
BOATS
7
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 77
peculiar little scratch carving on the top rail which we could perhaps
dispense with without loss to the feeling. Very peculiar members of
the carving are those which, shaped like a bending corn leaf, either single
or double, fill the spaces between the rosettes. It is probably the copy
of the end of a palm leaf. Another peculiarity is the division, super-
ficially, of course, of the side panels into four smaller panels. The drops
are also shorter than we usually find.
Size: 48 by 374 by 20 inches.
No. 31 is an unusual chest. The owner is Mr. George Dudley
Seymour. It originates in New England. The front and end panels
are of oak. It has the original pine lid. The carving of the stiles and
top rail is similar to that of a copper-plate frontispiece fly leaf of an old
Bible. It is a Renaissance type. The carving of the top rail also re-
sembles that on chests already treated being in fact almost precisely like
that of No. 23. This chest was sold many years ago at an auction of the
effects of Josiah Herricks, of Antrim, New Hampshire, and, therefore,
called the “ Antrim Chest.”
In this and other parts of this work it will be understood that the
frames of chests and boxes are oak unless otherwise stated and that their
lids are pine unless otherwise stated.
Size: 45 by 264 by 22% inches, the last dimension being the width of
the top. Ordinarily speaking we are giving the frame size only, to
which the overhang of the top should be added.
No. 32 is a miniature chest, also belonging to Mr. George Dudley
Seymour. It is presumed to have been made for a child. It is of oak
including the paneled lid. It is also the only miniature chest in oak of
this date, so far found, in America. The front rail has been charred,
perhaps by rush lights, a common thing in English chests, it is said. It
is to be noted that there is also a wide dentil carving across the bottom
rail and that this is repeated on both top and bottom rails on the end.
Size: 20% by 14% by 123 inches, the first and the last dimensions being
the outside measurements of the lid.
No. 33. With this chest we come to an interesting but perhaps over-
rated and certainly later series of chests to which the name Hadley has
been given, due to the fact that Mr. H. W. Erving found a chest of this
character which originated in Hadley, or at least was found there. The
special characteristics of these pieces is that the entire front is carved, stile
and rail and drawer front, and that the carving is even carried down the
stile leg to a point near its bottom. There is a considerable difference
in the merit of the carving but it is all poor. The main element is the
tulip blossom, the bud seeming to be somewhat neglected. The carving
78 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
is not even worked back to a ground in many instances but is merely
scratched or outlined on the surface. This is always true of the veins
from the stem to the leaf. The other motives in these chests are the
introduction in many instances of the heart, in which case we suppose them
to have been dower pieces. In addition to that they are, we believe,
without exception initialed. They have the further peculiarity which
appears also on one of the court cupboards in the author’s possession,
not however of this style, that the ends of the drawer fronts are mitered.
We scarcely understand the origin of this detail but its effect is obvious.
It prevents the drawer from pushing in too far, and keeps it just flush
with the rails and stiles without the need of a stop in the rear. These
chests, in the one drawer type, generally have a small horizontal panel
at the bottom of the end and two small vertical panels above it. These
panels are always sunk so far as noted. They are also surrounded by
beaded molds and they are chamfered on all sides. On the two drawer
and three drawer types there are usually four end panels, these being
longer below and slightly shorter above. The lids of all the pieces we
have examined were of pine. Other details we take note of under the
separate numbers. No. 33 is one formerly in the B. A. Behrend collection.
It is attractive in color having some of the old red in the ground work of
the panels. Of course, it has lost a part of its feet but we believe is
otherwise original.
No. 34 is a miniature chest belonging to the estate of J. Milton
Coburn, M.D., of South Norwalk. It is the first example we have had
of ball feet, which began to come in about 1680, but did not become fully
established as a style for ten or fifteen years after that date. It has the
double arch molding, which is a trifle later than the single arch. The use
of these miniature chests was either for children or for placing on tables
to contain more valuable or smaller articles than were placed in the
large chests. We have here also the use of the brass drop handle, some-
times called the bell tongue or tear drop. The plates on the handles
were cast with various ornamentations. The English were past masters
in the production of beautiful brasses. It is supposed that in most cases
elaborate early hardware was imported. We cannot, therefore, state
with certainty the origin of brasses even on pieces which are distinctly
American.
No. 35 shows another Hadley chest varying only slightly from No.
33. The feet have been pieced to the upper length. Those inclined
to see the image of George Washington on the contour of cliffs may pick
out his grotesque head on the drawer. Probably this resemblance was
unintentional since it is formed of the foliation of the tulip. The initials
74.
75.
CarveEp Boarp CHEsT.
PaNELED Pine CuHuEstT.
1698.
1700-10.
1 A ee D9 bye"
eee
~
/
76, A OneE-Drawer Carvep Pine CuHEstT.
77. One-Drawer Pine CHEstT. 1710-20.
ae ihe
4
my
=
a
78.
79:
YeLLow Pine Axti-Carvep CHEST.
SHEATHED BRACKETED CHEST.
1700-10.
1700-10.
80. A Six-Boarp Rounp Pane, Pine CuEsT. 1710-20.
81. Pine Cuest on SHOES. 1710-20.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 83
on these chests are so obvious that they will not be referred to except for
special reasons. ‘The lid on this chest was wrongly replaced by oak. It
has now been changed again to pine. The chest was found in south-
western New Hampshire in the hands of an owner who doubtless carried
it up the Connecticut river from its place of origin.
Size: 414 by 354 by 184 inches.
No. 36 is the first instance we show of a carved pine chest. It is
now owned by the Pennsylvania Museum and was in the author’s former
collection. The special interest that attaches to it, is that, while it is a
six board chest, and the first chest we have shown of normal size with-
out a frame, it carries carving from motives seen on the oak chest, and
carried out with a considerable degree of taste. Thus the front is marked
off as if the central portion were a panel. This portion as well as the
outside of the entire front is surrounded with a single arch molding made,
of course, by carving. The lunettes and reversed lunettes follow the
analogy of more elaborate ones seen on chests already described. In the
central section these lunettes are repeated in a kind of interlaced design
which forms a series of circles from each of which four shuttles are out-
lined. In the center there is the outline of a sunflower, which connects
this piece with Connecticut examples. It came from Connecticut. The
inverted V or bootjack end is somewhat relieved in its plainness by an
irregular contour.
There are a considerable number of carved pine chests. This one is
perhaps more highly regarded than many of the others. The chest
affords an amusing instance of rapidly increasing estimation of merit. It
was found by a dealer who obtained it for practically nothing and sold
it for a little more. Again it changed hands for a very low sum.
Quickly, however, its unusual and quaint qualities began to be felt, and
the next carved pine chest that appeared was held at so respectable a
value as to be compared with the values placed upon carved oak pieces.
No. 37 is a Hadley chest formerly owned by Mr. Brooks Reed of
Boston. The carving of the middle panel is differentiated somewhat
from the last example.
No. 38 is a miniature decorated chest owned by the Metropolitan
Museum. ‘The word decorated in this connection has now been special-
ized so as to apply to painted decoration, as distinguished from carving
or from applied turnings or other ornaments.
In this case the decoration is very effective, but the inability of a
photograph to pick out colors satisfactorily does not do the subject jus-
tice. The ball feet and the flush drawer belong with the period.
No. 39 is a variation from the Hadley chests previously shown, in
84 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
that it has two drawers, and, more particularly, is carved with the full
name, Elisabeth Warner, across the top rail. It is owned by Mr. Philip
L. Spalding of Boston. It was found in or near Deerfield about 1916,
by Dr. Miner of Greenfield, who also found in the same region the three
drawer Hadley chest No. 42. The condition of both pieces was good.
No. 40 is another two drawer Hadley, the carving of which is some-
what superior, in some respects, to the one drawer pieces. Or perhaps
we should say that its variation from them is a pleasing change. It will
be observed that the short stiles in these chests are very wide. Probably
this was so arranged, since as the stiles were carved, more room was left
for the full development of the carving pattern. The very close keep-
ing to the tulip, however, indicates that the ancient tradition of Holland
was still powerful.
The initials, slightly indistinct, are H. A. The effect of the carving
is a little softer than that on some pieces. It will be seen also that the
chamfering of the panels in these Hadley chests is more in the form of
a looking-glass frame and is entirely done on the bench, into the very
corners, so that the chamfers match as they meet. This is an interesting
mark of change and enables us to date furniture. The carving, also, on
the bottom rail of this prece departs from the conventional, being a series
of spade shaped leaves. Here also the heart on the middle panel is
repeated on the bottom drawer.
Size: 44 by 423 by 184 inches.
No. 41 brings us to a Hadley chest, if we may so call it, of a more
interesting and artistic design, and makes it appropriate to point out
certain analogies. Mr. Erving found his chest in 1893. The chest
before us was found in Hatfield. Mr. Luke Vincent Lockwood whose
large and well known volumes show a good many of these chests, has
recently discovered a chest of high character which he believes did not
originate in Hadley. That name is probably a misnomer but answers
as well as any other to fix a type.
The remarkable discovery by Mr. Lockwood of a chest on which
appears the legend “ Mary Allyn’s Chistt Cutte and Joyned by Nich.
Disbrowe,” is perhaps as important as any fact which has come to light
for years regarding American furniture, unless we are to except the dis-
covery of three Plymouth court cupboards. Mr. Lockwood has given
the public a scholarly and accurate dissertation in. the bulletin of the
Metropolitan Museum concerning this chest. It appears that Disbrowe
died in Hartford in 1683. We have, therefore, an earlier date for the
earliest type of this chest than had hitherto been assigned. The carving
upon the Disbrowe chest is sufficiently similar to that on the Eastman
sce pneoon
ee eS
cscs
82. A WuitrEewoop Cuest with Heavy Buocx Panets. 1700-10.
83. A Pine Nine-Panet Cuest. 1720.
84 & 85. Smatu anpd LarcE Pine CueEsts. 1710-20.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 87
chest before us to suggest the probability of community of knowledge
between the makers, or possibly the same maker. Each chest has a dia-
mond in the side panels in which the initials are inserted. Four of the
half diamonds on the top drawer of the Disbrowe chest appear on the
Eastman chest. The continuous scroll carried around the outside stiles,
the rail above the top drawer, and thence onto the inside stiles, is
obviously the same motive in each case. In this Eastman chest the scroll
of the inner stiles, however, connects with the stem of the tulip on the
top rail.
Another variation of an important character is the sunflower and the
five centered rosettes cut respectively in the upper and lower drawer of
the Eastman chest. Of course there are many variations in detail.
Now as to the origin of these pieces, the chest before us, owned by
George P. Eastman of Orange, New Jersey, has the following light
thrown on it by the owner: His grandfather Lucius Root Eastman, Sr.
saw as a boy the chest in the woodshed of Ais grandfather Martin Root.
When L. R. Eastman, Sr. grew up he obtained the chest from an aunt
to whom it had come meantime. Mr. Eastman, the present owner,
informs the writer that John Allis was a resident of Hatfield and that his
daughter Elisabeth Allis was married to James Bridgman in 1704. In
the inventory of Bridgman’s estate there is mentioned a “ Wainscott
Chest.” The Martin Root above mentioned was the grandchild of this
couple. Mr. Eastman says that there seems to have been a family con-
nection by marriages between the Allises of Hatfield and the Disbrowes
of Hartford. It is believed that the initials E. A. stand for Elisabeth
Allis and that it was a dower chest. The sunflower motive on this chest
allies it somewhat with the Hartford sunflower chest. It should be
remembered that the first road was the river, and that the first land road
was built up and down the Connecticut river, and that the connection
between the towns on the Connecticut was very close.
Captain John Allis, father of Elisabeth Allis, died in 1689, six years
after Disbrowe. It is entirely possible, and perhaps we should say
probable, that the chest was made by her brother, who was in business
with a Belden who had married the widow of Captain Allis. These two
carried on business for many years and the firm name was used for about
a century, and the firm has been continued under another name to the
present time. Mr. Lockwood states that Mary Allyn married in 1686;
that Disbrowe was born quite probably in Walden, Essex County, Eng-
land, in 1612 or 1613, and that he was the son of a joiner, and that
there is a record of him in this country back to 1639. We are greatly
indebted to Mr. Lockwood for his thorough search.
88 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Our conclusion as to the whole matter of these two chests is that they
antedate the other Hadley chests known, and also are far superior to
them in design. We call attention to a later discussion in this book on
the carving of these chests, as compared with the box No. 134 which
probably antedates both of the chests.
No. 42 is one of two known three drawer Hadley chests. The owner
is Mr. Harry Long of Boston and Cohasset. We speak with reservation
regarding the number of these chests because the only one we have seen
beside this is in the Deerfield Museum. We have, however, had a report
concerning another but have not yet seen it. This piece was found near
Deerfield, in excellent condition, except that it had lost the handles. A
flat wooden bar was run down inside the chest in front, passing through
slots in all the drawer bottoms so as to lock them. Thus one key at the
top was all that was necessary. Most of the Hadley chests have their
stiles beveled, another term for chamfered, on their inside faces, below
the body.
The next step to three drawers would naturally have been a chest of
drawers in the Hadley style. One or two have been found somewhat
resembling the Hadley chest, but perhaps should not be classed under
that name. The going out of carving, which occurred very shortly after
the coming in of the chests of drawers, may account for this hiatus.
With this chest our review of the Hadley type ends. It has attained
more prominence perhaps than it merits, yet it is an interesting example
of the influences at work about the year 1700.
No. 43 is a large and extremely rare chest in that it has two rows of
panels on the front. These are formed, indeed, of applied pieces on
the four true oak panels. All structural parts of this chest are oak in-
cluding the four back panels, except the lid which is extraordinary in its
width and condition, it being formed of pine and 244 by 534 inches,
The applied decoration on this chest may possibly be lacking in some
particulars. It is impossible to ascertain whether there were drops on
the outside stiles to match the three on the other stiles or not. Decora-
tion of this sort, when undertaken, was usually more complete, so that
the appearance is suggestive of something omitted.
The applied decoration on this chest may possibly be lacking in some
and the triangular blocks of the panels, the channel molding and the
applied ornaments, and even the thumb nail molding of the lid, are painted
black, the panel moldings and the chamfers on the end panels are painted
red.
The feet at present are only 34 inches long and that is probably half
of what they were originally. The bottom has been nailed on so as to
86. An Oak Two-Part Cuest or Drawers. 1670-80.
88 & 89.
87. An Oax CuHEstT
An Oax AND A PINE
|
4
/
oF Drawers. 1670-90.
edn RI ES
Cuest oF Drawers. 1680 & 1720.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY QI
show on the outside, which of course was not the original construction.
The legs are thus shortened an inch.
Size: 524 by 304 by 232 inches, excluding the lid overhang.
This piece was found in Connecticut, and has been slightly restored,
the original hinges being missing.
No. 44. An oak chest with the original pine lid which is, however,
in very bad condition. It has the cleat pin hinge. The date is cut in
the long inserted block in the bottom of the center panel. A feature of
particular interest in this chest is the application of very slender drops on
the panels. They appear incomplete and apparently were formed by
cutting off the ball ordinarily seen at the bottom. Compare with the
long drops on No. 118 and No. 203. Also compare the finely divided
panel work with that on No. 118, No. 126, and No. 203. Here then we
have four pieces, a chest, a chest on frame, a Bible box, and a court cup-
board, all with the same miniature, long and narrow, horizontal panels,
all of which probably bore small bosses, such as still appear on a part
of these pieces. The presumption is that all of them were made by the
same artificer. The date on No. 203 is close to that on this chest. We
think the application of the miniature drops on the panels is not happy,
especially as they are not fully carried out. The panel work, however,
on the drawer, is attractive. The very large split turning on the leg
stiles calls our attention markedly. In another piece, having a turning
as large, it is shown lower down, so as more fully to simulate a leg. This
chest is all of oak except the lid, drawer bottom and back, which are of
yellow pine.
Size: 31 by 294 by 19 inches, excluding the moldings and the lid of
the overhang. The feet are now only 54 inches long.
No. 45 is a very handsome chest with the side panels arched and an
attractive group of four central panels with nail heads. This chest was
found in southern New Hampshire where it had been for a very long
period. The lid and panels are oak. It strongly resembles English
chests and other chests already referred to in this connection. It has, how-
ever, been in this country long enough to become acclimated and to receive
its citizenship papers. It has a very attractive beaded mold and the
unusual paneling of the end is obvious.
We are continuously met by a small class of pieces like this all in oak
in chests and court cupboards and sometimes in chests on frames whose
origin is not precisely certain. We do not wish to be understood as main-
taining the certain American origin of these pieces. We only say they
are probably American.
We do not remember to have seen chests elsewhere with applied pairs
92 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
of short drops between the drawers having also such drops at the ends
of the drawers of a different length, as here. There is a very pleasing
columnar effect secured by the long drops in conjunction with the arches.
The ensemble of the chest is most attractive. It is owned by Mary M.
Sampson of Boston.
Size: 48 by 31 by 21 inches.
No. 46 is a board chest, the lid of which has an applied plain bevel
molding, which laps down upon the body of the chest. The initials and
the elaborate rosettes are very well done, when we consider that the work
is on pine. There is also a little flirt of carving on the portion of the
end near the bottom, just above the break of the lines that run down to
the floor.
Size: 414 by 264 by 183 inches.
No. 47. This chest, with the initials A. B., has the good but rare scroll
on the bottom rail. The frame is of quartered oak but the panels appear
to be of whitewood. The ends instead of being paneled in the usual
fashion are molded horizontally at the rails which are, of course, pinned
as usual. A board is then inserted between the rails in the fashion of
sheathed paneling. The bottom rail is extraordinarily wide, about ten
inches, and is molded to represent a rail with a skirt board. The back is
a whitewood board rather than a panel. The lid is of pine.
Size: 42 by 31 by 193 inches.
No. 48 is a miniature chest of pine with the single arch molding.
It is of much better character than the plain board pieces, owing to the
heavy mold at the base and the ball feet. The owner is Mr. Arthur
W. Wellington of Boston and Weston.
No. 49, owned by the Metropolitan Museum, has curious triangular
blocks above the long drops. They somewhat resemble crude capitals.
The heavy moldings are all stopped on the front. The distinction has
been made, in this use of molding, between the stile legs and the ball-
foot legs. It has been thought bad form for the molding to run around
the ends of the piece in a stile foot chest. In that case No. 30 would be
challenged. It certainly is very rare in the application of its moldings.
In the chest before us we have the first highly specialized geometrical
paneling on the upper drawer, consisting of V’s running in from the ends
of the drawer and from the division at the center.
No. 50 is the first ball foot chest of considerable size which we have
shown. It has the further peculiarity of moldings scrolled in regular
curves. It bears the initials A. D.
Owner: Mr. G. Winthrop Brown of Brookline. The long drops are
go. An ExaporaTELY PaNELED Cuest oF Drawers. 1680-90.
1690-1700.
Foot Cuest or Drawers.
Bau.-
I.
9
Cuest oF Drawers. 1680-1700.
92.
93. An Axuui-PinE CuEst or Drawers. 1690-1700.
94. An Oax Bati-Foot Cursr or Drawers. 1680-1700. ‘
space
agi
ee EOS es bey
95. A Two-Part
Oax CueEstT
oF DRAwERs.
1680—90.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 97
precisely similar above and below. That is, the turning motive is doubled
from the center, like the stretchers of chairs.
The base mold on the ball foot chest is, in the good forms, generally
heavy, as here.
No. 51 formerly owned by Mr. Brooks Reed of Boston, is, in spite
of its appearance, a chest. The fact that the upper part of it simulates
drawers is, of course, an indication that it was made after chests of drawers
became well established. We somewhat wonder at this system of orna-
ment, because the earlier plan, as in the chests previously considered, seems
in better taste. The drawer element seems to predominate in the mind
of the maker and he carries his decoration to the top as he had begun
from the bottom. The early fashion, however, of ending the between-
drawer molds on the front, obtains here. It will be seen also that the
true bottom drawer and the top false drawer are alike and that the second
false drawer is molded with sufficient heaviness to give a blocked appear-
ance. The back legs of the chest are in the ancient fashion formed by a
continuation of the frame, and are otherwise called stile legs. The front
feet are somewhat clumsy but probably indicate an early period.
No. 52 is a chest belonging to Mr. H. W. Erving. It has three
panel ends. As appears, it has no rail beneath the drawer. This is an
unusual form as is the chest below it. Nevertheless we find it in some
of the oldest pieces, notably in the Parmenter court cupboard, No. 195.
The feet are somewhat abbreviated.
Size: 454 by 244 by 184 inches.
No. 53 is another chest belonging to Mr. H. W. Erving. It has
the usual oak frame, but pine panels, with a raised panel in the end.
Whether this is a mark of a later date we do not yet feel certain. In
any case the raised panel is rare. We have, however, found it on an
oak cradle of the very earliest period. It seems to have been considered
an unnecessary thing. Of course it strengthened the panel by making it
thicker and improved the appearance of the chest at the same time.
Size: 413 by 284 by 184 inches. The difference between the hight
of this and the preceding is seen to be chiefly in the legs, those on this
chest being the proper length.
No. 54 is a plainer chest than any we have hitherto featured. All
the panels, including the three at the back, are of oak. The lid is of
pine and is seemingly original. It is molded on the front only. The
stiles in the back were not smoothed at all after riving. This is the first
instance we have seen of this kind, though leaving the backs of the back
panels rough, as in this case, was common enough. Some question has
been raised in relation to the chamfering of the legs. What purpose
98 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
was conserved by thus cutting them away is not apparent, but the cut is
very old and some good judges have thought it original. This chest
affords an interesting opportunity to study the decoration around the
panels. It will be seen that the top rail-molding, against the panel, fades
away as it approaches the inside stile. Thus over the central panel it
fades away at both ends. This construction is always a mark of early work.
Size: 47 by 29 by 204 inches.
No. 55 is an oddly molded oak chest. The owner is Mr. Dwight
Blaney of Boston and Weston. All the oak of this chest is quartered
including the panels. The drawer is peculiar in that the top and bottom
of it are so constructed as to blend with the repeated moldings, and to
hide its outline. We do not remember another chest with so much of
repetition in the molding. The effect is interesting.
No. 56 belongs to Mr. H. W. Erving. It shows no very great devia-
tion in style from some that have preceded it. Instead, however, of
the turned drops flanking the drawer and dividing it in the center, we
have sets of triglyphs matching those on the top rail. The effect of so
many of these ornaments is to increase the apparent hight of the chest.
The moldings are of Spanish cedar. There are two panels in the
ends. The quartering of the panels shows with fine effect. The blocks
when placed around the panels, as here, are called center side blocks, as
distinguished from corner blocks. ‘They are, of course, always applied.
Size: 454 by 33 by 20% inches.
No. 57 is the first example we have given of an oak six-board chest.
Its plainness is relieved by the gouge carving at the ends of the molded
front. The molding on the joints in front is similar to that of the
earliest wall sheathing. The chest was formerly owned by Koopman’s,
Boston.
No. 58 is the first example to be considered wherein the oak stile feet
are cut off slightly below the frame, and continued with ball feet. This
construction, while unusual, is not unique. Another feature of interest
in this chest is the application of thin blocks surrounded by molding in
the center of the panels, as bases on which to impose the turtle backs.
The turtle backs on the upper rail are of odd shapes and we think no
better on that account. The diagonal setting of the turtle backs on the
drawer should be observed.
Owner: Mr. G. Winthrop Brown, of Brookline.
No. 59 is a small, somewhat late board chest, with carving more in
the style of the Sheraton period than anything we have hitherto shown.
We presume the carving to be original although it is very unusual on
chests. The central decoration is quite similar to that on a corner cup-
SYA
96. Warnur Cuesr or Drawers.
97. Litre Cuest or Drawers.
a
1690-1700.
1700-10.
a
tbs
98.
An Oax ano Watnut Cuest oF Drawers. 1690-1700.
99-
Oax anv Pine CueEst oF Drawers.
1690-1700.
vista.
at
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY IOI
board of unmistakable early character. We do not pretend to the capacity
of being able to ascertain in every instance whether carving is recent or
ancient. It is probably the most difficult of all questions, when the imi-
tation is well done. Far better men than the writer have been grievously
deceived in this matter. Brushes are used to give the grain of the carving
an aged effect. One coat after another of paint is applied, then perhaps
washed off in part.
Size: 32 by 143 by 12% inches.
No. 60 is a chest belonging to Mr. Dwight Blaney. The large applied
turnings on the leg stiles are almost identical in style, size and placement
with those on No. 44, though the smaller drops are different from that
chest. They appear, however, to be more in harmony with the large end
drops. ‘This chest is left in an unrestored condition. It is obvious that
at one time there were moldings on the drawer.
No. 61 is owned by Mr. H. W. Erving. The channel or shadow
molds are strongly emphasized as was the intention, being painted black
originally and properly. The end panels are supplied with blocks to
give the effect of Greek crosses, whereas the central panel has triangular
blocks forming an octagon. The entire front is of strongly featured oak.
There are two panel ends.
Size: 43 by 31 by 204 inches.
No. 62 is a highly decorated chest. The owner is Mrs. Hulings
Cowperthwaite Brown, of Boston and Brookline. The chest was inherited
from the Waters Estate. The ball feet are somewhat smaller than is
usual. The paneling is very odd, especially at the sides. The application
of the turtle backs on the top rail seems odd and we are led to wonder
whether or not there may not have been others. Perhaps the effect, how-
ever, is as good in the form in which the piece stands.
No. 63 is a chest with highly featured oak, and excellent ball feet.
This chest was found with fourteen of the sixteen original ornaments in
place. The paneling of the drawer is peculiar and gives the appearance
of two miniature drawers at the ends. The design of the middle panel
should be observed. Usually the small oblong divisions were at the
bottom of the middle panel.
It will be noticed that no ornaments whatever are applied on the top
rail. This may be owing to the unusual beauty of the oak in that mem-
ber. The feet are of flattened balls almost in the onion shape, technically
so called.
No. 64 is an all pine chest with turnip feet. This is a term roughly
applied to most ball feet, but we think it more appropriate when there
is a small necking above the ball as here. The feet behind are simple
102 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
continuations of the boards. The single arch molding we consider arbi-
trarily as ten years earlier than the double arch molding. All parts of
this chest are original.
Size: 35 by 39 by 174 inches.
No. 65 is an amazing example of reversion to an earlier period.
While the date is very plainly marked as 1776, some of the features
of this chest would have been appropriate a hundred and fifty years
before that date. This remark applies to the architectural arch. The
great extent of the imbricated carving is also startling, as is the highly
elaborate double rosette at the top of the side stiles. ‘The bracket also
belongs to an earlier period. As we recollect this chest it is in walnut.
It belongs to Mr. Stanley A. Sweet of New York City.
No. 66 is our first example of a chest with complete painted decora-
tion.
The owner is Mr. H. W. Erving, who purchased the chest when it
was entirely covered with a thick coat of brown paint, which was very
old. He carefully removed this paint, and the figures as seen here all
came out, and have simply been touched up line for line with absolute
fidelity. An interesting circumstance has been brought out by the removal
of this protective coating of paint. That is the great brilliancy of the
original coloring. It has often been supposed that the reds and greens
on these old pieces were soft. They were quite the reverse. Our an-
cestors had so little color in their lives that they were somewhat lavish of
it on their furniture. The truth obliges us to state this fact, although
it proves that their taste in design was better than their taste in color.
As retraced the painting on this fascinating little chest teaches us
several things. The background appears black but is a few shades off,
rather green-black.
We have noted in other pieces that the black will change to bottle
green. The thistle blossoms and buds and crown are most intense and
varied centers of color. They are to be compared with the decorated
chest of drawers No. 100, and the bird on the end should be compared with
that on No. 71.
The material on these decorated chests or chests of drawers is usually
of whitewood, at least on the front. In some instances they are pine
on the ends and the lid is of course generally pine. We shall later dis-
cuss their connection with Moravian furniture. Their origin is Connecti-
cut, on the Sound, perhaps twenty miles east and west of New Haven.
Our present example was a miniature.
Size: 254 by 19 by 164 inches.
No. 67 is a new feature in chests to be considered. Although it is
1690-1700.
DecoraTED WuiTEwoop CHEsT oF Drawers.
100.
1700-20.
Cuest oF Drawers.
E
LittLe Pin
101.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 105
oak it is decorated. The inadequacy of photography does not show clearly
the design which covers the panels and the drawer front. The chest is
from Branford, Connecticut, and is owned by Mr. George Dudley Sey-
mour. The painting is evidently imitative of contemporary English
imitations of lacquer work, brought into England from the far East. The
end panels are in a thistle down design. The central panel bears the
painted date. The chest is now in the Wadsworth Atheneum, Hartford.
Size: 484 by 323 by 204 inches, including the lid overhang.
No. 68 is a chest belonging to the estate of Mr. George F. Ives.
The chest has lost its feet, but is otherwise in good condition. The
painting is distinctively different from the designs we have hitherto shown.
It exhibits a considerable freedom and no small degree of artistry. It
will be seen that the base carries much the same design as the portion
immediately under the lid. Apparently to give room for a handsome
spray between the drawer panels, the latter were set very far apart.
There is a large tulip on the ends as on No. 102.
Size: 42 by 40 by 20 inches, to which we should add about 4 inches
for the original hight.
No. 69 brings us back to another painted oak chest. This piece has lost
its drawer. Its great oddity is the ball feet attached to the extended
stiles. Another unusual feature is the raised panel at the ends. The
chest was found in New England, painted a heavy red. When this was
removed quaint tree decoration was found on the side panels, and on the
central panel what appear to be painted imitations of bosses. The numer-
ous channel molds are all black and so are the small moldings applied
around the front and end panels. The back has one large panel of pine.
The front and end panels and the original lid are of pine.
Size: 43 by 303 by 18% inches. The length of the leg below the
end rail is 64 inches including the ball, and the ball is 3 inches to the
extended stile.
No. 70 is another oak chest with decorations. In this case they are
of the sort called sunburst, and appear on the front panels only. Instead
of a molding around the drawer there are a black and a red stripe dividing
the drawer into two painted panels. There are two long vertical end
panels. The panels are oak, including the single long horizontal panel
behind. This chest came from Connecticut, and, like many from that
neighborhood, has a bead on the front of the lid, rather than the thumb
nail mold on three sides.
Size: 43 by 22 by 204 inches. The stile feet are now 6 inches long.
No. 71 is another painted whitewood chest which belongs to the
state of Connecticut and is in the Stone House, at Guilford. The decora-
106 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
tion on the upper panel is very like that on one of the drawers on No. 101.
The frame is of oak.
Nos. 72 and 73 are miniature pine pieces. No. 72, on the left, has
two little drawers and the single arch molding. The lid is 19 by 13
inches. It is 163 inches high.
No. 73, the other chest, with the heavy base mold, ball feet and double
arch molding, is a successful effort to secure good style with simple
material.
Size: The top is 23 by 133 inches. It is 20 inches high. Both pieces
are owned by Mr. Chauncey C. Nash of Milton and Cohasset.
No. 74 is a most interesting example, because it continues the tradition
of oak for a material and carving for a decoration, but in its construction
is a six board chest.
The carving on the drawers is fluting. The three hearts carved over
the elaborate lunette, and indeed interfering with them, seem like an after-
thought. They probably indicate that the chest was a dowry piece.
All the moldings are carried around the ends, a feature very rare in
this method of construction. This chest was bought in Boston, but was
probably found in Connecticut, the discoverer not being living to verify
that statement. The piece was formerly in the B. A. Behrend collection.
The year given as the date is carved on the till.
Owned now by Pennsylvania Museum.
No. 75 is a small decorated piece of pine. It will be observed that,
curiously enough, the decorator carried his scrolls across the whole front
ignoring the drawer divisions. We find here the much loved and often
repeated tulip blossom. On the bottom drawer, however, the designer
became more ambitious and sketched two birds which we may fondly hope
are doves.
The piece belongs to the southern Connecticut type.
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
No. 76 is owned by Mr. G. Winthrop Brown of Brookline. It is
another example of a six board oak chest, carved. It has elaborate lunettes
resembling but not identical with those on No. 74. There is also a
band of imbricated carving below the top section, and a “ pencil and pearl ”
decoration just above the drawer. There is also immediately under the
lid a plain serration which suggests the Plymouth chest. At the ends of
the front we have the quite usual gouge carving. Whether this was easier
to work than a mold, or for what reason it is so frequent, we do not know.
The drawer of this chest is pulled by reaching under the front, so
that it requires no knob. This omission of a rail below the drawer, while
a rare feature, is, nevertheless, found on some of the oldest cabinet pieces.
103. A FremisH-LeEGceEp HicHBoy. 1680-1700.
: _
eh ekg ¥ age sees i
104. A ParinreD HicHBoy. 1700-10.
ag penn
a a
|
105.
A Five-LeccEep
Hicupsoy.
a erent
1690-1710.
’
ts
106. A ButTTrernut HicuHBoy.
1690-1710.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY III
Size: 283 by 233 by 18 inches. While we have not the dimensions
of No. 74, that chest also is small.
No. 77 marks the transition to the plain chests of the eighteenth cen-
tury, but it has not quite reached their perfect simplicity of design. It
has more pleasing lines. A single arch molding is also carried out through-
out. It is owned by Mr. G. Winthrop Brown.
No. 78 is most unusual in that the ends as well as the front are carved.
The carving is simple but effective. We have on the lower panels a
starfish design, which is merely a variant of the Gothic wheel window.
The other carving, principally in discs or semi-circles, predominates. The
serrated motive, doubled so as to form a zigzag ribbon, appears on the
top and the bottom rail and the outside stiles, and the single serration
under the lid on the ends, whereas the rest of the ends follow in general
the decoration of the front. Two other oddities of this chest are its
framing. It is mortised entirely through the front stiles, the ends of the
tenons frankly appearing. ‘The lid, also, is fixed in position in the rear
and breaks with the movable portion in a grooved joint. Thus the
chest has no hinge, but when unhasped the front was lifted as usual.
The piece was found in southern Connecticut, and most of the material
is yellow pine.
Size: 424 by 30% by 18 inches. The legs are 64 inches long. The
front of the lid is formed by a band vertically thicker than the rest of the
lid, for what purpose does not appear.
No. 79 is a simple chest of interesting construction. It has the scrolled
bracket end. A slight effort at decoration has been made. The front is
sheathed with boards molded at their matching in the manner of the best
early house sheathing. There are also brackets between the frame and
the ends. They indicate the survival of an earlier style and add much to
the chest. The lid has the most elongated thumb nail molding we have
seen. The original lock seems to be in position.
Origin: New England. Size: 49 by 24 by 17 inches. The material
is all yellow pine.
No. 80 presents an interesting variation from the ordinary pine chest
in its circular central panel, and in side panels carved to correspond. It
is to be observed in this and many other interesting instances that the
panels were carved in the solid wood, and are therefore only simulated.
Thus what began in joined furniture as a structural feature was, when the
age of paneling passed away, sometimes retained as we see it here.
Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
Size: 484 by 23 by 17 inches, including the lid. The chest was found
112 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
in the Captain Charles Churchill house, Newington, Connecticut. The
original coat of red paint is intact.
No. 81 is a pine chest relieved from plainness by the oddity of the
shoes upon which it rests, by the projected base and by the gouge carving
at the corners. It also has scratch carving, running around the front,
which is scarcely discernible in our picture, on the left side. The owner
is Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
No. 82 is a style known to exist in at least three examples. Its marked
peculiarity is the heavily blocked central portion of the panel ornamenta-
tion. The panels are painted black, as are also the incised (channel)
moldings on the rails and stiles. The applied moldings are painted red.
A peculiarity is the running of the molding on the outside stiles down
through the width of the drawer. The chest here shown was formerly
in the collection of Mr. George Dudley Seymour and is now owned by
Miss Mary Miles Lewis Peck, of Bristol, Connecticut. It is an heirloom
of the Lewis family of Farmington. It was found in Bristol, an offset of
the town of Farmington, by Mr. Seymour, about 1895.
Another chest almost precisely like this is in the author’s collection
and a third was found by Mr. Seymour in 1920. The three chests appear
to have been made by the same hand.
The material in every case is of whitewood, the close grain of which
was well adapted for decoration, and more highly regarded than pine.
No. 83 is a chest with numerous small panels similar to overmantel
decoration. The middle panel is relieved by three flutes. The brackets
of this stile, while they survive for an earlier period, frequently appear
on early eighteenth century chests of the better class.
The owner is Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr. of Boston.
No. 84 and the larger chest under it, No. 85, are doubtless intended
to go together, and were perhaps made for a mother and child. Or
perhaps the more valuable articles were kept in the smaller piece. There
is one drawer in each chest, the other drawers being simulated. The
scroll board at the bottom, variously called the skirt or valance, is a
feature which always adds a good deal to furniture, if the style permits
it, as here. These pieces are owned by Mr. George Dudley Seymour,
and are at present in the Wadsworth Atheneum at Hartford.
The size of No. 84 is 204 by 17 by 114 inches, including the lid.
The size of No. 85 is 284 by 244 by 13 inches, including the lid.
With these chests we conclude the examination of this subject except
for the two chests appearing on the last page of this volume. We be-
lieve every well known type of American chest is represented, as well
as many others that are too rare to be reckoned in any class.
107. A Cross-StRETCHER HicHBoy. 1710-20.
[
ri
1690-1710.
Bone Watnut HicHsoy.
HERRING-
108.
‘AeoCaee SWEET mM EALERTS RINSED SBI meant
PARR 6
a
1700-10.
A HeErrinc-BonE Watnutr HicHBoy.
109.
110. Herrinc-BonE Watnut HicHBoy. 1690-1710.
CHESTS OF DRAWERS
‘Turse are neither so important, so early nor so good as the chests.
In their period also they are not so numerous. This is accounted for
by the fact that chests of drawers no sooner began to come in, in the form
in which they evolved from chests, than the high chest of drawers was
developed. This style, otherwise called the highboy, prevented the
further development of the low chest of drawers. It is impossible to
say now when the first oak chest was made in America. We can estimate
the date within about a score of years. We find them about 1660. The
style seems to have followed the oak chest as known among us, for about
thirty years. It is a far more convenient article of furniture than is
a chest.
No. 86 represents such a chest of drawers owned by Mr. George
Dudley Seymour. We feel, however, that the brasses on this chest make
the date we have assigned to it at least ten years too early. A peculiarity
in the piece is that it is made in two parts and is separable at the center,
being kept from slipping out of place by dowels, as well as by the molding,
originally. |
This separation should be covered by a molding. The piece is shown
as it was found in the rough state without the molding. It is said that
the piece was brought into Boston from Dedham. It was put in order
by Patrick Stevens, then employed by Robbins Bros., of Hartford.
Size: 563 by 383 by 204 inches, including the overhang.
It will be seen that the hight is such as would naturally develop from
a chest.
No. 87 was in the Waters collection. The extraordinary amount of
ornament upon it is typical of a good number of pieces made as the
seventeenth century drew to its close. It will be seen that the first and
third drawer are alike in ornament, also the second and fourth, on the
end panels. But even here there is a variance in the central panel. It
will be noticed that No. 86 had a two-panel end, whereas this has a
four-panel end. The drops on this piece are incorrect, and have now
been changed.
The molding in the very top element suggests that on a Plymouth
chest. The panels in front are all of oak.
117
118 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Size: 46 by 433 by 213 inches.
No. 88 is a chest of drawers in which all the panels are oak including
the two vertically long back panels, and the end panels. The drawer
bottoms are pine, as is also the lid but the backs of the drawers are riven
oak. The molding immediately under the lid is a series of close set
dentils. ‘They are really not much wider, in the openings between them,
than saw cuts. The large moldings on the front are cut off square and
do not return. The piece is agreeably small. It was found in eastern
Massachusetts in 1922.
Size: 30 by 36 by 20 inches.
No. 89 is a little table chest of drawers, all of pine. The heavy
moldings give it character and dignity. The drawers show an interesting
increase of depth from the top to the bottom one. This is the first piece
we have shown with the overlapping drawer front, a mark of the coming
in of eighteenth century work. The drops are not original. All other
parts are original.
Size: 15 by 234 by 10 inches. These dimensions do not include the
very broad base which is 19 by 114 inches.
No. 90 is an oak chest of drawers formerly owned by Mr. Brooks
Reed. No one can say that the front is monotonous. The top and the
bottom drawers, which are alike, are very boldly blocked. The other
two drawers are narrow and also are alike. The stiles are treated by
applied moldings, as a series of small panels. The heavy moldings are
returned on the front. It would appear that the base should have had
a molding.
The end panel is built up with a series of moldings together with a
central block on which a boss is affixed, resembling a chest we have already
treated.
No. 91 is an oak chest of drawers, the top and bottom members of
which resemble those in the chest of drawers Mee discussed, except that
they are somewhat lighter in effect.
The piece was found in Connecticut, and came immediately from the
Henry Stearns collection.
One mark of a somewhat later date than the chests hitherto treated
is the square stile legs. Previously we have had them larger and in a
flat section.
There is an amusing variance between the huge foot and the small
stile. We have shown this fashion in one or two earlier examples. The
front panels, the large end panel, the single long horizontal back panel,
and the lid are of yellow pine. The end panel is heavily blocked in the
fashion called bolection molding, and resembles one or two already
Bie a cde acacia
111. Smart Drawer HicHBoy. 1690-1710.
112. A SimpLe HicHBoy, wirHoutT STRETCHERS, 1720.
1710-20.
Curty Mapre Hicupoy.
Weg
114. A SimpLe Five-Leccep HicHpoy. 1690-1710.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 123
treated. The moldings are painted red, and the blocks and feet black.
The piece has been restored to a considerable degree.
Size: 392 by 38 by 193 inches.
No. 92 is a chest of drawers the picture of which is furnished by Mr.
H. V. Weil of New York City. The end panel is raised and has bolection
moldings. The ball feet are attached in the more usual manner directly
to the frame. The piece is not a miniature, but, by accident, is shown on
a small scale. |
No. 93 is an all pine chest of drawers formerly owned by Koopman’s,
Boston. While it is made of boards instead of being framed it has many
of the features of the earlier period. The end terminates at the bottom
with a series of scrolled openings reminding one of Gothic arches. The
heavy single arch molding is prominent. We would presume that it had
lost such part of the feet as would naturally be missing through attrition.
We have here the first chest of drawers in which all the drawers are alike.
The style of dividing drawer fronts in this fashion is called geometric
molding.
No. 94 is an oak chest of drawers owned by Mr. George Dudley Sey-
mour. The center panel on the top drawer contains the initials R.B. The
center panel of the drawer below has the initials A.P. The chest ends
are two panels separated by the returned ends of an applied molding
extending between the two upper and the two lower drawers. The other
applied moldings between the drawers do not follow around the end.
The ball feet again are attached to extended stiles. The single set of
triglyphs seem a trifle lonely. Is it possible that the piece bore others on
the stiles? |
Size: 454 by 32 by 20 inches, including the overhang.
No. 95 is a two part chest which has the molding to cover the joints
of division. The owner is the estate of J. Milton Coburn, M. D.
The applied ball-turned molding is an odd feature. The decorated
moldings on the second and fourth drawers are more conventional but
perhaps not as gracefully arranged as we usually find them.
With No. 96 we reach the first object shown in this volume in walnut.
The age of walnut in England began somewhat earlier than in America.
This is a case where walnut was used with an oak stile, rather than in the
turned stile. This attractive little chest has the stiles divided into small
panels as was the case with No. 90. The four drawers are all alike.
There are two end panels side by side, vertically. The piece has under-
gone some repairs. The handles are not original.
Size: 384 by 334 by 21 inches.
No. 97 is an attractive little quaint piece, the photograph of which is
124 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
furnished by Mr. H. V. Weil. The handles of course are of the size
usual for a large chest of drawers and therefore display humorously the
contrast between the size of the drawers and the handles. The single
arch mold, the heavy base mold, and the ball feet establish the date.
No. 98 is another chest of drawers in which the frame is oak, and
most other parts walnut. Thus we see the transition between the two
woods. The top is half inch walnut. The frame and the end rails are
of oak. The end panels are of pine, there being two, one above the other,
sunken, with perfectly plain rails and stiles. The drawer fronts are
pine covered with an eighth of an inch walnut veneer, and all the moldings
are of walnut. The piece has the groove side runs on the drawers, indi-
cating a date not later than 1700. The feet are pieced and are in the small
square section of the somewhat late chest of drawers, which followed the
analogy otherwise of the oak chests of drawers.
Size: 36 by 33 by 22 inches. The moldings project to give an
over all length, top and bottom, of 39 inches.
No. 99 is an oak and pine chest of drawers in the former collection
of the author. The width of the stiles is quite noticeable, but there was
no evidence of drops ever having been applied. It is impossible, how-
ever, in every case, to know whether there should be drops or not. Fifty
years or so after such a chest was made some of the drops would naturally
try to justify their name. When part of such ornaments were gone, it
was common to eliminate all of them, and to refinish the piece. As they
were ordinarily applied by glue, there is now no means of knowing except
by analogy, whether drops orginally existed.
The most interesting feature of this piece is its excellent ring drop
handles and rosette plate and ’scutcheons.
No. 100 exhibits for the first time the full development of the painted
decoration. ‘The front of this piece is in whitewood, the ends and lid
and drawer interiors are pine. The frame is of oak. The two short
drawers at the top are identical in decoration and attractive enough, had
not the artist essayed the conceit of a human face, into the lips of which
is caught the stem of a spray of blossoms. The three long drawers are
each decorated with separate motives. The flower pot design, in the
drawer above the bottom drawer, is found, with some variation, on the
Pennsylvania German pieces, the inspiration of which very likely came
from Moravia. In Moravia we find the same flower pot motive, used
on a very great number of pieces. The design on the bottom drawer is
that already shown on a chest. We have the thistle blossom surmounted
by a crown. At the right is the rose and at the center the fleur-de-lis with
‘
‘
1690-1700.
SYCAMORE AND ApprpLEwoop Hicupoy.
115.
1670-80.
ARCH-AND-STAR CHEST-ON-FRAME.
TO:
117. A Carvep CHEST-ON-FRAME, 1670-90.
Riel a
Ke
118. SmaLu-PaneL CHEsT-oN-FRAME. 1690-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 129
the crown. These arms of England evidently have nothing to do with
Moravia. They are a kind of patriotic expression. |
The end panel is boldly done in a very large tulip stem surmounted
by a fully opened blossom, under which there depend, one on either side,
a large bud. The importance and the interest of the tulip bud and
blossom as a motive for hundreds of years can hardly be overestimated.
In Holland the national flower was the natural object to delineate on
furniture. We have seen the tulip carved on all the so-called Hadley
chests and on the sunflower chests. It will appear later in household
hardware form, latches, hinges, etc. This piece of furniture has its paint-
ing in better condition, and, on the whole, is rather more elaborate, than
any other to which our attention has been called. The drawers are made
in the early style, with side runs. The feet have been pieced about three
inches. ‘The piece is otherwise original.
Relating to whitewood as a material, it is perhaps more attractive
when it is called tulip wood. This wood is commonly found in New
England, and for fifty years has been a cheap commercial finish wood.
The tree grows to a lofty stature, and excites wonder in European botanists
who visit us, and find a flowering tree of such size. The wood is semi-
hard, of close grain, and none that is apparent. It is therefore a good
material for decoration. It is an odd coincidence that the tulip should
have been painted so much upon tulip wood.
Reverting to the coloring, the border tendrils are nearly white. The
flowers are in shades of yellow, old red, pink, etc. The sprays and foliage
are very delicate, and are done by an assured hand. Birds appear facing
one another, on the outer leaves of the fleur-de-lis. Their necks are long.
Let us call them pheasants. We note a tendency, as we approach 1700, to
raised panels in the ends of cabinet pieces, although we find occasionally
a raised panel, as in a cradle to be shown, of a date a great deal earlier.
Also we notice a tendency to flatten out the curves of the base molds
until eventually we get the mere bevel, such as appears in No. 98.
We notice also the substitution of brass drop handles for the wooden
knobs, in all classes of furniture except tables.
Size: 42 by 43 by 19 inches.
No. 101 is a little board chest of drawers of the Harry Long col-
lection. These little pieces are sometimes called child’s chests of drawers.
The end handle perhaps indicates that the piece was set upon a larger one.
No. 102 is the end view of No. 100 and has been discussed.
HIGHBOYS
‘Tue highboy, called in England a tallboy, is merely a chest of
drawers set on a frame. Wherever a sense of style works strongly
it immediately tends to an extreme, as some of us have noticed in rela-
tion to feminine apparel.
No sooner did the feeling of discomfort, at stooping over chests,
get well into the blood of the people of 1700, than they began to place
their chests upon legs. They then made so many drawers in their chests
and the legs so long, that they were obliged to stand on stools to get
into the upper drawers. The highboy in some form or other reigned
supreme for eighty odd years. It was matched by the lowboy, which is
only another name for a dressing table. The chests of drawers had an-
swered for dressing tables to some extent when they were low. The high-
boy and the lowboy therefore went together to form a proper complement
for a chamber. The highboy was longer, higher and deeper even as
regards its frame, than was the lowboy. At the present time there are
a large number of highboy bases being shown as lowboys. It is only
necessary to sit down at one to learn that it is not of a convenient hight
as a dressing table. Furthermore, the lowboys, with only one exception
that we know, were so built that it was possible for the knees to go under
the table, as they could not do in the five or six legged highboy style.
As the feeling for style passed out it was the custom, throughout
the nineteenth century, to divide a highboy between two daughters, of
whom the one took the top and the other the bottom. It was almost
as bad as Solomon’s proposed division of the baby. The parts cer-
tainly are incongruous and unrelated, and are neither one of them worth
more than half of a baby.
Slowly and painfully the effort is now being made to reassemble
the separated units. Negotiation, following search, and sometimes liti-
gation following negotiation, goes on, to bring the lost members into
place again.
In No. 103 we show a highboy supposed to be of American oak.
The base scrolls following the Flemish design seem to be bass wood.
Poplar is also sometimes used. ‘There is another highboy of this style
in Connecticut, and a third in the collection of Mr. Luke Vincent Lock-
130
Mah alien ule
119. Spray DecoraTep CHEsT-ON-FRAME. 1690-1700.
oS peeneerenn
PRE I A SH at
120. TURNED CHEST-ON-FRAME. 1690-1700.
121. SPOOL-TURNED CHEST-ON-FRAME. 1680-1700.
122. BaLu-TURNED CHEST-ON-FRAME. 1690-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 135
wood. We have also recently seen an English importation of such a
piece.
The clumsy heavy scrolls of the chest suggest the inspiration of the
awkward, nineteenth century, degraded Empire style.
With the exception of the cap board this piece is original.
The age of highboys is indicated in part by the frame on which they
stand; in part by their moldings and in part by the woods of which they
are constructed.
The five legged pieces are more rare than those with six legs. Those
with four legs are still more rare than either. We do not know that
there is any special merit or value of one style over another, as far as
the number of the legs is concerned.
The long drawer in the frame is the mark of an early type, it being
the survival of the chest fashion. The piece before us has a flush drawer.
That is to say, the face board of the drawer has no lip or rabbet pro-
jecting over, and covering, the joints on the frame.
The name highboy was doubtless a sly joke at the stilted appearance
of these pieces of furniture. These pieces began with flat tops and we
show no other type. The “bonnet top” came in with the cabriole leg
about 1720. For that reason the so-called six-legged highboys are more
in request, although they are not as decorative, at least at the top. This
lack of design in form was made up largely by the beauty of the walnut
or maple veneer so common on this class of furniture. Steps to hold
a display of pewter or other ware, were often placed on these flat tops.
It will be observed that the frame or base of the highboy invariably
extends considerably beyond the top. A wide and heavy mold was
applied at the edge of this base, to afford a framed enclosure to receive
the top.
The piece before us probably originated in Connecticut.
Size: 394 by 213 inches, on the body of the frame; 37 by 19% inches
on the body of the top. The hight is 48 inches over all. The moldings
extend these dimensions 24 inches in length and 14 inches in width.
No. 104 is a painted highboy with something the same decoration
as appeared on No. 101. In fact the more closely we study this decoration
the more we do find points of connection. The bad lighting is such as not
to show the tulip end, which is like No. 101. The piece belongs to Mr.
James Davidson of New London. We have lacquered highboys though
we question if they are American. We do not remember another painted
highboy.
No. 105 shows a five-legged highboy belonging to Mr. Chauncey
C. Nash. It is in walnut. In this piece we have the first instance of
136 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
the so-called chased handles, which are intermediate between the drop
handle and the willow pattern of the later Chippendale time. It is a
popular notion that the decorations on these brasses are tooled by a
graver. Those who have studied the subject carefully, state that the
ornaments are a part of the casting.
We have in this piece the single long drawer of the early type.
No. 106 represents a butternut highboy, in the single arch pattern.
This term “ single arch ” is simply the description of the half round edge
cut on or applied to the frame around the drawers. The backs, the lid,
and the interior of the drawers of these pieces, are pine in this case and
generally. The pine is sometimes yellow, sometimes white. The legs are
frequently of a lighter and cheaper material than the rest of the piece.
The size, on the frame is 254 by 264 by 20% inches, excluding the mold-
ing. The top is 332 by 294 by 194 inches, excluding the molding. The
total hight is about 56 inches, therefore. This piece was found in New
Hampshire in 1922.
No. 107 is a cross stretcher highboy, in the former collection of
the author. The incipient pair of legs is represented by the acorn drops.
The turnings here have a pleasing flare, and are called trumpet turn-
ings, in distinction from the piece last shown where they are called cup
or bowl turnings, from a resemblance to an inverted cup, at the top of
the main turning.
This highboy and most of those that follow it have a thin lining
mold, attached to the curves of the scroll, and projecting with a half
round edge, very slightly.
The higher arch of the center between the pointed arches of the side,
is to be observed as a type.
No. 108 is a highboy with a border, around every drawer, of herring-
bone veneer, the central portion of the drawer being filled with walnut
burl veneer. The turning is not so delicate as the preceding one. It
was bought in Boston.
As distinct from the preceding which has no molding at all, this
has a double arch molding. In the frame there is here the single drawer
with three identical arches below it.
It was in the author’s former collection.
No. 109 is a highboy with similar veneer to that on No. 108. The
piece is in very fine condition and has the three top drawers, the central
drawer being a little longer than the side drawers. Compare this with
the two drawers in the top of No. 108, the three drawers of equal length
in No. 107. Also note that in this case the drawers are flush. The
dating is probably a little late, since the flush drawer was the earlier.
a
‘ianetieersitemairnienn:
Sf tage mammccteenr gn
1690-1700.
Spray DrEcorATED CHEST-ON-FRAME,.
123.
se RN
’ ko erate eaten
ee gia
ete
A, ee ee ee oe ee SER Re le 2 ME
manape aa
a AA RE INS CRIP NIE I a m na ae
’ ree nN AAA AML LALLA EDT OOD: SRS
kl MENA 2 EM
124. InrraLeD OaK CHEST-ON-FRAME, 1680-90.
126.
125. Lunerre-Roserre Box. 1670-90.
Oax Box witH PaneExs AND Drops. 1680-1700.
PRO
127. Pxrain Oax Desx-Box. 1680-90.
128.
129.
A Ponp Lity Box, Ratsep Carvinc.
DousLe LunetTTe Taste CHEstT.
os Satta nb) A alana iia oH, S
1670-90.
1660-70.
130. Carvep Oax Box. 1660-90.
ili na Ras alae aad
RE tne
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY I4I
Size: Over all, 424 by 62 by 23 inches. Size of upper frame: 37
by 30% by 204 inches.
No. 110 belongs to Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr. It is one of the
most beautifully preserved pieces we have seen, every part being original
and the veneer in fine condition. It is in the herringbone pattern. Having
a flush drawer it is early. This piece has never been cleaned.
Size: The frame is 384 by 214 inches in length and depth. The
upper section is 365 by 20 inches. The total hight is 61 inches. The
outside front of the frame mold is 404 inches, and 22+ inches from
front to back.
No. 111. This is the only highboy we have seen with two small
end-to-end drawers over the central arch. The scheme of the drawers
should be examined in all these pieces. The conventional type is sup-
posed to have three drawers in the frame —deep drawers on the sides
and a shallow drawer in the center.
As to the origin of highboys in this walnut veneer type, we are
more likely to find it here than in Pennsylvania. The supposition that
Pennsylvania is the home of the walnut highboy should be understood
as meaning solid walnut, which of course is found there and in the
South. The turnings in this piece are beautiful, the flare of the post
being very marked.
The piece is further distinguished from those we have hitherto con-
sidered by its torus mold under the cap mold.
No. 112 is a simple highboy which we feel certain is original. It
differs from those we have seen by being a little later in date, and in
the omission of stretchers. In other words it is simplified. Its button-
like feet indicate turnings of the later Queen Anne type. This piece
was found by Mrs. E. B. Leete of Guilford, Connecticut.
No. 113 is possibly a country made highboy. It belongs to the
estate of George F. Ives. The ring turning on the drops is odd. The
curly maple of which it is constructed is a beautiful wood, a little later
in its use than walnut, but paralleling the later walnut period, and con-
tinuing well on in the century. Of course, the legs have not the boldness
of turning which we should desire. We have here also a cross stretcher
such as appears in the lowboy.
No. 114. This simple piece is a fascinating example made perhaps
by the village cabinet maker. It has the plain long drawer and there are
no arches on the frame. The five legs are an effort to adapt the table
frame style to the highboy style. We hardly know how to account for
the variations in styles unless it was that the makers did not have the
142 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
conventional patterns available. Then it was that their ingenuity dis-
played itself in original adaptations which are now sought after.
Owner: Miss Mabel Choate, of New York and Stockbridge.
No. 115 exhibits a highboy belonging to Mr. Horatio H. Armstrong
of West Hartford. It is of sycamore and apple wood, an unusual but
very agreeable combination, since sycamore is a very beautiful furniture
wood. Apple also turns to a hard and smooth surface and takes a polish
like ebony. Here the single long drawer below, the flush drawers, and
the single arch molding indicate an early date. The arches, as in single
drawer pieces for the most part, are alike. The turnings are differen-
tiated considerably from those usually seen.
a ae
131. Rope ScroLttEep TripLe Rosette Box. 1670-90.
—
antitebtie »— para le tila cs i i i inn i vB ANNES EN MEAS RTC A
132. Hapiey Box. 1670-90.
133. Pine anp Oak RosEeTTE Box. 1690-1710.
- : <9
134. Hapiey Box Carvep In THE Round. 1670-90.
4
4
Sica stall
a Ri
Se
Poa inlet
135. Pine Barz Foor Box. 1690-1700.
rams
1374.
136. Dousite FLurep Oak Box. 1660-90.
Miniature Box.
1700.
137b.
Fo.iaATED Box.
1670—90.
mers nein ieee ean er
138. FoxtaTep Scrott Oak Box. 1670-90.
139. Carvep Tuuip Box. 1670-90.
140. FontaTrEp ScroLt Oak Box. 1670-90.
SMALL CHESTS-ON-FRAMES
‘T uese alluring little pieces of furniture excite our interest partly
because they are small. Any miniature piece of furniture is like a child
of the human species. We seem to love it more. Another element of
interest is the greater or less degree of mystery which surrounds these
pieces. We refer to the long continued discussion as to their purpose.
Again they win upon us owing to their intrinsic merits and beauty. Last
of all their rarity of course excites the average collector.
These pieces have been called almost everything from pulpits to
washstands. We must deny that they were either of these. Nor do
we feel that it is the thing to call them desks-on-frames. They are
always, so far as we know, found with flat tops. There are desks-on-
frames containing cabinets and surrounded with no mystery. One of
the pieces to follow was called a tabernacle table, by the three generations
whose word we have for it. These pieces are quite different from the
boxes that follow in that those boxes never have drawers as far as we
have observed. Some of the chests-on-frames, however, have been found
with removable tops, so that, if taken away from their original stands,
they are precisely like the boxes discussed in the next chapter. Ordinarily,
the frame of these pieces, for they all have frames, passes up through
the base and the box, making a unit of the whole piece, so that it may
not be taken apart. Like other furniture these chests-on-frames were
unquestionably used for more than one purpose. As side tables in the
dining room they would have been convenient. One in the author’s
possession was always called the linen chest. More generally we may
presume that they served the purpose of small chests to contain the more
valuable belongings. No doubt the great Bible was sometimes placed
in such a piece. We sometimes forget that there is no law compelling a
distinct and uniform use for a piece of furniture. At the same time
they are fascinating, and more ornamental than absolutely necessary.
Few of them seem to have existed. We are treading on a treacherous
path when we explore the number of any particular style of furniture.
Still, their date in most cases was not as early as that of court cupboards,
and there is no reason for their extreme rarity except that not so many
of them existed originally as of other kinds of furniture. Perhaps thirty
147
148 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
more or less are generally known. A half dozen have come to light
within quite recent years, They belong to that class of furniture that
never remains in the market long and of which not a single example is
known to be available now.
The aristocrat among these pieces is the first that we will discuss.
No. 116 belongs to Mrs. J. Insley Blair of Tuxedo Park. The frame
is of oak but the lid and the bottom of the frame and drawer are of
pine. The American origin of such pieces is much discussed, especially
of late. We see pieces from England with similar drawer bottoms.
This piece, however, has been in America for a long time. It was found
a few years since in York, Maine.
It has several features which distinguish it, and place it in a class by
itself so far as our present knowledge goes. One of these features is
the vase turning of the leg. It is quite in the style of that found on
court cupboards. If we consider this feature in conjunction with the
broad stile legs in the rear we are still more impressed by the similarity
to court cupboard construction. The ball turned stretcher system is another
important feature. Since this piece was discovered a table has come to
light with stretchers in the same style, though of smaller size. The
cross brace doubled stretcher of course gives much strength, and the feel-
ing of solidity, and adds greatly to the charm of it. The upper part had
arches in the side panels and an eight pointed star in the center panel.
These arches should be compared with those shown on a chest. The
applied ornaments are quite like those on chests and court cupboards.
This like all other chests-on-frames has one drawer in the frame. It
will be seen that the ornaments are carried around on the end and that
there is a diamond shaped applied decoration in the center of the end
panel. It is somewhat too large to be called a nail head. This piece
is in an unrestored state.
We have previously shown the inaccuracy of designating these pieces
as dower chests. It is an equally loose phrase to term them Pilgrim
chests. The earliest we know were indeed made in the Pilgrim Century,
but are no more likely to be found in Plymouth Colony than in southern
New Hampshire.
Size: 264 by 354 by 17% inches.
For the most part these pieces may be thought of as about three feet
high, two feet long and a foot and a half deep.
No. 117 is perhaps the next best sort of chest-on-frame with the
exception of one owned, and shown, with carving, by Lyon. The piece
before us is owned by Mrs. J. Insley Blair. It is a fine specimen, and
in its original condition, with the possible exception of the lack of a shelf
141. Carvep Box. 1660-90.
142. Carved Oak Two-Panet Box. 1670-90.
143. Box wiry ImpricaTep Carvinc. 1660-80.
Ne asia i le lea i cascada Dic dried le ili ick SI alba hic ont Ot i Sal a mac a ae as
144. FLuTe anp Lunetre Carvep Box. 1660-80.
145. InTERsEcTING LuNETTE Box. 1670-90.
ae , r Pa west 4
146. Axi Pine Lunerre Carvep Box. 1680-1700.
147.
148.
149.
Friesian Carvep Box.
AIM ORR pare SORRELL RR NN Appr co
Pine Carvep Box.
ABOUT 1736.
1690-1700.
150. Curry Marre Desk Box. 1700-20.
RINININININ: FA NAN IIIA AT AG / N
YW WNMNVNIG ASOT AN AS NING NY NVENVAN y uy (
TAT TAA rANY/ WAS y AV WAN AW NAN
% £7 , if
VAAN RAANCS Avs (
NANNIES MERE AN ,
TIRING. AM TAVIS
ie
151. Aut Pine Carvep Box. 1700-20.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 153
on the stretchers. We believe that a shelf was common when the
stretchers were square. In this case particularly the edges of the stretch-
ers, on the top, especially on the inside, are quite sharp. The discoverer
of this piece admits that there was a shelf, but that he regarded it as not
original, and hence destroyed it. His judgment is to be taken as to the
particular piece removed. However, it may have been a substitute for
the original shelf.
Several chests very like this have been found. In fact the resem-
blance is so close that we presume they are all made by one person. A
piece in the possession of the Pennsylvania Museum has an applied mold-
ing covering in part the front stretcher and in part the shelf above it.
This mold is cut off flush with the outside edge of the post. The carving
is intended to be identical with this piece. This piece, however, has one
strip of applied ball molding on the outside stiles whereas the Pennsyl-
vania Museum piece had two such strips. The drawers of these pieces
are practically identical in their carving. The frames are oak and the
lids pine. The turning is of the earliest character.
No. 118 is an unusual chest-on-frame, which has been somewhat re-
stored. The small panel design on the front is like that of the drawer
of chest No. 44, as are also the slender long split turnings. Compare
also the court cupboard No. 203 for the similarity of the small panel work,
and the little split turnings each side of the bottom drawer. These are
like those on the chests and are the only ones we have ever seen without
the ball at the bottom. They appear meagre on the court cupboard and
raise the question whether they were not originally in pairs. The un-
usual turning here resembles that on No. 121. The brackets and the
drops suggest seventeenth century tables. This piece is of oak with
the-initiais S. A. H.
Owner: Mr. Hermann F. Clarke of Boston.
No. 119 is a chest-on-frame owned by the Rhode Island School of
Design. The turnings are somewhat light and therefore indicate a little
later period than No. 117. The spray decoration also found on the
panels is an evidence of change in taste. This decoration is usually in
black on a red ground. We believe that the turnings are in maple, at
least they belong to the maple period.
No. 120 is a slight variation from the last in that the stretchers are
turned and the body is higher in relation to the base. The decorations
on the panels do not pick out in the picture.
Owner: Mr. Arthur W. Wellington.
No. 121 has a character somewhat like No. 116 in so far as the back
legs are stiles. The simple early period is further carried out in this
154 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
piece by the use of plain stretchers on the end, the turning being restricted
to the front.
On the other hand the false upper drawer is usually found somewhat
later. These pieces invariably have one drawer, no more, no less. We
have hazarded this categorical statement, and now await the almost in-
evitable upsetting of its accuracy by some new discovery. The piece
before us is of oak with pine lid and panels, but it has been to a consider-
able extent restored. A cloud rests on the title, as it were.
Size: 273 by 354 by 16.
No. 122 is distinguished by ball turnings on every part of the frame.
The chest is shown as it was. The drawer has since been restored with
moldings. It is of rather heavy and satisfactory construction.
It will be seen that the rail under the drawer is molded more boldly
than is usually the case. The end panel has a chamfered border, whereas
No. 120 has a raised panel, and the border is not chamfered. These
little touches have something to do with the date.
No. 123 is still another decorated piece in good condition and with
very attractive turnings. The drawer is very deep. The attachment of
the lid by cleat hinges is obvious. The decorations in this case are not
confined to the upper panels but are found also on the drawer.
Owner: Mrs. F. G. Patterson of Boston.
No. 124 is one of two pieces of almost precisely the same style, and
with leg turnings, between the stretchers and the body, exactly similar.
The other piece, which we do not show, has a pine box attached, whereas
the piece before us has an oak box. These two pieces, with the carved
Dr. Lyon piece, have their boxes attached by heavy nails to the frame,
through the bottom of the box. This is a radical distinction from the
boxes previously shown in which the corner post goes through the box.
That is to say we have here a table frame with a box set upon it, which is
in all particulars, even as to size, like the detached boxes which follow.
This piece came from eastern central New England. That with the pine
box came from the old tavern kept by the Ballard family in Ballardvale,
Andover. It was called by the last member of the family who owned
it a tabernacle table, the name having come down to her from her ances-
tors. This is an interesting fact as throwing light on the regard in which
such pieces were held, and the possible uses to which they were put.
In none of the three pieces mentioned is there any question but that the
table and box originally went together. No. 124 when found had had
the faces of the turned posts flattened in order to apply boards to form
a cupboard.
Both this and the Ballard piece have notched corners or gouge carving.
152.
Miniature Box.
154.
ni
ADA:
o
®
153.
1690-1710.
ScratcH Carvep Litrie CuHEst,
Carvep Desx Box,
1677.
1722.
[55
A PainTep Pine Box.
cil ie «a Reet Bai coals
156.
1$7.
ScratcH Carvep Box.
ScratcH Carvep Box.
1700-10.
1700-20.
1694.
Basen
2
te
i
158. Watnut Desk Box. 1680-1700.
159. Wartnut Desk-Box witH TurNED FEET.
1700-20.
sk
1690-1700.
-FOOT SECRETARY.
Watnutr Bau
160.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 159
In the Ballard piece, however, the ends of the lid are treated in the same
manner, whereas in this case the lid has the thumb nail molding and is
also of pine. The moldings on these two pieces are identical, and we
believe them to have been made by the same cabinet maker. There is
a slight difference in the turning of the feet. We may plainly see,
between the initials S. A., scratch outlines for a carving design which was
never carried out.
Size: 253 by 32% by 17 inches. The Ballard piece is a little smaller
across the front.
The name tabernacle table perhaps indicated that a Bible was kept
in this box. It has been suggested that these pieces were sometimes
kept on the rear of pulpit platforms and that Bibles were placed in them
when not in use. This suggestion is quite unreasonable. We should
be likely to know, at least in some instance, if such a custom had been
followed. All these pieces bear marks of taste and skill. The fact,
however, that so few of them are initialed, discourages the supposition
that they were frequently dower chests. A bride-to-be would undoubt-
edly resent the supposition that she would need only this little box to
bestow her belongings.
BOXES
We HAVE advisedly used this brief title because there is no reason
to assign boxes generally to a use restricted by the name Bible boxes.
There is still less reason to name them desk boxes, if a desk is to be thought
of as a writing desk. Nor do we feel at liberty to name them miniature
chests, as a class, although many of them are merely that, having a till.
Without exception all the boxes which we have seen are built of boards
not framed. They are generally rabbeted so as to strengthen the con-
struction and allow the front to extend over the end and yet permit the
end to be nailed to the front. Perhaps the majority of them are oak,
but a good many of the later and even interesting specimens are pine.
The bottom is almost always pine and more often than not projects in
the form of a plain bevel. It is nailed in place.
The use of these pieces as receptacles for precious articles is often
negatived by the lack of a lock. Wherever the piece never had a lock
and at the same time had no till or pigeon holes it was more likely to
be a Bible box than otherwise. A considerable number of the large
ancient Bibles, it is found, will fit conveniently in these boxes.
The English boxes are quite likely to be carved on the ends. The
American boxes are generally carved only on the front. The same is
true of applied ornaments. In America they appear as a rule, only in
front. The pieces were light and easily movable. Their hinges were
for the most part cotter pins like those we find on chests. In the case
of slant tops, however, we find, in several instances, good butterfly
hinges.
No. 125 is an attractive and distinctive box belonging to Mr. H. W.
Erving. The material is oak and the box is initialed. Mr. Erving rails
genially at the author’s box with the initials B. C. We appeal to a candid
world, are not the initials B. C. more respectable than B. D.?
The rosettes on this piece are attractively carved and suggest the
connection with the sunflower chests of Connecticut. The lunettes are
cut in a heavy channel mold and their bases terminate quite like the
vertical flutes. ’
The rest of the carving is of the scratch variety. The birds in the
spandrels of the lunettes are particularly amusing.
160
a eT
161.
Heavy Pine Desk.
1680-1700.
162. Bauu-roor Desk. 1700-10.
163-169. Iron Lamps. 19th CENTURY.
170. Smauyu Pine SrRETCHER Desk. 1720-30,
eens \ 0 ae
171. Turnep Frame Waxnut Desk.
Waxtnut Desk. 1700.
oa ie (1) ear
1700-20.
173. Pine Desk.
Sie) aeieids
1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 165
There is a series of incised turned ornaments on the ends.
No. 126 has the small panels like those shown on the chest-on-frame
No. 118. In two instances the little turtle backs are omitted to provide
a space for the initials H. S. This box is mostly original except the lid.
It was found in Connecticut. The odd little turnings applied, which we
have mentioned before, are found here, some one end up, some the other.
We refer to the outside members of the three sets of three each.
Size: 28 by 10 by 173 inches.
No. 127 is a very satisfactory piece because it is so completely original.
It is of heavy oak. The hinges are particularly good specimens of the
butterfly sort. The slant top and the row of pigeon holes within mark
it unmistakably as a desk box.
Size: Over all, 25 by 93 by 19 inches.
No. 128. Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving. The carving on this box is
very peculiar for several reasons. So much of the wood is cut away from
the design that we may call the carving raised. Of course there is no
distinction between this and other carved designs, like the Hadley, except
in the extent of the cutting away. However, the work is quite delicate
and in the pond lily pattern and therefore a pleasing and rare departure.
The other notable feature about the box is that it is asymmetrical in its
carving, the design on the right as we view it being quite different from
the other side, and of a very interesting pattern.
Size: 254 by 9 by 163 inches.
No. 129. A box unusual in several particulars, one being in the
method in which the bottom is attached. It will be seen that the face
boards of the box extend to the very bottom and therefore the bottom
board is set in like a drawer bottom.
The carving on this piece is a series of lunettes and reversed lunettes,
which are elaborated into something like a palmated pattern. It was
found as it is, except that there was a hole where the lock should be.
The bottom and the lid are pine and the rest is oak. The lid is molded
on the front and back. The carving is most unusual and approaches
closely to carving in the round, as some of the foliage is shaped on the
surface. The box was found in Granby, Connecticut, in 1922. It is said
to have been on a farm there since 1660.
Size: 244 by 73 by 143 inches.
No. 130 is a handsome box belonging to Mr. G. Winthrop Brown, with
arched flutes and a series of rosettes alternately different, with a ribbon
interlaced scroll enclosing them. ‘The curious and quaint effect appears
of leaving the last of these rosettes cut off by the outside margin, which
indicates that the designer did not plan far enough ahead. It is rather
deeper than those boxes which we have discussed hitherto.
166 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 131. A box with a handsomely carved front in a daisy or rosette
pattern, surrounded by interlaced double straps or ribbons, which terminate
in imbricated scrolls. The box is of oak, but it is nailed from the front.
The bottom and the lid are pine.
It was found in eastern central New England.
Size: 23 by 94 by 16 not including the overhang.
No. 132 is a shallow Hadley box of which one or two others are
known. It is about a half of the depth of No. 134, but corresponds with
the rails on Hadley chests as to its width. It will be seen that the
carving on this box is in the round in part. We may therefore presume
that it antedates most of the Hadley chests. Otherwise we are to suppose
that the great extent of the front of a Hadley chest discouraged the
worker from attempting to do it all in the round. Of course carving of
this character is very much better than that found on any Hadley chest.
Owner: Mrs. J. Insley Blair.
Size: 25 by 5 by 14 aaches.
No. 133. Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving. We have here a box
initialed R. N. with a stippled background for the letters. The simple
carving of the two star designs is quite like that found on some of the
Pennsylvania barns. The ends of this box are of oak and the front and
back and lid, and of course the bottom, are pine. Red and black paint
is applied in the cut-away sections of the rosettes.
Size: 234 by 84 by 18 inches.
No. 134. This is the only Hadley box that has so far come to our
attention with a depth sufficient to allow a full element of the tulip and
leaf design seen on Hadley chests. The carving like that in No. 132 is
in part in the round. It is only necessary to compare this with the face of a
Hadley chest to see that the latter is merely roughly scratched without
artistry. This box has all its side pieces of oak and the top and bottom
of yellow pine. The lid is worked into a slightly raised central panel.
The condition is absolutely original. The box was found overlooking the
Connecticut river in the town of Lyme, New Hampshire, which was
settled from Old Lyme in Connecticut. The box was therefore probably
carried up the river from that place, although we would not seem to force
such a conclusion. If it was made in Old Lyme then the extent of the
work on these Hadley pieces was greater than has hitherto been supposed.
Of course it may have been taken from Hartford to Old Lyme originally
or it may have been purchased as the settlers moved north.
At any rate its general type is very early, quaint and satisfactory and
intriguing. It suggests the first efforts at this type of carving.
at ia TAR ER SA SIS
: 174. Watnut Cross StRETCHER Desk. 1690-1700.
175-178. Bexiows. 18th anv 19th C.
i
p
»
§
aoe
179. Pine Cross SrRETCHER DeEsx.
1690-1700.
180-183. Pree Boxes anp Sanp Grass, 18th C,
er Naa Eat EON a ad ee ROS ae
®
UP A aes OF ak aR ee Aca hl cla
184. Turnep STRETCHER Desk. 1710-20.
185-190. TinpER Box anp SparKERs, 18th CENTURY.
* 1 AO the fem opie api. teal ,
4E Ohm 2h bie obs. ue Wiigh «
2 or 19 Foe~ obey +h. ‘
» + Ty
191. Waxinut TuRNED STRETCHER DeEsK. 1720-30.
192-194. Wroucutr AnpiRons. 18th CrnTurRy.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 171
Size: Over all, the lid: 26 by 174 inches. The frame is 238 by 82
by 174 inches, including the thickness of the lid.
No. 135 is a box formerly in the B. A. Behrend Collection, and doubt-
less intended for a desk. The excellent butterfly hinges are visible. The
large ball feet are unusual on so small a piece.
No. 136 is a deep box received by the author as a lecture fee. There
was missing a small portion of the front of the oak lid. The piece is
otherwise original, and has some odd features. One of these consists in
an applied molding above the base which we believe is not shown in the
case of more than one or two other boxes in this book. The carving con-
sists of two rows of flutes and extends around the ends. ‘This unusual
feature leads us to challenge its American origin, but the author’s kind
friends are accommodating enough to say that it is American.
Size: 234 by 114 by 19 inches.
No. 137 a. is a very quaint miniature box belonging to Mr. Hollis
French of Boston. The design is called Friesian. There is beautifully
serrated or notched carving on the base and the lid. The same thing
appears as an almost constant motive in Norman cathedral architecture.
Probably the name toy box would apply to this piece. It may have
been used for jewels and placed in a larger “strong box.” Many per-
fectly simple boxes of this size are found which do not merit treatment.
No. 137 b. is a deep box belonging to Mr. Hollis French. The
carving is the double foliated scroll so much found on chests and court
cupboards. The widely spaced gouge carving at the corners is noticeable.
No. 138 is a box with foliated scrolls running horizontally instead of
vertically as in the previous box. Here also we have the initials A. H.
The owner is Mr. B. A. Behrend. The foliage here resembles the acan-
thus.
No. 139. A beautifully carved box in which the tulip element occurs
again. The attraction of the carving consists not so much in any accurate
delineation of the tulip as in the grace of line. The carved details sur-
rounding and depending from the ’scutcheon are also an interesting
feature indicating that the carver did what is frequently not done. He
had regard to the arrangement subsequently to be made for locking the
box. Most of these boxes seem to have lacked that attention, so that we
see key holes freely inserted in the midst of the carving in a somewhat
awkward and defacing manner.
Size: 27 by 10 by 15 inches.
No. 140. Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour. The carving here
may be presumed to represent the tulip. In fact, it is a rather better
172 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
setting forth of that favorite flower than we usually find. We notice
the usual stippled background and gouge carved corners.
No. 141. Owner: Mr. Dwight Blaney. The carving is very happily
designed and executed. ‘The box is deeper for its length than is usual.
No. 142. Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour. This is the
second example we have shown in which the front panels are not alike.
One panel bears the initial W. The pattern represents the tulip less
conventionalized than usual. The piece is in the Wadsworth Atheneum,
Hartford. It originated in Guilford.
No. 143 is a large and interesting box. The carving of two bands
of imbrications is combined with heavy moldings and several bands of
scratched serrations. ‘The top and the bottom are pine. The box contains
the original till of pine. All the other parts are oak. The lid is molded
on the front and gouge carved on the end, a style which is carried out on
the ends of the front also. The box is large, being 264 by 94 by 173
inches, not including the overhang. The original hasp is in place.
No. 144. Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving. The band of vertical flute
carving above is interrupted to afford room for a ’scutcheon. ‘This shows
thoughtfulness. Scratched carved lunettes, a row of three, finish the front.
They are filled with rays which may be variously designated. A flower
fills the spandrels. ‘The same carving is repeated on the end, which is
most unusual.
Size: 214 by 84 by 144 inches.
No. 145. Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving. Here the top line of carving
is unusual. The intersecting lunettes, each done with four parallel lines,
is of course a very obvious motive. The top carving is repeated imme-
diately below the lunettes, and there is a line of imbricated carving at the
bottom, or at least it was probably so intended.
Size: 273 by 11 by 17 inches.
No. 146 is a somewhat attractive box although it is pine in every part.
It has a coat of old paint which, as it is somewhat flaked off, will be cleaned
entirely. The spandrels are carved with fan like designs.
Size: 244 by 84 by 154 inches, without the molding.
No. 147. Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour. The carving is of
a most unusual and interesting design, though it is not fully explicable.
The lunettes and half lunettes are bordered with small triangles like the
Norman notched carving. At the center there is a kind of spiral wheel
which again is centered with a small starfish design. There is also a row
of starfish running across the center of the front. All these elements are
raised. What term we should apply to the battle axe shaped designs which
fill the spandrels we do not know. The piece is in pine. It will be seen
that it lacks the base molding.
1640-50.
PaRMENTER CourT CUPBOARD.
195.
ae a
1640-60.
Carvep Oax Court CuPpBoarRD.
196.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 175
No. 148. Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour. A small box of
whitewood, pine and soft maple. It is from Norwich, Connecticut, where
it was owned by the Fanning family. The front ends and lid are pro-
fusely enriched with carving as done in the northeast province of Holland
and thence called Friesian. According to family tradition it was made
by David Fanning of Norwichtown, when he was nine years old, which
would give the box the date of 1736, as his birth was in 1727. Fanning
died at Groton, Connecticut, in 1817. He was a soldier in the French and
Indian War and a man of some local prominence.
Size: 203 by 63 by 10g inches. The lid is 21 by ro4 inches.
No. 149. Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour. A carved and
stippled pine box related in its type of carving to Friesian designs. The
position of the spiraled wheel at the bottom is somewhat mystifying.
No. 150. The only good curly box we have seen in a form so small.
It is a desk, pure and simple, with its original plain hinges. The ball
feet add to its attractiveness, as does the heavy mold which is applied
around the base and covers the base, which is nailed on, coming flush to
the edges of the box. The original scrolled brass ’scutcheon is in place.
The interior in the rear contains two plain cubbies with single arched
molding.
The size of the box over all is 173 by 12% by 10 inches. The size
of the body is 153 by 12 by 8 inches.
No. 151 is another all carved pine box with a lattice work front. It
contains no till.
Size: 21 by 8% by 11 inches not including the overhang. It has pin
hinges, a cleated lid the front and back of which carries a molding.
No. 152. This little box owned by Mr. George Dudley Seymour,
has its entire surface covered with carving in the Friesian manner. The
body of the box is worked from a single piece of wood, apparently white-
wood. The cover, also a single piece, has thinned edges sliding in
grooves. On the cover are the initials A. C., while the initials N. J.
are incised on the end of the cover.
Size: 44 by 24 by 14 inches. We assume that this piece is native
since whitewood is the material. The box was found in Cheshire, Con-
necticut, about 1900.
The author possesses a miniature wall box with a slanting lid, all of
whose parts are carved in the same manner.
No. 153. This carved desk box is a very interesting example of the
survivals in style. The wheel carving on the upper section is purely
Gothic in motive. The other carving on this part is obvious. On the
lid, however, we have a crude scratch carving and the name, “ Lydia
176 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Culver 1722.” The little drawer in the bottom is very unusual for a
small desk. The material is birch or maple.
Size: 14 by 19 by 7% inches. ,
No. 154 is a box of oak. The outlines are filled with chalk in order
that the date and the initials may show more plainly. The carving 1s
crude and possibly unfinished. The spiral wheels, particularly, are merely
scratched. The base is either not original or is quite rare in being cut
flush with the box. The lid is pine with a long bevel on the front and ends.
Size: On the body, 224 by 9 by 17% inches.
No. 155. Asimple pine box owned by Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
It was bought in Hartford. The bottom molding is a restoration. The
painting, not restored, shows a vine enfolding large flower-forms. The
piece is now in the Wadsworth Atheneum, Hartford.
No. 156. A simple box with scratch carving filled in with white.
iA decorative border which is carved is not so filled and does not appear
plainly. The box is owned by the Connecticut Historical Society.
Size: 104 by 54 by 7 inches.
No. 157 is a painted pine box from the collection of Mr. B. A.
Behrend. It is slightly carved with the initials E. A., and at the center
a diamond is marked out in scratch carving with the date. Simple mold-
ings appear under the lid and above the base.
No. 158. A walnut desk box with a cabinet, and mirror inserted on
the under side of the lid. This dainty little piece, the moldings of
which are especially well done, was found in New York in 1923, in bad
condition, so that there are considerable restorations. The sunken top
is filled in, as it was found, with old leather. The end moldings are
outlined to follow the contour of the sloping lid, and gain much grace
thereby. The box is molded in the back with applied pieces precisely
as on the front, except that the corners of the two panels outlined are
blocked. Thin applied blocks form the centers of all these panels. The
hinges are especially attractive. They appear when the box is opened.
Around the mirror there is an outline of two strips of inlay, the outer
one of holly, the inner one of whalebone.
Size: 94 by 3% inches in front, and 5% inches in the rear. The depth
is 64 inches.
No. 159. An all walnut desk box with feet of the same material.
There is a cabinet within. We presume in this case that the slant of the
front was not really used for writing as it is rather narrow. It turns for-
ward instead of backward.
Size: 194 by 144 by 11% inches.
vieavadt apis
pal?
;
197. Prince-Howes PLymouTH Cuppoarp. 1660-70.
198.
ee mer ee et A I A I A
i
f
Prymoutu Courr CuppoarD. 1660-70
SECRETARIES AND DESKS
Or COURSE the secretary was an outgrowth of the desk. It is
merely a desk with a cabinet or cupboard placed on top of it. This is
proved by the fact that some of the earliest examples had detachable tops,
whereas later on the piece was made as a unit.
In the seventeenth century for the most part people got on with small
desk boxes. Good desks of this period are very rare. They may have
been inspired by French examples, whence comes the word bureau, with
a meaning among us of an office or department of state. The word
escritoire, often used in a great variety of spelling, most of which elimi-
nated the first letter, strongly suggests the French influence. It was not
until the walnut period that elaborate desks began to appear in numbers.
Desks today are valued largely according to the elaborateness of their
cabinets. In the earliest period the cabinets were quite simple. The failure
to find desks with oak frames, at least in any number, indicates the tardy
arrival of desks in the seventeenth century.
No. 160. A walnut secretary made with the top detachable. A
curious feature of this piece is that the top juts back about an inch and
a half beyond the back of the base. We have found this feature in some
mahogany secretaries. It is an arrangement designed to accommodate
the dado, which, in the form of panels surrounded rooms in the first
period of paneling in America. ‘Thus the desk proper abutted against
the dado, and the top also abutted directly against the plaster wall, above
the dado.
Attention should be given to the shapes of the panel tops in the
doors. This form appears in the earliest panels in New England furni-
ture. In Pennsylvania the form continued well into the eighteenth cen-
tury, much later than in New England.
The hinges which appear here to be butts are really H hinges nailed
into the edge of the doors, and closing up like modern butts. This is not
a very unusual method.
The square pulls for resting the slant front when it is thrown open
are marks of the earliest type. AQ little later it is seen that these pulls
are in the form of a board on edge. Curiously enough the lid here is
yellow pine though it seems original and the piece is otherwise of walnut.
179
180 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Size: 334 inches across the front, 674 inches high, 204 inches deep.
No. 161. This heavy desk, set on a frame, is a rare and important
piece, belonging to the Rhode Island School of Design. It has that
delightful effect of softened corners and steady wear which appeals to
the heart of the collector. The molded stretchers here are early and the
heavy effect of the frame indicates an early date. The desk is small.
It has its original and excellent butterfly hinges.
No. 162. Owner: Horatio H. Armstrong, West Hartford, Con-
necticut.
This handsome desk shows quite clearly a desirable cabinet of the
period. The cabinet in the secretary No. 160 is about the same in pattern.
The difference in the style of feet of the two pieces should be noticed.
In Mr. Armstrong’s piece there is a sort of shoe below the ball. This
style is a little later than the other.
Nos. 163-169. A series of tin and iron lamps belonging to Mr.
Anthony T. Kelly of Springfield, Massachusetts. We have found it
necessary in order to show all the examples we wish to illustrate, without
producing a too ponderous volume, to insert some small pieces of hard-
ware below the furniture, and we have thought it more convenient to
treat them as they are reached.
The lamp on the left is of the simplest sort to carry about; the next
is a reflector; the third has a small extinguisher which may be folded
down over it; the fourth is a quaint lamp which evidently is evolved by
adding the bowl of a lamp to a candle stick. The fifth lamp, with its
double wick, is of the fluid type just preceding kerosene, as is also the
sixth example, only that is set against a wall sconce. The last example
is a very interesting multi-sided wall sconce with glass to protect the
candle. We consider this a very attractive design, especially as it is
convenient even for present use.
In showing lamps and all other classes of hardware we do not con-
fine ourselves to the Pilgrim Century. We eschew glass and for the most
part show only such lighting fixtures as were made of tin and iron up
to the time that kerosene came into use.
No. 170. A pine stretcher desk with a maple frame. The opening
in the molded book rest was probably left for the staple which is now
lost. We have here the lip on the drawer which indicates the eighteenth
century style. There are excellent original butterfly hinges.
Size: Over all, 294 by 384 by 224 inches.
No. 171. A frame desk of walnut, of a desirable type. The turn-
ings are very meritorious, and their large size indicates an early date.
The lip on the drawer and even the drawer pulls, however, indicate that
7 ana: ap me, Yon ome | HRN
Po eee Lapis diideealhal
a
en ee: | nme IR)
ee rT TT
<--- i —— = — y
1660-70.
SERRATED PLyMouTH CUPBOARD.
199.
<
»
«>
*
«
cy CARRIE ag CHRO og ge °
«
(mm ome 44 = (4) =
19
1690-1700.
SUNFLOWER AND Tuxip Courr CUPBOARD.
200.
1670-78.
SUNFLOWER AND T'uLip Court CUPBOARD.
201.
1660-70.
SUNFLOWER AND T'uLip Court CUPBOARD
202.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 185
the base is a survival of a somewhat earlier style. The piece was in the
former collection of the author. It is one of the best examples known,
although the interior is very simple.
Owner: Mr. Harry Long.
No. 172, a walnut veneer desk resembling No. 162, except that it
is a little earlier in the feet and in the molding. In the former collection
of the author.
No. 173. A small pine desk on a frame with the early stretchers.
When found this piece had hinges on the back of the lid. But as there
were holes for pulls, the arrangement was reversed, to the original
position.
Owner: Mr. B. A. Behrend.
No. 174. In this desk we reach, for the first time, a somewhat
elaborate turning. The cross stretcher pieces of this character seem to
form a connecting link between seventeenth century furniture and the six
legged highboy turnings. This desk has fine original butterfly hinges.
It has been to some small extent restored. We question whether or not
the arched molding is correct. It should be compared with Mr.
Wheeler’s desk No. 179. It seems somewhat incongruous to run a mold
of this kind except all around. A finial probably rested at the intersection
of the scrolled cross stretcher. ;
Size: 38 by 323 by 21 inches, these measurements being over all.
These turnings should be compared with the large square oak refectory
table.
Nos. 175-178. We give here four forms of bellows. No. 175 shows
a flat surface; No. 176 shows a rounded surface with stenciling: No. 177
has ornamental turnings; No. 178 is the plainest and simplest form. These
bellows like most others have brass snouts. They were a very necessary
household article.
No. 179. Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr. A delightful small
desk turned in the same type as No. 174 and probably by the same
maker. It was found not very far from Boston, and is the only desk
known to the writer in pine in this style. It has its early original butter-
fly hinges.
A desk with cross stretchers is convenient for the feet of one sitting
at it. It also matches the style of the cross stretcher lowboy.
Size: The frame is 29% by 19+ inches. The length is 314 inches.
It is 334 inches high, and 19# inches from front to back.
Nos. 180-183. The objects here depicted are owned by Mr. Arthur
W. Wellington. The outside pieces are pipe boxes, the first having its back
carved like a fan and pierced with the familiar and favorite heart shaped
186 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
opening, which is repeated on the front of the box. The second object
in the row is a little hanging box initialed and dated and also having a
heart motive. The sand glass is of an early type. These glasses when
very early are usually made in two parts and are connected by wax. It
was thus possible in the manufacture to regulate the opening more pre-
cisely for the number of minutes required to pass the sand from the
upper to the lower compartment. The phrase hour glass is hardly de-
scriptive, for the time was more likely to be fifteen minutes or less.
These glasses are found very convenient even today.
Pipe boxes were apparently used as early as the seventeenth century.
In fact, they were needed as soon as the habit of smoking came in, in Queen
Elizabeth’s time. These boxes were used for the insertion of the long
brittle clay church warden pipes. The drawer below was for the
tobacco. The boxes were hung high on the wall to be out of the reach
of children.
No. 184. A desk on an all turned frame and having chased brass
handles, the hinges being of the butterfly pattern.
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
The obvious arrangement of a table frame for a box here appears.
The style existed along with the other style in which the posts ran
through the desk proper.
Size: 29 by 232 by 184 inches.
Nos. 185-190. These are fire making implements owned by Mr.
H. W. Erving. The first is the more common tinder box, the steel for
which lies in front of it. The steel was struck upon the flint and the
spark was caught on a piece of tow, these articles being kept within the
box, and the candle was set in the lid so that it might serve as a kind of
pilot candle to light up all the others in the dwelling.
The next two objects are waistcoat pocket sparkers. These exist in
a very great variety, one collection numbering over a hundred. The
knife sparker is an odd variant. The last object is a wheel sparker. Some
sort of fire maker was an important household article until the day of
sulphur matches. It is remarkable how generally the old fire making
tools were thrown away. They were no small nuisance in practical life,
and our fathers seemed to have been glad to be rid of them.
No. 191. A walnut turned stretcher desk formerly owned by Mr.
I. Sack, of Boston. Of course the handles do not belong with it. A
desk constructed in this manner with drawers and turned table frame
base, and drawers in the desk box itself, obviously required a high stool
or high desk chair. A few such seats are found and will be shown later.
Even with such a seat one could not sit as comfortably as one could wish.
1670-90.
SpLAYED Concorp CourT CUPBOARD.
203
te
204. Sranton-Cuinton Court Cuppoarp. 1660-80.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 189
Therefore, the usual fashion for the later desks provided a knee hole.
We are uncertain whether the medial stretcher was designed to give foot
room or was an object of economy or grace, but it achieved all these objects.
Nos. 192-194. Three pairs of wrought iron andirons. The left hand
pair is one of the commonest designs found, having a kind of gooseneck
and a pointed square head. It should not be confused with the proper
gooseneck and head andiron. The second pair is rare in that the posts
are twisted. The third pair also is rather usual. Of course the object
of the rings, or the turned-over tops, was for convenience in moving the
irons. We do not know a time when andirons were not used. They bring
back the early sentiments connected with the fireplace, and are still found
in most homes.
COURT CUPBOARDS
us HE court cupboard is the most stately and important piece of furniture
that has come down to us from the early settlers. Its possession was
always a mark of dignity, wealth or family. People aspired to own a
court cupboard as a token of assured position in society. ‘Thus we see
in Plymouth, a poor colony, that Governor Prince had such a cupboard.
We find them more frequently, however, in Boston, Salem and the richer
cities of the Puritans.
Most of all we find court cupboards on the Connecticut river, especially
from Hartford south, and along the Sound.
A collector in these days who can secure a court cupboard feels that
he also has achieved no small success. These objects are very much sought
for, and hence, if one exists, hitherto hidden from the light, it is quite
likely to become known in a short time.
The number now in museums is very small, more especially as we
confine ourselves to American examples. The large majority of these
cupboards is in private collections. There can be no doubt, however, that
within a score of years a large number of them will gravitate to museums,
where they will afford to the casual student a new conception of the
furniture of our fathers.
An amusing and rather trite phrase in connection with Pilgrim furni-
ture is “crude design.” Every paragrapher and reviewer and novelist
seems to feel himself aligned with those who know when he uses the
word crude or some such adjective in relation to old furniture. For
some years we have made notes, as a matter of curious interest, on the
allusions by novelists to antique furniture. It would almost seem that
writing people would wish to avoid marring their tales with wholly mis-
leading statements. Perhaps they think they create an atmosphere. Cer-
tainly one cannot look for nice distinctions in their references to the
subject.
We think it would not be difficult to show that in the period between
1670 and 1700 Americans built better homes, from the standpoint of
"taste in design, had better furniture, were better clad, and spoke better
English than has been the case at any time since. An English traveler,
going up to the North Shore, used in description of the homes he visited
190
ba
#
205. Duruam Oax anp WanuT Press CupBoarD. 1690-1700.
1680-90.
Oax Press CUPBOARD.
206.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 193
phrases so extravagantly commendatory that we dare not even quote them.
A dwelling containing as much good furniture as the inventory of Gov-
ernor Eaton of New Haven Colony shows, does not exist in America
today, except in the case of a few collectors perhaps, who should not
count in such a comparison, because Governor Eaton’s home was designed
merely to be the residence of a gentleman.
Anyone who looks at the Parmenter court cupboard can hardly call
it simple. Anyone who examines a slate top table of 1690 must admit,
if he has studied the subject at all, that for daintiness and elaboration
it has never been matched since. The fact is that while we find simple
furniture, in the homes of the poor, in the seventeenth century, we also
find everywhere, even among the poor, marks of excellent taste, and a
feeling for design.
Were a citizen of that day to “revisit the glimpses of the moon”.
and enter a conventional modern home of some pretentions he would
be aghast at the medley and confusion that would greet his eyes. It is
not at all uncommon to see a piece of furniture which combines the
motives of three or even four centuries and so warps and twists and
degrades them all, and mixes them with unconnected motives of a shape-
less and mongrel character that the result reminds one of a musical medley,
with the music left out. A professor in entomology was waited upon by
some of his smart students who had concocted a bug, by using the wings
of one insect, the legs of another, the body of a third, the head of a
fourth, the antennz of a fifth, and so on. They inquired what kind of
a bug this was. The professor replied: “That, gentlemen, is a humbug.”
The phrase would aptly describe the desks and the chairs of those who
with an overweaning and wholly unjustified presumption in favor of the
present mechanical and tasteless age, write of the past as crude. The
age of the Renaissance, the age of Shakespeare and Milton, the age of
those who inherited and preserved the cathedrals, was strong, but what-
ever else it was it was seldom crude. The furniture was neither shoddy
nor flimsy nor inharmonious.
The court cupboard is the outstanding example to prove these state-
ments. The old inventories which unhappily ceased too soon, indicate
that probably many hundreds of such cupboards existed. Perhaps less
than sixty, of presumably American origin are known to remain.
All of these cupboards, belonging strictly in the seventeenth century,
are of oak, as regards their frames. The great pillars are of some wood
adapted for turning like maple. The drawer fronts and the panels may
be of oak or yellow pine. The same is true of the main shelf, the top
shelf and, in the open cupboards, of the bottom shelf. The various
194 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
applied moldings and ornaments may be the same wood as the pillars
or they may be of red cedar, walnut or pine, but rarely of the last.
We distinguish three sorts of court cupboards according to design, and
perhaps we should include a fourth. One design like No. 200 has its
shelf cupboard, which names the piece, splayed, or in the semi-octagon
shape. A second variety is like No. 195, with a straight but recessed
cupboard.
A third sort has a straight front without pillars like No. 219. All
of these styles except the last are found either open below or closed in
by panel work and a door or doors.
No. 195 was taken to Sudbury apparently when it was founded, from
Boston Bay. The Parmenter Tavern was erected in 1683, in South
Sudbury, long before the Wayside Inn was built. Joshua Parmenter,
who carefully preserved this cupboard, was born in Framingham in 1824,
and died in 1903. The writer secured the cupboard from his widow, who
survives him, and their children. Joshua Parmenter remembered the
occasion when the feet of this cupboard were cut off by his uncle, about
1835. He inherited the cupboard from that uncle and when the Par-
menter Tavern was destroyed he took the cupboard to South Natick
where the writer found it. Against the remonstrances of his friends
who wondered at his preserving such a queer old thing Mr. Parmenter
carefully cherished the piece. His widow and children have the same
respect for it, and their regard is enhanced by their respect for him. By
a Clause in its bill of sale it must bear its brass plate stating its origin,
and cannot pass out of the family in which it now is except to a public
museum.
Mr. Luke Vincent Lockwood, with whose friendship the author has
been honored, regards the piece very highly, from the standpoint of
antiquity and merit of design. It combines several decorative features.
It has that very rare feature in American cupboards, a band of inlay,
running around the panels of the doors and on the stile below them and
also on the stile above the drawers. The carving on the top member is
in the arch or fluted pattern, and this pattern is repeated on the base.
The central moldings are doubled foliations. All these moldings, as in
the very earliest styles, are carried around the ends. The applied decora-
tions, in addition to the inlay, are in the form of nail heads like triglyphs,
in pairs, on the fronts, and sides of the posts. This cupboard belongs to
the open style, which we regard as the earlier. The two sets of pillars
are practically identical. The drawers are very heavy and are charac-
terized by their lack of a rail below them, so that they never required
pulls, but were withdrawn by catching the fingers underneath, on the
Datep 1684.
SpLayED ANDOVER CourT CUPBOARD.
207
go.
1670-
SpLayED Oak Court CupBoarp.
8.
20
1670-90.
SpLayED Oax Press CuPBoARD.
209
1670-90.
Oak Press CuPBoaRD
210.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 199
slight extension of the front, below the bottom. This feature has pre-
viously been mentioned in connection with certain chests, and may also
be found on the cupboard No. 208.
All the shelves, the back, the inside shelf and the division between the
two cupboards are of pine as well as the very heavy drawer bottoms and
backs. All the other structural parts are oak except the posts, which are
maple.
This cupboard follows the early design of allowing the stile behind
to form the leg and of turning the front post. It has the unusual feature
of the two drawers side by side and a drop between. This was in such
a condition as to raise the question whether it were not a fifth leg. The
restoration, however, is believed to be correct.
The carving of a tree with branches in the door panels is so surrounded
by applied moldings lapping slightly onto the carving as to give the effect,
in the shape of the molding, to a corridor down which one appears to be
looking.
The old red paint remains on parts of the end panels and, strangely
enough, the back. We do not know of another cupboard with so many
intriguing features, or an appearance so generally attractive.
Size: 52 inches long, 534 inches high, 23 inches wide over all.
No. 196 is a press cupboard in the Metropolitan Museum. The
brackets have been challenged, we do not know on what ground, nor do
we now recall by whom. The pillars are extremely plain and are not
very large in diameter. The doors below are attached on the outside of
the stiles and are not recessed, a thing which we can hardly understand.
The piece, however, is very elaborately carved. The scratch carving on
the end panels suggests that on the Virginian cupboard to follow and
that on one of the first chests treated. This cupboard has the structural
architectural arches. They resemble very closely those shown in the chest
No. 1. We believe the cupboard to be early. Other features of the
carving which we have already referred to under other pieces do not
require discussion. We do not feel qualified to say whether this cupboard
is English or American but it is counted American by some of our best
judges.
No. 197. ‘This cupboard is one of six known in this style only one
of which, that in the Metropolitan Museum, was generally known two
years ago. One of these is in New Jersey, one in Boston, one in New
York, one in Bridgewater, which completes the list. Of the six one is in
such a condition as to be positively valueless. We show the New Jersey
specimen and the Metropolitan Museum specimen besides No. 197. We
apply the name Plymouth to these cupboards because the example now
200 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
before us and the New Jersey example are traced directly to that place.
The example in New York came from Plymouth Colony. That in Bridge-
water was also derived from Plymouth. We have not yet traced the
origin of the other two, but we are confident that as the eight or more
chests known of this style are traceable in part to Plymouth, that this style
had its home there and not elsewhere.
The author has examined four of these pieces, some of them with
great care. The drawer bottoms, backs and fronts are pine. This pine
does not seem to us as hard as yellow pine, yet we must presume it can
be nothing else, for it certainly is not white pine. In all cases it is riven.
The drawer fronts are completely covered by the molding, and the
painting of the center of the panel, formed by the molding. There is
some divergence in the back panels of the various specimens, as they are
sometimes oak, sometimes pine and sometimes, as in the Tracy cupboard
they are pine in one section and oak in another. There is also a divergence
in the material of the panels of the upper part. There is the usual
variation in the turning of the great pillars, though in all cases the pillars
were very large. The fronts of the cupboard section also vary for the
sake of that individuality which we have mentioned as a feature of the
Pilgrim furniture.
Thomas Prence (Prince) came to America in the Fortune. By 1634
he became governor of Plymouth. He married Patience, daughter of
Elder William Brewster. In 1635, having lost her, he married Mary
Collier of Duxbury. He was allowed to live at Eastham, otherwise
known as Nauset on the forearm of the Cape until 1665 when in 1657,
he was elected Governor for the third time. But in 1665 the permission
for a governor to live away from Plymouth was cancelled, and he was
granted “a seat” a mile north of Plymouth at Plain Dealing. This was
the Lothrop farm occupied in 1832 by Isaac L. Hedge. Governor Prince
was continually re-elected from 1657 to his death in 1673. His fourth
and last wife was Mary, widow of Thomas Howes, an original settler of
Dennis, then part of Yarmouth.
Governor Prince’s will of March 13, 1673 has been published. It
contains the following items:
“ My will is that Mary, my beloved wife shall have such household
goods of Any kind as were hers, before wee married, Returned to her
againe.”
“ Item I give onto my said loveing wife my best bed and the furniture
thereunto appertaining, and the Court Cubberd that stands in the new
parlour with the Cloth and Cushen that is on it.”
Thus after the governor had specified that his widow should have such
on & ae 8
Mie —
odie a CO meme
ES is
V4 6 Rb) (mma
Bees Cet an LES EERO
1660-90.
5 sc ah ata BEN BES
fa A eo ae il Ch a le aan Bi
aoe.
SpLayED Oak Court CUPBoARD
211.
z
*
s
oe
e
212. Press Cuppoarp BasE. 1670-1700.
213. Pine Desk. 1700-10.
214. SpooL-TURNED Courr Cupgoarp. 1690-1700.
[eee as at Neco eae
1690-1710.
DecoraTED WuHITEWoop Press CUPBOARD.
215.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 205
household goods as she brought him, he adds the bed and cupboard.
The inference is clear that these articles were not a part of her dowry.
This is important since it is the tradition in the Howes family that
Thomas Howes brought the-cupboard from England. The mention of
the “new parlour ” evidently refers to an extension of the governor’s
house, made between 1665 and 1673. His fourth marriage occurred not
long before August 1st, 1668. The cupboard may therefore be assigned
to the period, 1665-1670. The widow returned with her legacy to
Dennis, for that had been her home, and her grown son by Thomas Howes
lived there. Her inventory dated December 23, 1695, mentions “an old
chest and a cupboard at Prence Howes’s.”
Various additional minute details of evidence were published in
Antiques October, 1922. The Prence Howes last above referred to
- was Mary’s grandson. There is a fascinating record of inter-marriages
and relationships. He died in 1753.
The Howes family retained this cupboard, which was about a hundred
years old on Lisbon earthquake day, and about a hundred years after that
Joshua C. and Polly Howes restored the cupboard in some degree, and
attached a legend to the inside of the doors. The author purchased the
cupboard from a lady of the Howes family who had inherited it. No
other member of the family seemed to be in a position to hold it. In
this particular case all the eight panels of the back, the interior divisions
and shelves, and the upper outside panels, are of yellow pine in addition
to the pine parts already mentioned as common to all this type. The
pillars shown in detail in the chapter on turnings are, it is noted, reversible,
being alike at both ends. We have not noticed another instance of this sort.
The piece when found had all its upper ornaments but one. The
applied drops on the lower section had been lost. It is probable that a
large single drop existed on the feet but we have hesitated to restore it.
It will be found on another piece shown of this type.
The characteristic feature of the Plymouth cupboards is the serrated
molding, which appears on this piece in seven lines on the front, reckoning
from the top to the bottom. The wood is cut away to form these saw
teeth, quite similar to Norman cathedral work. All these pieces that we
know also have heavy modillions on the canopy. There is also a “ pencil
and pearl” ornament repeated on various sections. The carving also in
part extends around the ends. The large oak molding is attached by
wooden pins. The top is separable from the base.
Another feature of the Plymouth serrated pieces, both chests and
cupboards, is the pair of short drawers, the upper set on the base, or in
case of an open cupboard, the only pair. In the chests whether there are
206 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
two ranks of drawers or only one, the drawers are all only half length
on the front. We do not remember seeing this feature elsewhere except
in the Parmenter court cupboard.
Photographs of this piece in detail, before its restoration, front, back
and ends, are in the possession of the author.
Size: 51 inches across the front, 56 inches high, 22% inches deep,
over all.
No. 198. The serrated Plymouth cupboard in the Metropolitan
Museum. The high importance of this piece is enhanced by its central
panel in the form of an arch which some have claimed was a certain
English stamp. If anything was made in America these cupboards were.
This piece has been restored at the bottom and more or less otherwise. It
is most interesting in being open below, most of the others of the type
being built below as chests of drawers.
No. 199. This cupboard, so near like No. 197, has come to light
through the publication of pictures of No. 197. A member of the Tracy
family writes that Stephen Tracy came in the Ann in 1622. Patience
Brewster, daughter of Elder Brewster, is said to have been aboard. It
was she who married Thomas Prence, mentioned under No. 197. Their
daughter married Stephen Tracy’s son John. His descendants moved to
Hartland, Vermont, and took the cupboard we are now considering, with
them. It was brought back by a direct descendant of John in 1878.
Of course the tradition is that it came in the Ann. This is impossible,
owing to the style and the construction. The strong presumption is that
John Alden or Kenelm Winslow built these cupboards and chests. Plym-
outh town was very small. It was so reduced between 1660 and 1670
that there were fears that it would be entirely depopulated through re-
moval to more fertile lands. We know of no other master carpenters or
woodworkers except the two we have just mentioned, and the smallness
of the town would seem to call for no more. Further, one of these cup-
boards has been inherited in an Alden family.
No. 199 has undergone slight repairs. The turnings on the feet are
important and original as are nearly all if not all of the other ornaments.
Owner: Howard C. Tracy of Plainfield, New Jersey.
No. 200. Introduces another class of court cupboards with chests to
correspond, They are called the Connecticut sunflower pieces, but in
every case we believe they also have side panels of tulips. Up to the
discovery of the Plymouth serrated cupboard these were the only out-
standing class of highly important cupboards of American origin, found
in sufficient number to afford a good basis of comparison. It is both
difficult and dangerous to say how many of a certain class exist, but we
Vircinia BuLBous Court CuppBoarp. 1640-60.
216
aa iki caameememnmenmannitin
Essex InstiruTE Press CupBoarp. 1670-90.
218. Court CasInET. 1670-90.
SE a ER ee oe
~ 1 AES RARER PRIMER sm 1 SINK oe
sila “ Sane nDnOrennannnenetr,
eh pom
1) Mette 2
“Thies eurennrrmeaterometne eet - ae @ ERIC @ IN Ze eNEe:
Licht CaRveER.
3225
Licut CARVER.
Anke
Re
ere
ORM TR Sas bi ie
1640-60.
Heavy Pitcrim Siar Back.
323-
324. Pircrim Cuair. 1640-60. 325. Carver Cuair, 1650-70.
326-327. Wroucut Kerrie Tripop anp TRIVET.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 299
who undertakes to stain it, as the effects remain merely on the surface and
do not strike in, as in ash and oak and such open grain woods. It is for
this reason that the natural maple, a very pale yellow, far lighter than
“ golden oak,” is so much liked and in such good taste, in refinishing these
old chairs. In fact, it is not a refinishing, unless a coat of wax may be so
termed.
The use of maple came in shortly after ash, and we find chairs of this
type and of the slat back Pilgrim period and most later chairs in maple.
Size: Total hight, 47 inches. Outside width, front, 244 inches; back,
183 inches. The spindles have a diameter of 14 inches. The depth from
the front to the back at right angles is 16 inches.
The very sharp spread of these chair seats from front to back is
noticeable. There is here a difference of six inches in the width, and
from five to six inches is common.
_ No. 306. This great Carver chair has a back superior to any other
that we have seen, in its massiveness, and the character of its turnings.
The likeness of the finial to the Cotton Mather and the Tufts chairs is
close. We assign the same date to the Carver, the Brewster and the
Pilgrim slat back chairs. In fact, if there is any difference in date, it is
to be found more definitely suggested by the decrease in the size of the
posts as the date advances. Other things being equal a Pilgrim chair has
an importance in proportion to the size of these posts. A few years since
a Carver was a Carver in the eyes of collectors. Now, however, the
massive sort is chiefly desired. This statement has in some cases nettled
dealers in antiques. We would like their good will, but the facts about
the chairs must be stated.
The example before us is in maple. It is original throughout. The
fatness of the spindles is amusingly quaint, and their style of turning is
of the best early sort. It is even found in a Spanish bed. Possibly the
Spanish Netherlands may be connected with our turning styles.
In giving the sizes of the posts of chairs this work follows the rule of
naming the largest diameter found on a chair. This method is quite likely
to mislead, unless the reader notes the following: Various chairs are
curiously made by a taper of the back post, so that the diameter of the
post near the floor is considerably less than immediately below the finials.
It is also very noticeable that the turnings are never round now, as they
have shrunk in one diameter more than in the other. Also we should ob-
serve that it is seldom that we find any two posts of a chair agreeing in
size, as they were obviously turned by the eye and never with calipers.
In the chair before us there is a sad and obtrusive falling off in the front
posts from the size of the back posts. Further, these front posts seem to
300 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
have been turned while so green that they are now in an oval form. It is
fair throughout this work to take off from one-eighth to a quarter of an
inch from the diameters given of the posts to get at the average diameter
of all the posts throughout their length.
A feature of some of these chairs is a very slight rounding in of the
posts at the bottom on the back. This rounding in is so slight, however,
and so frequently fails to be found, that we can hardly call it a typical
feature.
The great chair before us was bought in Boston in 1923.
Size: 454 inches high; 24 inches and 184 inches in the outside width,
front and back, at the seat, with a depth of 163 inches.
The largest diameter of the post is 24 inches.
No. 307. A Brewster chair. This specimen was found with the feet
cut off, a loss which included the lower set of rungs. The wood is maple.
The back is especially good and is all original as are all the other parts
of the chair except as above stated. It was bought in Boston in 1922.
Size: 434 inches high, 264 inches wide in front, 164 inches behind.
The largest diameter of the post is 2% inches. A peculiar difference in
the turning is here observed in the front post above the seat. One observes
an extreme distance of ten inches difference in the width of the outside
measurements on the front and back. It is such elements as these that
give a chair its individuality.
No. 308. This is the first example which we have had of a Pilgrim
slat back chair. Doubtless the very earliest of these had only two “ backs,”
which was later increased to three, and finally to four in the rarer ex-
amples. One also sees a slat very much wider than is usually found.
The similarity between the turnings of this chair and that of No. 358 lead
to the conclusion that they were made to go together. The chair was
bought in New Bedford in 1922, in a bad condition as regards the feet,
a number of inches being missing including the lower rungs. A part of
one of the slats is also renewed. The chair, however, is so appealing and
so unusual and so quaint that it merits our careful attention. It is of maple.
Nos. 309-311. These three child’s chairs are shown here for con-
venience. It is not probable that any of them run back into the seventeenth
century though that date is always possible in such a quaint little example
as that on the left. This chair has the rare and interesting slanted arm
spindle, and it also possesses its front balls intact.
No. 312. This fine Carver with unusual and excellent turnings, and
somewhat massive in form, isin ash. It shows on the left post a flatten-
ing caused by being drawn along the floor, probably by children in play.
The same feature appears quite generally in children’s chairs, though it is
cheese hy te tri
deeMbititt VPP AS OCUAAS DASA SAYLI SALA |
328. Carver Sipe Cuair. 1650-60.
329. Dousite Enpep Forx anp SHoveEL.
——
eee |
i | ag
é
330.
+ Hewes:
"
2
Heavy Sipe Carver. 1660-70.
331-333. Spoons AND A Birp TRAMMEL.
Sheet pag ametet meee sean recep pe pRegtier mocact tere erat
Peer rere
serpent
ie
334-
335-340.
Bapy Carver Cuarr. 1680-90.
TrivET anD LiGHTING FIxTuREs.
341. Opp Carver Variant. 1660-80.
342-344. Hearr aNpD OTHER ANDIRONS.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 305
somewhat mysterious in a great chair like this. The splitting away of
slivers from the post on the left at the top bears out our statement that
ash was a very unsuitable material for turnings. The same but more
serious loss is found on the finial on that side.
There appears here the splint seat. It is contended in Connecticut
that a seat in this form is as old as the rush seat, but we can hardly accept
that contention. The rushes were ready to the hand of the settlers, and
from the counties in England, like the Low Countries, whence a good many
of our settlers came, the rushes were available and their use understood.
The splint seat is not so durable nor so easy as the rush. Further, it was
more likely to wear out the master’s unmentionables and cause extra work
for the housewife. The use of the rush seat is undoubtedly early.
We would point out the absurdity of claiming for an old chair that it
has its original seat, as is frequently done. It may have its fourth or even
seventh seat, and yet the seat may appear to be very old. Though a good
rush seat may last the chair for possibly a hundred years, it is not at all
probable that they had an average life of more than fifty years. Certainly,
it is wholly impossible to state that any seat is original. By this statement,
so manifestly reasonable, we should like to nail this discussion once for all.
Size: 433 inches high. The feet are slightly pieced, but well below
the rungs. The largest diameter of a post is 13%; inches.
No. 313. A very heavy Pilgrim slat back “lady” chair. It was
bought in southern New Hampshire in 1921. It is the most massive of
the side chairs that have come to our attention, hence leading us to believe
it of very early date. The fact that it has its two sets of rungs also leads
to the conclusion that it has not lost very much in its hight. The front
rungs have the peculiarity that they are in a square section, like the
stretchers of early tables. The total hight is 38 inches. The seat is 224
by 15 inches, and is now but 13 inches high, and probably never exceeded
14 inches. The ladies of our generation can bear us out in stating that a
low chair is more convenient for sewing. We believe the chair to be
maple.
No. 314. A Carver chair of unusual design and much merit.
Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour. Location: The Wadsworth
Atheneum, Hartford. The fact that there are no turnings below the seat
establishes the early character of the chair, which is further borne out by
its size. By the word turning, in this connection, ornamental turning is
always understood.
The finials on this piece are unusual and interesting; the front balls
are original and we believe all the other parts.
A particular feature to which attention should be drawn is the fact
306 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
that though this chair slants back, the rungs are parallel with the floor,
which is a proof that the chair was built on a slant, to secure greater
comfort. Nor is this an unique instance of the kind, though the emphasis
here is somewhat more marked. A chair with a rush seat and a slightly
slanting back is as comfortable as any modern chair. We make this
statement because the general impression prevails, even on the part of
writers on this subject, that antique furniture was uncomfortable.
No. 315. A good example of a light Carver chair, having a richly
and handsomely turned arm rail. The very goodness of this turning is
a suggestion of its slightly later date than the heavy examples.
No. 316. A light Carver chair with a seat of wood which is formed
like a panel with thinned edges, set into slots cut to receive them in the
seat rail. This is not unique.
The maker evidently got his proportions a little astray, when he
spaced his spindles, and ran his back posts so far above the top rail.
No. 317. A pair of Pilgrim side chairs with slat backs. There is
nothing extraordinary nor extremely unusual about these chairs except
that they are heavier than the chair so common about 1750. They
probably belong, therefore, in the Pilgrim Century.
No. 318. A great slat back chair.
Owner: Mr. Dwight Blaney.
There are several distinctive features here of much interest. The
chair is the first example of an intermediate stretcher between the arm
rail and the seat. This stretcher, wherever found, is rather handsomely
turned, and its principal use is to stiffen the chair.
The arm rails are in a flat section, as were also those of No. 305.
Four slats are a feature we have not had hitherto. These slats, especially
that at the top, are winged. There is more elaborate turning than usual
in the front rungs. The chair is stately and large, but the turnings, which _
foreshadow the New England slat back, so called, indicate a date suc-
ceeding that of the usual Pilgrim slat back. The finials here are very
boldly and handsomely turned and are to be compared with those on
No. 324. ;
No. 319. In this chair we have another and attractive variant of the
Brewster chair. The turnings of the long back rails are so unusual that
the question arises whether the chair is American. The wood, however,
is ash, though sold as oak. While ash construction does not compel our
belief in an American origin, it favors that belief. The chair is also
remarkable in that many of the reduced ends or dowels of the rungs ex-
tend through the posts and are finished as small rounded knobs. There
is shown a more elaborate chair with this peculiarity in Lockwood. The
si mine Nit EEN i: AN i
ate a saan
are setae
1 ice it
345. Pair oF Carver Sipe Cuairs. 1660-80.
346-350. Fireptace UTeEnsixs.
a
351.
353-
Pitcrim Suat Back.
Pincrim Siar Back.
352.
Winc Rai BanisTER.
354. TRANsITION CuHairR.
Banister Hico Cuair,
356
r , ipa erence
SpinpLE Hicu Cuarr.
355-
Feces
BS SUL ASC aA RAN wal mat a ook OO Se Sea nak a ea ‘ oes)
1700.
SmaLL MusHroom CHAIR.
357:
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY cee
-long spindles in our chair, under the seat, suggest the Cotton Mather chair,
No. 303. The long back spindles are Iz inches in diameter. The largest
diameter of a post is 2y%sinches. There is an interesting peculiarity in the
seat which engages in a slot in the back and front rung of the seat frame,
and has no side supports. The chair has lost the tips of its finials and an
inch or so at the bottom. It always had a marked rake backwards. An
interesting proof of the necessity of a cushion is the rounded ridge of the
front rung rising above the seat; so that to use it without a cushion would
be torture. This is the only chair which has attained to the dignity of an
academic degree, being marked with the initials A.M.!
No. 320. A high Carver chair.
Origin: Western Massachusetts.
Every part of this chair is original with the exception of one rung.
The seaman’s phrase “shiver my timbers” is very appropriate here, as
the construction of loose grained ash, in the rungs, has allowed them to
come to pieces, almost like bundles of small sticks. The other parts of
the chair, being maple, have been very well preserved, the condition,
particularly of the original balls and finials, being the best that we have
seen. The latter are extremely unusual and interesting.
Size: 483 inches high, the highest Carver measurement we have met.
The front is 25 inches across and the back 194 inches, both being outside
measurements. The depth is also extreme, being 19 inches, as against
the usual depth of about 16 inches. The largest diameter of a post is 27%
inches.
No. 321. A light and unusual Carver in respect to its finials. It is
all original with the exception of the balls in front.
No. 322. A light Carver, the finials of which, as in the last example,
show a somewhat later date. Every part is original.
No. 323. A heavy Pilgrim three back chair. We have here the
wooden seat set in like those on two or three previous examples. Of
course, the feet are not right, and we believe that something is lost behind
on the finials. We would not, however, by any means, minimize the
importance of this very large and early chair. It is fair to state that not
everyone agrees with the writer in relation to the finials.
Owner: Mr. John C. Spring of Boston.
No. 324. A heavy and very satisfactory example of the three back
Pilgrim chair. It is in the old red paint as found. It was bought in Boston
in 1922. The finials are fine and all parts are original. It will be ob-
served that the scale on which objects in this book are shown is regulated
in part by the exigencies of arrangement, and has no necessary reference
to the importance of the objects.
Size: 434 inches high. The diameter of the posts is 24 inches. We
312 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
shall, after this example, not trouble to give all dimensions, since those
already given are sufficient to afford abundant data for comparison.
No. 325. A Carver chair of medium weight. It was bought on the
South Shore in 1922. It was found in black paint, as now, with the excep-
tion of the restoration of the balls in front.
Nos. 326-327. A wrought iron kettle in a tripod, and a trivet. Or-
dinarily kettles are cast, especially in New England. In Pennsylvania it
is not rare to find them wrought. The setting of a kettle in a kind of
tripod with ears is an arrangement which naturally suggests itself on a
wrought piece. Otherwise the legs would be riveted to the kettle.
The trivet has a top in pierced work. It was purchased on the North
Shore, but we do not know the country of its origin.
Both pieces belong to Mr. H. W. Erving. .
No. 328. This interesting example of a side chair in the Carver style
derives additional merit from the excellence of its finials. We think that
if the reader will compare this chair carefully with No. 306 he will be
convinced as we are that this is a “lady ” chair made to accompany No.
306. This conclusion is arrived at through the finials and especially
through the top rail. While this rail is somewhat simpler than that on
No. 306 it has elements precisely like it, and it was the regular practice
to simplify somewhat the turnings on the side chairs. With the exception
of piecing at the bottom this chair is original. It is the solitary instance
that we know of a single set of rungs. The set-in places are so low that
they could not possibly have a duplicate set below them, and that con-
clusion is borne out by the location of the rear rung, which is always near
the bottom. We believe that in restoring this chair we have added too
much to the length of the leg and that we should have left it about
fifteen inches high in the seat. Thus, the rungs would appear to be nearer
the floor, as in many “ lady ” chairs.
No. 329. A curious little handle of twisted iron having a perforated
miniature shovel at one end and a fork at the other end. We can sympa-
thize with, and probably suspect the motive of the maker who is always
misplacing either the shovel or the fork. A hand once grasping this
handle would have both implements of culinary warfare “at hand.” This
piece is an amusing example of Pennsylvanian ingenuity. It was intended
as a flapjack shovel and meat fork, and is only a few inches in length.
It is at an ancient inn south of Bethlehem.
No. 330. A heavy and unusual Carver side chair. One would at first
suppose that something was gone from the finial, but we have no doubt
that in some instances the side chairs were made with plain balls at the
358. Heavy Musuroom Cuair.
1680-90.
| RNNMRCERNRENRmREN esse | mse HIMES,
&
(AS Sy Say aR reece carter mec es omens ot Dt om tas ys
4]
: TE Gees item cS is
360. MusHroom Cuair.
361-363. ToasrerR, CrRusHER AND WoopEeN HincEs.
+ a ane tna aa Sta Aha SCM iS Ad Ai cM ald ata Nd als
1700.
Great Musuroom Cuarr.
364.
365. MusHroom Cuair,
367-368. Mr. B. A. BeHREND’s Home Room.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY at?
back. This example is as high as an arm chair. It has the unusual feature
of a ball turning on the top rail.
In side chairs, we do not, of course, look for a ball on the front post.
‘Yet the post projects above the seat sufficiently to give a good space for
the boring of the seat rungs.
Formerly in the collection of Mr. B. A. Behrend.
Nos. 331-333. We have a long handled spoon which was supposed
to be made for the gentleman who ate with the devil. It js forty-one
inches in length. The one shown here attains the respectable length of
twenty-three inches, and bears a monogram. The other spoon is of a sort
often found in Pennsylvania with a prettily hammered handle ending in
a closed scroll hook and having a brass bowl. They were doubtless in-
tended for stirring the pot.
No. 334. A baby Carver chair. It has probably lost simple finials.
It was purchased in Hartford.
Size: 243 inches high; seat 74 inches high. It shows beautifully the
wear on the front resulting from being dragged about a sanded floor.
Nos. 335-340. The heart shaped waffle iron was found in Charles-
ton, South Carolina. Its interesting handles have a hook on one side and
a link on another. The lighting fixtures will be treated later.
No. 341. This odd variant of a Carver has its spindles entering the
seat rail. Of course the balls at the bottom are out of place. The seat
is “ paneled.”
Owner: The George F. Ives Collection.
Nos. 342-344. he first number is a pair of andirons belonging to
Mr. E. W. Sargent, of Providence, Rhode Island. They show one more
of the numerous adaptations of the heart motive to wrought iron, and are
most interesting. No. 343 shows another unusual pair of andirons with
a shoe or flat base instead of two legs. The post runs up with a slight
taper into a ball. No. 344 is another odd pair with the same sort of base,
but in a flat section and rolled over at the top.
Nos. 345-346. A pair of Carver side chairs with their small original
ball finials. These chairs from their moderate hight, and small size, in-
dicate that they were made for ladies. They have lost a little at the
bottom.
Origin: Eastern Massachusetts.
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
Nos. 347-350. Utensils for the fireplace, and a Betty, or fat, lamp.
Owner: Mr. Francis D. Brinton, Oermead Farm, West ‘Chester,
Pennsylvania.
318 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
The little toaster is a charming example. Pieces like this were used
in England very much, and in the Colonies also.
No. 348 is a rare and perhaps unique piece. Instead of the kettle
there should be on it a very long handled spider. Thus the trivet, which
was set over the flame, provided a rest for the handle at two different
elevations. We regard this piece very highly for its quaintness and we
have learned that Mr. Brinton clings to it.
No. 349 1s a little charcoal stove. We have seen a considerable num-
ber of these, having their posts turned down and flattened to afford a rest
for a cooking vessel. The handle is of wood. The grill top hinges and
is lifted by the central thumb piece.
No. 351. A Pilgrim slat back with good finials. In the former col-
lection of the author.
No. 352. A wing rail banister back.
Owner: Mr. L. G. Myers.
The fine bulb-like turning is here to be commended. In a banister
back chair we really have spindles which are split, something like the
applied split spindles with which chests, chests of drawers, and court
cupboards were decorated. The object of splitting the spindle was un-
doubtedly to secure comfort. We have already had examples of what
we may call flat turnings in which the flattening is done on both sides.
The banister back was really an inspiration on the part of the person who
brought it into use. It is, however, somewhat later than a heavy turned
chair. The first examples are probably after 1680. Such chairs continued
to be made for about fifty years. ;
No. 353. A Pilgrim slat back. Here for the first time we get the
beginning of a turning resembling the New England slat back, of 1700
and later. The arm rails are flat turnings, that is, turnings from which
sections are cut away on two sides.
Date: 1670-1690.
No. 354. A Transition turned chair. The spindles are flattened but
they are not banisters. The arms are also flattened turnings. Some parts
of this chair are not original.
Date: 1680-1700.
No. 355. We arrive here at an odd example of a turned high chair.
The balls on the feet are in part missing. It is the first example in which
balls would be legitimate on the feet, bearing out the turnings of the front
posts.
Date: 1700-1720.
Owner: The George F. Ives Collection.
No. 356. A flat and molded banister is a feature of the back. The
371.
r|
tie ee a cee ee
CourtTinc CuHair.
|
|
HEGTUSES
i MUU Te TE NUTT eT
4
Cuairs.
372. X SrReTCHER CHair,
ae
—
=
i
e
arm ORIIPTT Fs f
Pepsi epaarpsilirsipsptorpepever spy nw \\) \ whi Re
373. Larce MusHroom.
374-377. Types or LANTERNs.
378. “CromweELuiaN ” CuHarr. 379. “ CRoMWELLIAN” CHaiR,
380-383. Four Bromers. 18th Century.
384.
Sent
LEATHER Back.
—
385. Carvep LeaTHER Back.
ny
386-388. Toasrer AND TRIVETSs.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 323
scrolled upper rail has a pierced heart. There is an intermediate spindle
between the arm and the seat.
Date: 1700-1720.
Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
The term describing the molding of the banisters is “reeded.” The
cresting or top rail is in part missing. It probably had what is called the
crown motive, which, usually, is found superimposed over the heart. The
material is maple, and the chair was never painted or restored. It has
lost something from the feet. It was given to Elizabeth Davidson of
Milford by her father. She married Abner Perry in 1795, and the chair
has been held by their descendants until the owner bought it in 1921.
No. 357. This is the first example we have shown of the chair which
has its front post mushroomed. Such chairs are usually called simply
mushroom chairs. The turning of this broad hand rest was always done
from the solid post, in one piece with the rest of the post. The chair in
date is the same as the banister back, and some of these chairs appear in
that form and others in the slat back as here. This chair is interestingly
small, and it is possible that it was made for a lady. If so, it is the first
instance in this book in which an arm chair could be assigned to feminine
use. The piece is somewhat speckled as shown here, owing to the partial
wearing away of a coat of light paint.
Owner: Mrs. W. B. Long of Boston.
No. 358. This chair is nearly identical with one shown in Lyon. We
may presume that one was copied from the other, as the slight difference
may suggest a second maker. The interesting scroll of the slats is to be
observed. The mushrooms here are of the onion shape rather than flat,
in the somewhat later styles. The slant of the arm rail is frequently found
in mushroom chairs. The piece is of much importance and interest. We
have discovered the third chair which was originally a precise counterpart
of this one, before it was mutilated.
Owner: Mrs. J. Insley Blair.
Size: 43% inches high, 23 inches wide, 16 inches deep. Seat, 153
inches high.
No. 359. A mushroom chair with a featured, figured or scrolled top
and bottom rail, and a well turned arm rail.
Date: 1700-1710.
No. 360. A mushroom chair with slanting arm rail and slat back.
Comparing the finial of this chair with the one last described it appears
that that finial belongs to the eighteenth century, and this finial belongs
to the latter part of the seventeenth century and is better.
Date: 1680-1700.
324. FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Nos. 361-363. At the bottom we have a remarkable pair of oak
hinges, in which the strap of the hinge was in the form of a great cleat
running across a door, and the hinge portion proper was formed by an oak
pin run through a shovel-like piece, which in turn terminated in a dowel,
that ran through the jamb post, and was fastened on the opposite side by
a pin. These remarkable hinges were presented to the author by Mr.
Chetwood Smith of Worcester, who also loaned, for securing a picture,
the quaint toaster at the top on the left. The cutter, on a post attached
to a base board, molded, was used to break up the large pieces of loaf
sugar, into smaller sections, which could then be pulverized with the toddy
stick.
No. 364. A giant mushroom chair. Whether this chair was con-
structed for the fat man of his county we cannot now say. The hugeness
of its dimensions would force some such conclusion. The mushrooms are
about four and a half inches in their larger diameter, and the posts have
shrunk in such a manner as to show the mushrooms in an oval form. The
top slat is 53 inches wide, each slat below diminishing a quarter of an inch.
The width over all to the outside of the mushrooms is 323 inches. The
back posts are 464 inches, and the front posts 304 inches high. The out-
side of the seat is 30 inches in front and 24 inches in the back, and its depth
is 22 inches.
All parts of this chair are original.
No. 365. A mushroom four slat back chair, with. sloping arm rails,
and the first example we have had of the so-called sausage turned front
stretchers.
No. 366. A mushroom chair with handsomely and boldly scrolled
slats. It will be seen that though the mushrooms themselves required a
large stick of lumber to turn the legs, the diameter of the main portion
of the leg was small, in order to give lightness to the chair, following the
trend of taste with the beginning of the eighteenth century. The dates
of this and the previous chair are around 1700.
Nos. 367-368. A picture of the home room of Mr. B. A. Behrend,
in Brookline. In the foreground there is a butterfly table, a subject to be
discussed later, and in the background will be seen a miniature stick leg
chair, like a stool, more properly like a milking stool with a back, since
there are but three legs. The other articles here shown are elsewhere
discussed.
Nos. 369-370. The little chair is peculiar in having mushrooms, the
only example of a baby chair of that sort that we have seen.
The large chair deserves a considerable degree of attention, since it
seems to be a cross between a Pilgrim slat back, a Brewster chair, and a
5
£
i
‘
re
&
ere petemmmeanatntis nett
ere
389.
Carvep LEaTHER Back,
1680-1700.
CHEM y
a
4
390-391. Prnnsyitvania anp New Encianp Hicu Cuairs.
Mea ASME ACE
7+ »
ote. im
392-393. Rusu Sroot anp Basy Corner Cuair.
:
H
if
i
es
:
He
ste pe rahe ame
o-minimal pa
1690-1720.
HEART aNnp Crown Cuair.
394.
Girt Lape oF Iron anp CoppER.
395.
396-397. OrtcinaL Rocxer ann Hicu Desk Cuatr.
Sa
398-399. Rusu Sroot anv JoineD Sroo..
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 329
mushroom chair, having many of the important elements of all these three
designs. The shape of the mushrooms is similar to that in an important
turned chair owned by the architect Mr. Joseph Chandler, and now or
formerly on exhibition at the Boston Fine Arts Museum. This mushroom
post would seem to indicate the transition between the Pilgrim chair and
the mushroom post. This chair was found in Middleboro. It lacked
about two inches of its original height. It is shown here as found, but the
feet have now been spliced. We must date the chair in the latter part
of the seventeenth century.
No. 371. We may call this a courting chair, owing to its having backs
on two sides. It is a corner chair, really, with backs meeting at right
angles.
Owner: Mr. Arthur W. Wellington.
Date: 1700-1710.
No. 372. A corner chair. The peculiarity of this piece is that it
has an X stretcher.
Owner: Mr. L. G. Myers.
Date: 1700~1720.
No. 373. A large chair of the mushroom type. Aside from the
giant mushroom previously shown this is one of the most striking examples.
One sees, however, a falling off in the style of the finials, they being rather
slight and lacking dignity in comparison with earlier examples.
Nos. 374-377. A series of lanterns belonging to Mr. Rudolph P.
Pauly. The lantern on the left, called after Paul Revere, could certainly
not have been seen across a river. The second piece is a bottomless affair
to place over a candle to prevent the wind from blowing it out. It is
pierced with oddly shaped holes. The other two lanterns are of a good
early type. It is hardly worth while attempting to date such pieces as
they are used in this form for a hundred and fifty years.
No. 378. Simple chairs, with ball turnings, and with square stretch-
ers, on the side and back, and with low backs for upholstery, have
acquired, the name Cromwellian. It has been a favorite theory of his-
torical critics that during the Puritan period in England there was a lull
in artistic expression. The destruction of many beautiful features in
cathedrals fosters this view. It is probable also that the minds of men
were so much engaged in the civil conflict that they had little time for
artistic expression. We know that the Protector had some very beautiful
furniture. However that may be, this chair dates about 1650-1670.
No. 379. Another Cromwellian chair, somewhat simpler. These
chairs are covered with various materials. It would be a great mistake
to presume that leather, the simplest and most satisfactory and most
330 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
durable material, was by any means generally used. Silks, brocades, and
petit point were often employed. Of course, the covering on the chairs
here shown, especially that on the right, is late and bad.
Nos. 380-383. These four broilers show various good types. The
first is perfectly plain in its bars, the second has its bars serpentined and
the last has serpentine bars between straight bars. The third was a very
beautiful piece of iron work, but many of the features have been de-
stroyed by rust. It is apparent that there was a double scroll reaching from
each of the four arms of the circle. The hook handle is spiraled. It
is the property of Miss S. B. Eastman of Harvard.
These broilers could be revolved in order to secure even cooking.
No. 384. A class of chairs which we may call leather-backs is very
satisfactory, because while their general outlines are in good style, there
is a simplicity and homelikeness about them which appeals. Here the
leather, instead of going crosswise in the back, as in the Cromwellian
chairs, runs lengthwise, and the chair is a modification of the banister
back, or the more elaborate cane back, both of which styles have the same
general outline.
The construction of chairs in these three types is not to be com-
mended. ‘There is a rather quick curve on the outside of the back posts
at the level of the seat. This curve becomes really an angle on the
inside, sometimes even on the outside. It is often so sharp that it
destroys the strength of the back. Many chairs of this period are broken
at this point. That is no doubt the reason why they are now found in
such small numbers. The abandonment of double lines of stretchers
for a single set is also an element of weakness, and most of the chairs that
have been preserved are shaky. Of course, the thought of the builder
was to procure greater comfort by slanting the back.
These chairs in the simple styles are characterized by vase, ball or
ring turning, or a combination of these elements, with portions of the
legs and the back left square. The finials are like turban heads and
represent a decline. ‘The front stretcher, in the plainer sort, is poe
a large and rather prominent turning.
Date: 1670-1690.
The wood is maple.
No. 385. A carved leather-back. In this chair we have a pleasing
arrangement by which a curved rabbet or depression is cut away in the
top and bottom rail deep enough to receive the leather, and to leave the
leather back, when finished, flush with the rail. This seems a more
tasteful and finished arrangement than that shown in No. 384 where the
top and bottom rails are frankly used like the stretchers of a picture
Aaeensees tr aston
_
a
ae
400-401. New Encianp Suat-3ack.
r
——
eT ae
SS =...
—
SS oer
joer eeeciamenred
—————
i
—— Se
—— —_———
oe
i
i
402. Potato Boirer.
CRS alana a
1700-1720.
403.
Earty GripDLe.
406.
404-405. New Encianp SLAT-Back.
Rotter Cuair. 407.
i— hp ee Et omnes be
;
1700-1720.
Dutcu Carvep Back.
408-409. New Encrianp Siat-Bacxs. 1690-1710.
410-414. Bromter, Gritt, Toasrers, ETC.
|
(
| Di nae
halal om
|
417.
415-416.
®
SERPENTINE SLAT Rockers.
Reversep Bapy Carver. 418.
1710-40.
CuiLp’s Wine Cuair.
ill
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 335
frame. We have here also a scrolled stretcher below, corresponding with
its main outlines to the top rail.
Date: 1680-1700.
Nos. 386-388. A toaster here shown is a Pennsylvanian type with
many twisted members. It must have been used for a huge slice of
bread. Instead of the usual base and swivel arrangement it rests on
prolonged leg-like members as seen. The trivets were interesting little
pieces used to place over the coals for the quick heating of a small vessel.
No. 389. A leather-back chair with an attractively carved top rail.
It is a curious fact that carving on chairs of this type sometimes called
in England after Charles II, is done much better, in most cases, than the
carving on cabinet furniture. The chair carving is often in the round,
at least in relief on various levels. Another characteristic of this type
is the high stretcher below. The evident design was to give room to
draw the feet back.
The wood of these chairs, as found in America, is perhaps oftener
maple than anything else. We do find, however, not a few fruit wood
chairs. This term is used generally to include the pear and apple and
possibly sometimes cherry, though the latter is generally named when
used. Pearwood is admirably adapted for good carving. We do not see
oak used in American carved chairs. We are now approaching the walnut
period. Some of the fine examples are in that wood, but it is rare,
and is not so suitable. In England we often find beech used.
In relation to maple in English pieces there is some misapprehension.
Maple is not a rare wood in England. One may be surprised on referring
to a certain American dictionary to find under a definition, a quotation
from a dramatist, referring to a maple dresser. The author was Eng-
lish and the period was that of these chairs.
When leather and sometimes finer materials were used the arrange-
ment of the brass headed tacks was often in an ornamental pattern, or
at least was in double rows as here.
In the quest for old furniture it is highly important to notice whether
the feet are missing. In the last two examples they are shown as they
should appear. Even here something has been worn off, as feet
originally, in this style, finished in a turning and sometimes in a little
shoe below that. It is considered if chairs are worn no more than these
are that their importance as antiques is not interfered with. If, however,
the wear is below the largest part of the bulb, the chair is much less
desirable. The loss of finials is a still more serious matter, and the loss
of both finials and feet renders the chair practically valueless.
It is not considered good style to upholster seats, so that the tops
336 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
show a marked curve. They are best when rather flat, as in the two
examples now being noted. The backs were usually not padded, and
never should be heavily padded. Sometimes the leather was doubled
in the back.
No. 390. A Pennsylvania high chair. The arch of the slats is not
fully carried out. This is our first example of the Pennsylvania chair,
a large class, now much sought.
Daté: 41'720—1750.
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
No. 391. ‘An amusingly sharp rake in the legs of this chair gives it
a quaint appearance. Of course, the purpose was to acquire stability.
Various other names that indicate this rake are flaring base, splayed base,
slant base, straddle, etc.
No. 392. This stool should not be called a joint stool because it
is merely doweled together. Such stools, with the rush seat, are rare.
With No. 393, a round back baby chair, it belongs to the George F.
Ives Collection.
Date: 1700-1730.
No. 394. A low back heart-and-crown chair. The motive in the
back is well known. ‘This, however, is the only instance in which we
have seen it in a low back chair. The ball turned intermediate bracing
rung, or stretcher, between the arm and the seat adds much to the effect.
We have here for the first time the rolled arm, a phrase used in describ-
ing the contour of the arm in front of the post.
In the former collection of the author.
No. 395. A dainty gift ladle. Among the fine craftsmen in iron
in Pennsylvania it was often the custom for a beau to give his sweetheart
a daintily wrought utensil in which the heart motive appeared. Such
utensils were often hung in the fireplace, more as ceremonial gifts than
for ordinary use. Nevertheless we may suppose that on important
occasions they were used. This piece is the daintiest bit of its kind
that we have seen. The little bowl is of hammered copper. It 1s
only 2% inches in diameter. On the back, the handle is divided by weld-
ing into a cross shape on the bowl so as to secure strength, and it is riveted
in three places. The whole affair is about 154 inches long, and weighs
but a few ounces. It was found near Easton in 1923.
No. 396. The chair here shown is supposed to be an original rocker.
This inference is drawn from the shape of the turning at the bottom
of the leg. There is here a bold enlargement to secure strength and
room for the slot in which the rocker rests. Early rockers are always
secured with wooden pins, never with nails. Several of these chairs have
419.
Five Back Pennsytvania Cuair.
1720-50.
A Six Bacx. 1720-50.
421.
Lamp TRAMMEL.
420.
Sah AS a a i bs
ppiaiians tien tee eas ie aT
1720-50.
PENNSYLVANIA CHAIRS
422-423.
Buru Pieces,
424-425.
426. ArcHED Back.
a
TERRE
428. Five Back.
427. DousLe Jenny.
429. Six Back, QuEEN ANNE,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 341
been found, and they are supposed to date from about the end of the
seventeenth century, but we fear that the date is at least some forty
years later. We have had a report of a chair of this sort made without
rockers. What, however, the enlarged bottom of the foot was designed
for, other than rockers, we cannot surmise.
No. 397. A lightly turned high desk chair. There are no less than
four sets of rungs, including those in the seat, in this chair.
Date: 1710-1740.
No. 398. A turned rush stool. Owner: Mr. Horatio H. Arm-
strong. Date: 1690-1710. This is an appealing little example, one
other being known to the writer. The rungs turned in this decorative
form, and well worn, impart a human impression that is very pleasing.
No. 399. The first example of a true joint stool. The word
“ joint ” in this connection is used to distinguish furniture so made from
that which was united by bored holes and dowels. The joint means
invariably a true mortise and tenon. In other words joined furniture
was made by a cabinet maker, whereas turned furniture could be put
together by inferior workmen. Joint stools, as found in America, must
be closely scanned, as they are likely to be English importations, and of
oak. The American examples are seldom if ever of oak. The top is
pinned on like a table top, is usually a good deal less than an inch in
thickness, and has the thumb nail mold. The overhang at the ends is
_ always considerable. The material of the top may be pine or maple.
The hight varies from twenty to twenty-two inches according to the
condition of the stile at the foot. There is usually a rake of the legs
in one direction.
Date: 1670-1690.
_ Nos. 400-401. In these chairs we have what is now named the New
England slat back. It is a modification of the heavier turned chairs of
the earlier period. In that period the number of slats was sometimes
two and sometimes three, and the number was not an important matter.
In fact the fewer the slats the earlier the piece was supposed to be, other
things being equal. When, however, we reach the date here given we
must, for good style, never have less than four slats. Five slats are
counted much more desirable, because they are more rare and supposedly
more attractive. We have known of one or two of these chairs with
six slats. In this type there is uniformly a turning between every set
of horizontal members, and the posts are all turned throughout rather
than having portions left square as in the style last treated.
Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
Date: 1710-1740. They are from the Captain Gibives Churchill
34.2 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
House, Newington, Connecticut, and are now in the Wadsworth
Atheneum, Hartford.
No. 402. A fascinating bit of iron for boiling potatoes. It must
have been a long tedious task to construct it.
Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving.
No. 403. A heavy cast griddle with short cast handle. These pieces
are found in Pennsylvania and are appealing, at least to us. We do not
know when they ceased to be made, but it would not surprise us to know
that they continued up to the nineteenth century.
No. 404. A five back New England, sausage turned, rolled arm
chair. A very good example with a seat of extraordinary width.
No. 405. A New England four back chair with scrolled slats. The
date on No. 404 is about 1700-1720 and on No. 405 perhaps ten years
later.
No. 406. A slat back chair, curious in respect to the feet, behind,
which was apparently designed for rollers or wooden casters. The prob-
- able purpose was ease in moving the chair.
Owner: Mr. B. A. Behrend.
No. 407. A turned chair with panel seat and with a cherub carving
in the back, above which there is a scroll with turned button decorations.
The name is cut on the lower part of the back rail. These chairs are
unusual,
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr. The date is difficult to fix,
but it was probably an eighteenth century piece.
Nos. 408-409. Two very high backed New England chairs in the
author’s former collection. The left hand example is very perfect in
style, the finial being better than that in the right hand example. The
latter, however, in the odd spacing of its slats, and in its triple sets of
rungs, is a solid and attractive piece. These chairs came in about 1700
and were popular in the higher types, for about twenty years.
Nos. 410-414. On the left is a wrought pot hook with double
scrolls. The broiler beside it has an excellently shaped goose neck, and
the toaster following it is very prettily scrolled, and has twisted guards
for the bread. The next two pieces at the right are fine examples from
Mr. L. P. Goulding’s Collection. The round one is the largest we have
ever seen. ‘The other one is scrolled in both planes on the handle, and
has the hollowed bars and trough with spout for collecting the gravy.
Nos. 415-416. Two excellent examples of the serpentine back arm
chairs, which were perhaps always rockers. That on the left is in the
estate of J. Milton Coburn, M.D. That on the right is owned by Mr.
G. Winthrop Brown. A considerable number of these chairs has been
Sem |
SNE
1680-1700.
EvLaporaTE FiemisH ScroLtLep Cuair.
430.
4 i + | Nise OA
3) ; .
Z | P
5 | :
< Ss)
4
29) 4 =
a,
4
2) iy , & ) ome <
° a
om iZ ; a
: O
:
o 5
>
a
a
+
. enn EI IRT| Er
=e
r e
=<
o cy
A oO
je}
Z a
z a
a B
eB Bs
g)
a Z
Z 4
s 3)
a Bb
[ea]
4 .
5 7
Loe]
Ke —
431.
1680-1700.
FiemisH ScroLtLepD Cuarr.
435.
es Es, SS
asec ial
436-437. A Fremisu Scroty anp A Transition CHarr.
438. Wroucutr Girr Forx. 18th Century.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 34.7
found but usually with straight slats. It will be seen that the arm is
braced by running to the rung, below the seat rail, and pinning it to the
rail. The date may be 1730-1750.
Another characteristic feature of these chairs is that they have short
arms not extending to the front posts.
No. 417. A very excellent baby chair in which the free rail usually
appearing above the spindle rail is reversed and placed below it, thus
making it a Carver variant.
Owner: Mr. B. A. Behrend.
The date is about 1680-1700.
No. 418. A handsomely designed child’s wing chair. It belongs
to Mr. T. T. Wetmore of Old Saybrook, Connecticut. It is thirty
inches high, and has a new seat.
The rake of the sides, the scrolling of the skirt and the piercing of
the top in diamonds and hearts are all features which give the chair a
great deal of character and attraction. It is almost impossible to date
furniture for children. We would only suggest the eighteenth century.
No. 419. A very good example of the Pennsylvania arch slat back
chair, to show the characteristic features. The slats are shaped both
below and above. The arms are cut away by square incisions and there
is left a thin section between the front and the back posts. This is an
almost unvarying rule. Also the front spindle is always in decorative
turning. Almost always the feet of these chairs have been cut off. The
good types should have enlarged balls of a greater diameter than the
post above, a kind of reversed mushroom. In the author’s former
collection.
No. 420. A trammel of wood designed to serve as a hanger for a
Betty lamp. We have seen several of these; also we find that they are
being largely copied, as they are proving catchy acquisitions. They were
hooked from the ceiling, so as to furnish a reading light or a loom light.
No. 421. The rare and much sought six back chair.
Owner: Mr. Francis D. Brinton. The feet have been pieced as in
all examples except one which we have seen, and there should be larger
balls here. The front stretcher is very fine.
Nos. 422-423. The owner of both pieces is Mr. Francis D. Brin-
ton. The left hand piece is remarkable like No. 428 in having hand-
somely cusped slats. The right hand piece is a natural complement to
No. 421, with its six arched slats.
It will be noted that in No. 422, as in most of the cane chairs, there
is an irregularly squared section of wood on the top of the front post
348 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
which receives the seat rails. We may regard this as a refinement over
the plain posts as seen on No. 423.
Nos. 424-425. A bowl of burl and a ladle of the same material.
These will be discussed later.
No. 426. A Pennsylvania five back with a somewhat massive effect.
The rockers are never original. This piece has very satisfactory lines
and massive stretcher. In the author’s former collection.
Date: 1700-1730.
No. 427. A double spinning jenny. It is so arranged that two
threads could be spun at once. ‘The thread entered in a little hole at the
center of the spindle. The distaff could be swung to a convenient dis-
tance. It is shown with its flax attached. Found in Connecticut. As
to the date of spinning jennies, they were used in the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries.
No. 428. A five back, chair, probably one of a set like No. 422, but
with arms quite different from the conventional Pennsylvania type.
Owner: Mr. Francis D. Brinton.
Date: 1700-1720.
No. 429. A six back chair with cabriole legs in front. We show
this piece with some hesitation as we seek to confine this book to the
turned period. Nevertheless, the chair is so rare and good, having its
original feet, that we cannot resist it. The ball and ring stretcher and
the cabriole leg mark the Queen Anne period. The scrolled board nailed
about the rush seat imparts a pleasing finish which indicates a date later
than those chairs we have hitherto illustrated.
Origin: A Pennsylvania farmhouse, where it had always been and
where it was found by the
Owner: Mr. J. Stodgell Stokes.
No. 430. In this chair we arrive at the fully developed carved
scrolled cane chair.
Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving.
When these pieces are good, with the fully developed scroll, that is
to say the double Flemish scroll as seen here on the arm and on the leg,
they are rich and ornate. A common style mark is the medial stretcher,
whence probably the Windsor chair derived its style. On account of the
location of this stretcher we find here that the back stretcher is moved
to a higher point on the legs behind. It will be observed that in the
perfect type, the heavy scrolled front stretcher matches the lighter top
rail behind, as here. These scrolls are either single or double and are
often worked out like foliage forms. The back rail behind, while in
the double scroll here, is simpler, as is the practise, than the other mem-
24000884.
Ahm e4O0esa:
PReAS Sada
*
i 2084
189 OGR 26048504.
439-440. Parr FremisH Scrottep Cuairs. 1680-1700.
441-442. EncuiisH ScroLLtEpD Cuairs. 1680-1700.
443.
Heart Motir TorMENTOR,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 351
bers. In the best types we have the side members forming the back
panel, carved as here. The setting of the top rail between the posts is
regarded as an older and better design than the setting of it over the
tops of the posts. The feet are seen to have protuberances in front in
the form of cushions, apparently to take the wear from the scrolled legs.
Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving.
These chairs are a far cry from the simplicity of the turned chair.
They were never very common in America. They were nevertheless used
_ to no small extent for the parlors in the finer homes. The caning of
these chairs is of the finest character.
Many of the specimens are painted black. The present taste is in
favor of natural wood, but we consider that where black seemed so fre-
quent we should not discriminate against it.
No. 431. A very oddly turned chair. The supposition is that it
was country made. The rungs are left square at the ends to give a solid
shoulder for a mortise. Yet for the main portion of their length they
are turned. We have seen one other chair of this kind. The probable
object was to secure greater solidity. We do not count it important but
rather curious. The date is uncertain, perhaps before 1750.
No. 432. A four back chair with sausage turnings and a neatly
turned reinforcing rail below the arm. It has the flat arm, doweled, rather
than tenoned.
Date: 1700-1720.
No. 433. A turned slat back of complete and harmonious design.
The finials here are better than most of this class, being perfectly satis-
factory from the esthetic and historical standpoints.
Date: 1690-1710.
No. 434. This is a good example of the chair with a braced or rein-
forced arm. In this case the short arm has a support running through
the seat rail and doweling into an enlarged section of the top rungs on
the sides.
Date: 1710-1730.
No. 435. Owner: Mr. G. Winthrop Brown. The variation be-
tween this chair and No. 430 is seen in the leg where there is an extra
scroll at about the hight of the stretcher. The arm support is turned
however, instead of using the Flemish scroll. The back has only
two reversed scrolls. The C in the top and bottom rails is reversed in
positions, as compared with No. 430.
The handsome so-called ram’s horn arm of these chairs deserves care-
ful attention. It is in a roughly squared section which is turned
diamondwise instead of flatwise. The upper edge of this square is
352 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
softened. The scrolls sweep both outward and downward over the post
with a curl quite like a close set ram’s horn.
Nos. 436-437. These chairs are owned by Mr. Edward C. Wheeler,
Jr. It will be seen that the front stretcher and the top rail are very
closely alike. This chair should be compared with No. 441. While the
backs are similar, rosettes appear dividing the scrolls in this chair. Here
the feet curve outward and in No. 442 the curve is inward. This scroll
is usually called Flemish, whereas the foot of No. 442 is termed English.
The distinction is perhaps rather arbitrary.
These chairs are of fruit wood.
No. 437 does not carry out the scroll work in the base which we see
in the back, but it is kept wholly to the turned motives. It will be seen
that the arm here does not sweep outward. Further it is largely covered
by fine carved lines.
No. 438. An example of the wrought gift forks found in Pennsyl-
vania. Here is the usual heart motive, but the ornamentation is unusually
elaborate and suggests carving in wood. We might almost call such a
piece a votive gift, to the goddess of the maker’s affections.
Nos. 439-440. A pair of handsomely carved chairs of the second
period.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
The imposing of the top rail on the back posts should be noted as a
change from those hitherto considered, in which that rail is mortised be-
tween the posts. It is a question of taste which style one prefers. This
style affords a little more room for freedom of design. It is, however,
more frail. We see also a change here in the style of the caned panel of
the back. In the examples shown it has been bordered by straight lines
on the inside of the panel. Here we have scrolls at the top and the
bottom. This is the natural progression of design from the more simple
to the more complex. ‘The carved stretcher and the top rail are seen to
agree quite closely. We have here also another modification in the
scrolling on one face of the medial stretcher, connecting the side stretchers.
These chairs are painted black and are in fine condition. The edges
of the seat rails should be noted as molded, whereas in the simpler
examples it is plain.
Nos. 441-442. Complementary chairs with the “ English ” scrolled
foot.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr. These chairs are in fruit
wood. One should note that the arm chair, as often occurs in this style,
has a lower seat than the side chair. We like the bold scrolls of these
chairs.
|
SpanisH Foor Cuair,
445.
Ren eemanumeue — spe a “ , ee seinen SS PN, ae RE
Fremisu ScroLty Cuair.
444.
Hie aaa
% Me SS
Ase
Situs
ee ean)
7
aS
f,
SNCS \
oat
Twist-TuRNED ARM Cuair oF DousrFuL AMERICAN ORIGIN.
446.
1680-1700
An ENGLIsH AND A FiEmisH SCROLL.
447-448
449. EnouisH Scrott Cuair. 1680-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 357
No. 443. A heart fork formerly owned by Mr. Ralph Burnham of
Ipswich. ‘This is the simplest form of Pennsylvania gift hardware.
No. 444. A carved Flemish side chair with oval ended panel.
It will be seen that while the chairs hitherto treated had stretchers which
did not distinctly arch, this example has a true arch below. It was
doubtless carried out to repeat the oval above. However, the top rail
is pierced and does not attempt to copy precisely the design of the lower
rail. Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
No. 445. A carved chair with Spanish foot. The Spanish foot when
it is correctly wrought is one of the greatest beauties of early furniture.
The proportions require to be very carefully followed, and some examples
are extremely clumsy. Particularly restorations of such feet are often
a bad joke. They need not all follow the same lines, but they must all
sweep in graceful curves like the unfolding of the fronds of a fern,
reversed. When these feet were new they showed a fully curved element
sweeping about the base. As that has worn off some chairs show merely
a lip on the inside. The left hand foot here exhibits the lines as they
should be. The very graceful stretcher in the scrolled arch form cor-
responding to the top of the panel above is good. ‘This panel suggests
a mirror frame of the period.
Owner: not known.
No. 446. A chair with twisted posts and stretchers.
Owner: Mr. Stanley A. Sweet of New York.
This chair has a strong English feeling. The band of diamond
scratches on the face of the front rail, the carving of the arm, and es-
pecially the twisting of the post suggest an English chair. The question
here arises whether any American chair possesses this twist. The writer
owned such a chair in maple but he never felt certain of its origin. Cer-
tainly the motive is very handsome and we can hardly account for its
rarity, or perhaps its total absence, in America. The shell carving on the
top rail is very unusual. We see thoroughly established in this chair the
acorn shape of the finial. Some times this appears in urn form as in
No. 448, and sometimes more in the turban form as No. 447. It 1s,
however, quite distinctively different from the seventeenth century form
of the heavy turned chairs.
No. 447. A side chair with the “ English” scroll foot, and a back
panel with reeded and carved banisters. This is a variation on chairs
hitherto shown. The wood is hard, possibly beech.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
No. 448. A chair in the former collection of the author in which
the lines of the back panel are obscured by an attached upholstered panel,
358 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
which is here out of place. The lines of this panel, alike at both ends,
are attractively shaped as is also the arched and pierced stretcher.
As to the dates of these chairs, we have seen them dated to the very
end of the seventeenth century. We mean that the date was cut in the
carving. It may be that there are American chairs of this type as early
as 1660, but we very much doubt whether any of them reach back beyond
1680 or 1685.
No. 449. A carved and scrolled chair which, while thoroughly good,
does not merit attention as much as some that have preceded it, shown
on a smaller scale. One sees here a bottom rail in the back, that is per-
fectly plain, and also plain reeded banisters forming the sides of the
back panel. The seat of this chair, which is rush, was no doubt caned
like the back, though it is possible transition chairs existed with a rush
seat and cane back.
No. 450. A carved Flemish arm chair. The feature of this chair
which emphasizes itself is its extreme hight, between fifty-seven and
fifty-eight inches. It is very similar in design to Mr. Wheeler’s side
chairs already shown. There is much pleasure in following the rami-
fications of furniture through all its changes. At this period it would
seem that there was an effort to carry the chairs up so as to supply a wall
decoration. Nobody could possibly require this hight even for a head-
rest. We may remember that highboys of the period were also lofty.
Looking-glasses, also, tended to slender vertical outlines with highly
decorated tops. It was the age when high ceilings were affected, so that
long vertical lines in the furniture were almost compulsory.
It is unnecessary to enter into the details of these chairs, sufficiently
indicated elsewhere.
No. 450A. and 452. These pieces of decorative iron as used in
Pennsylvania are covered with small stamped designs repeated in the
form of a border.
No. 451. A handsome Flemish chair. It is reported to have been
the property of William Penn. The reader should be warned that in
all reproductions of this sort the front of the chair always appears too
large in proportion to the back, owing to the foreshortening which is
exaggerated by photography. In this example we have the fully de-
veloped knob or shoe on the foot, for the scroll to rest upon. We have
not observed this knob on the “ English” foot. In some of these chairs
the connection between the stretcher and the front leg has been unsatis-
factory. In this example, however, ample space has been provided so
that nothing looks pinched or lacking in completeness of design.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 359
Nos. 453-454. A pair of handsomely scrolled Flemish chairs. Of
course the panels of the backs were originally the same, and the seats of
both were like that on the left.
Owner: Mr. Francis Hill Bigelow of Cambridge.
The carving is delicate, and that of the scrolled stretcher is more
carefully copied from the top rail than that of any other example that
we have seen. We have here a molded edge on the lower rail behind.
The carving is massed on the top rail, and the reeded panel is left plain
at the sides.
Nos. 455-456. A pair of panel back chairs.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
In these examples the plain turning and the molded and reeded rails
of the back are relieved only by the carving of the top rail in an unusual
and striking pattern. The scroll under the seat has been quite generally
lacking from the chairs hitherto shown but a somewhat similar scroll
appears in No. 458.
The painting of these chairs was decorated with bands of gold. They
were found at Salem, and are said to have belonged to Nathaniel Haw-
thorne, from whose former residence they came. The reader will have
noticed the transition from the turned back posts and the handsomely
molded post, which appears in these chairs for the first time. In previous
examples as in No. 445. we have had a similar molding surrounding the
panel itself. Here the molding is on the posts whereas the panel frame
is done in a modified reed.
No. 457. A turned corner chair, of unusually heavy character.
Owner: Mr. Mark M. Henderson of Norwalk, Connecticut.
The turnings here are, strangely, not symmetrical. We do not now
remember another instance of this kind. We look to see the bottom
stretcher correspond with that above it. Corner chairs possess many
merits, and we are always surprised at their comparative rarity. In a
massive form like this they are extremely rare.
Of course, the imposed and shaped secondary piece at the center of
the back is attached to strengthen the chair, where the two sectional pieces
of the curved back rail come together in a mortise, on the back post. This
is also a method followed on Windsor chairs.
In a later period chairs of this sort would be made with splats instead
of slats. The splat is a broad, and usually shaped, thin piece at the back,
running from the rail to the seat rather than from side to side in which
later case we use the word slat.
The shaping of the slat by steam or hot water or by placing it in a
form when green was universal. Hickory was an admirable material
360 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
for this purpose. Ash, oak and maple and doubtless various other woods
were also used. When they were green there was no difficulty in giving
them a slight curvature, about the same as that of a barrel stave. In
fact, the staves of kegs were often of about the same length and con-
tour as the chair slats, and it is entirely possible that the first slat back
chair was an accommodation or adaptation adopted as a makeshift by the
cabinet maker. If he found a short keg stave convenient to his hand the
inspiration may have seized him to use it in chair backs. Certainly the
device was an immense success. Carried too far, however, as is often
the case, by a too ambitious scrolling of the slat, splitting off was common.
No. 458. A scrolled side chair with twin vertical panels. This beau-
tiful chair, as full of curves as the Meander river, carries to the extreme
various characteristic elements.
The top rail rolls over in a graceful spiral. The posts are elaborately
molded. The legs in front are a modified Spanish foot.
One observes at the top of the scroll of the leg a turning such as in
the chair No. 451, markedly setting off the scroll from the remainder of
the leg, which is ribbed on the corner and at the sides.
The side and the medial stretchers are also boldly scrolled, and the back
feet have an extreme rake. Of course this conformation gives stability to
a chair with a high back, which would otherwise be very easily overset,
as we often learn to our sorrow.
The caning in the back of this chair is the finest and daintiest that we
have ever seen. ‘The seat rail is done in gilded foliage, which we suppose
was original. The chair is painted black.
No. 459. An unusual pair of small tongs, doubtless intended as pipe
tongs. Modern examples of this sort, though lacking some of these ele-
ments, are common. Several pairs of tongs with twisted legs have recently
been found in the same section of Massachusetts.
No. 460. A carved chair with Spanish feet and ram’s horn arms.
Owner: Mr. Stanley A. Sweet.
This chair is peculiar in that the post, supporting the arm, does not
continue in a line with the front leg, but is set back on the seat rail. The
center of the spiral on the arm is clearly shown, standing out like a spike,
in the best ram’s horn design. The turning of the legs and the arm sup-
ports is very bold.
No. 461. Owner: Mr. Stanley A. Sweet.
This very elaborate chair shows every feature of the Flemish style.
The scrolled elements of the leg are much more richly carved than is
common; the section at the hight of the stretcher being done with imbri-
a ee a
:
1680-1700.
ae | 3 . Foveguees RERTRCACT ASRS ONE OSES ORCS 9.088 8.HESS &
PEPE TT RE TERRY ES Ride dedbdedoiendiaed POR RH id
GEO 0S 82.0.6.9 0,0 8)0.0.0:4 508 659 2:22:88,
08 66.0 5.49,009:0.
eeoney ese
bOs0 904609 99.0% tin gevsebessseoeesesesevucvcssese Te SSeS %
ME UT 2 C ee +6 Kiem EU tieae es so 66.4 52 CdREOE TO D6,90 0660099: 9 58.9.0 0
ee
=
s:
*
es eeues
7
*
4
*
a
¥
é
3
e¢
CRs tbat
@2.0.0002 0's
ee eebevees
Se eee aoe.
aeecanes
$0.8:0.9 Cee
644 8S.
e208
[Peele ae ea ee ees:
ewe gee we Cee S48
eee eat es
fav aeees oe:8
Ciokheted
B2eee oN eee ee
seu Kee eee
Teekae veneer es
Foe Re OOS
Fete esge were
PS Pa eh ee dated
Re
cers
Set SS
5
22
oe.
ee
as
<*,
3
a2
ee
a
we
ee
os
nied
ee
fees ning 6 ete 88 8)
19 eS ewe ees coer e
tG8 8 Kaos 669 88 0.
beh 08886 5 28 6.0
ese eeneereses:
ene eh kes tits
Fidw pl ae a ew,
ho oe wee a6 ae
eens
*
2
*
*
=
es
*
*.
s
be Meee ES Re oe eS
KEMEE Sw 68.0 8 a eS:
HOR PA ees
bee
Very Hicu Fiemiso Cuair.
450
ae
Pe oN ee
USseaee
vere ae ae
452.
1680-1700.
FLemisH ScroLtu Cuair.
451.
450.
———————_ Te em
om ett 9
Parr Fremiso Scroty Sipe Cuairs, 1680-1700
453-454.
\(
a Seren eB NRIOL EPP ES
INE —<———=
a SOS
: (fae s
|
|
1680-1700.
Pair CarRvED AND TURNED CuHalIRs,
—456.
455
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 365
cations. The back is rather intricately carved each side of the panel in a
design somewhat different from any we have hitherto shown.
No. 462. Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
A handsome side chair with Flemish scroll, very closely like, but
slightly differing from, other chairs in this work.
Date: 1680-1700.
Nos. 463-464. A pair of interesting chairs with Spanish feet.
Owner: Mr. Francis Hill Bigelow.
The feet are in good style. The roll of the top of the rail suggests
comparison with No. 458. A touch of carving runs about the molded
back in a grooved line, and in a series of four pointed leaf-like forms.
No. 465. It belongs to the style immediately following the Flemish
and far more generally seen in Amercia. The banister back chairs are
comfortable and have been very popular. In this instance the bottom
rail is scrolled with an ogee molding, and all the stretchers are pleasingly
turned. We have here an instance of the rolled arm, but in the square
section. The chair contains a single element of carving in the back fail;
Date: 1700-1710.
Ownership, now, or formerly: Mr. Brooks Reed.
No. 466. A five banister back turned chair. Here is again: an
imposed and scrolled but simple back rail.
Owner: Mr. B. A. Behrend.
The dates of the New England slat back and the banister back chairs
of this type were coincident. The slat backs, however, began sooner
and lasted longer. Perhaps they were somewhat more comfortable. The
banisters were elastic enough to give comfort, but if the sitter’s back came
against the bottom rail, as, in a lounging position, it would do, discomfort
would ensue.
The method of turning banisters, especially those of delicate contour,
was as follows: two pieces of wood were glued together with a paper
between them. ‘They were then turned as a unit, the division being at
the center. The insertion of the point of a knife, and a deft twist of
the arm, would then separate the pieces, and leave a smooth surface
without loss of shape, such as would ensue if the banister were sawed and
then planed, both difficult operations.
Nos. 467-469. Three small pieces for children. The little wing
chair with ends shaped like a settle; a child’s chair, larger than a baby’s
chair, and a stool with molded side skirts and ogee legs.
No. 470. A well carved Flemish side chair in which the small
secondary scroll on the front seems distinctly designed to receive the
366 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
arched stretcher. The panel of the back here is strikingly narrow, and
while arched at the top is straight at the bottom.
No. 471. A very attractively turned high chair with a beautifully
worn rung. It was in the author’s former collection. The turnings follow
the design of the New England chairs for grown-ups of the period of 1700.
No. 472. A cane chair with ram’s horn arms, and very wide cane
panel. Both the back legs and the panel frame are strongly molded.
The stretcher, instead of following the scrolled outline of the back rail,
is turned. We see a somewhat restive and shifting variety of mixed de-
signs about this period, which was the beginning of the departure to the
eighteenth century styles in walnut, with cabriole legs.
No. 473. A Spanish foot, banister back chair.
Owner: Mr. B. A. Behrend.
This chair is one of a pair. It differs from chairs recently treated in
that it has a back with four banisters, and the carving is confined to the
top rail and the feet. The Spanish feet were sometimes carved from the
solid. In a great many instances, however, blocks were glued on the out-
side, to be carved as toes. Often these glued pieces, so liable to knocks,
have broken off and been lost. It required a much larger post to carve
the feet from the solid wood. In the effort to make chairs attractive, old
examples with plain turned feet in bad condition have been seen carved
into the alleged semblance of a Spanish foot. This trick may sometimes
be detected by the failure of the toe to project beyond the vertical line of
the leg. A commoner device is to saw off the old foot and attach an entire
new one. This also is easily detected. In some instances this addition
is legitimate, there having been a Spanish foot in place originally.
Date: About 1700.
No. 474. A Flemish chair owned by Mrs. John Marshall Holcombe
of Hartford. It is similar to, though slightly different from, No. 462.
No. 475. A very elaborately turned chair, in which the workman
seems to have tried to show us what he could do. The contour of the
slats, like the meeting of salamander heads, is in a bold design and very
unusual. The lightness and the style of the finial belong to the period.
By such exuberance of turning the worker made a flourish to show that
neither he nor nature had exhausted themselves. To secure his effects,
however, it is a question whether he did not make the necking of the mem-
bers of the turnings somewhat too small and so imperil the strength of
the chair. However, it has stood the test.
Owner: Mark M. Henderson.
Nos. 476-477. Complementary banister backs. We have here the
cresting of the back rail, carved in the earlier manner. Below that point,
however, the chairs assume a somewhat later form, although they have
Me ‘
pee By OC eet eremrcem,
457. Heavy Turnep Corner Cuan. 1700-1720.
458. Spanish Foor Cuair. 1690-1710.
459. Wroucut, Twistep Pipe Tonos, 18th Century.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 369
Spanish feet. While we have called the chairs complementary, it is a
question whether their turnings, which vary slightly, indicate that they
were made to go together. One should observe that the huge stretcher
of the arm chair often appeared thus, much larger than in the side chair.
Indeed, in the arm chair the turner sometimes seems to attempt to show
us what he can do. He had a chip on his shoulder. He bubbled over
with the love of design.
Nos. 478-483. Six old forms of blind fasteners found in New
England. The somewhat flattened S shaped forms are the oldest. The
two at the left, attached with plates, indicate a second period. That at the
right, used with a spring, is probably as late as 1800. Properly the earlier
type was not found in use for blinds, that is lattice work, but rather for the
solid earlier shutter, of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The
earliest use in New England for the lattice blind is the latter half of the
eighteenth century.
No. 484. A turned chair with heart and crown back.
Owner: Mr. George Dudley Seymour.
It has the good feature of the intermediate arm stretcher. We have
never seen the back stretcher in an ornamental form in chairs of this type.
Even as we write, we find the only exception which is in our possession
is a hoax, the ornamental back stretcher being new. The front of this
chair is somewhat foreshortened. One should notice the molded arm.
We wonder whether an applied scroll on the under side of the arm end
may not be lacking. We have, however, seen forms like the one here
shown. ‘This chair was found in Milford, Connecticut, and is in the
Wadsworth Atheneum, Hartford.
No. 485. This chair is the most perfect of its kind that has come to
our attention. The middle bracing stretcher under the arm is turned in
the most delicate fashion possible. The turnings between the slats and
rungs are cunningly spaced. The ball turning of the front stretchers and
the sausage turning of the side stretchers are all characteristic and good.
The finial is the best of this period. If we could ask any improvement
at all it would be ina slightly better contour of the roll of the arm in front.
This beautiful chair is the property of Mr. George Dudley Seymour. At
the Wadsworth Atheneum.
The chair was found in the Captain Charles Churchill House, Newing-
ton, Connecticut.
No. 486. A chair with five reeded banisters and a crested back rail
with three hearts and a crown.
Owner: Mr. James Davidson.
The peculiar bracing stretchers just below the arms have been chal-
370 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
lenged as being too close to the arms. It is impossible to verify the
matter without taking the chair’to pieces, but we believe it is all original.
Nos. 487-491. The finest example we have so far seen of the cere-
monial gift fork is that showing the fine heart and curl at the top and the
elaborate decoration here. This iron is most interesting from the fact
that it is drawn out in appearance with a grain like molasses candy. One
can see every strand almost as clearly as if it were a skein of thread. The
minute copper bowled spoon is small enough for a mustard spoon. We
do not know its use. The shovel with the heart opening was undoubtedly
to turn the pancakes.
No. 492. A banister back Spanish foot side chair. It was in the
Webb House, Wethersfield, in the former collection of the author. The
mellow effect of the foot, blending with the leg, and the very handsome
and unusual three leaved figure at the center of the stretcher, with the
rayed effect in the crest of the upper stretcher are all interesting features.
No. 493. A reversed banister back chair. The intermediate stretcher
under the arm, unusual in this type, adds to the interest. A peculiarity
is the turning of the banisters so that the flat is at the back, and their
advantage is wholly lost. We have seen this in several other examples
and regard it rather as a mark of oddity than of merit.
Owner: Mrs. John Marshall Holcombe of Hartford.
No. 494. This shows the first of our chairs with a series of semi-circles
in the arched top, formed by well cut molds. The effect is good. It is
also seen on the backs of some day beds.
Owner: Mr. Arthur W. Wellington. ~
Date: About 1700.
No. 495. A chair owned by Mr. G. Winthrop Brown. The long
strong bevel of the upper and lower rails is an effective feature, and we
wonder that it was not oftener adopted, as it certainly imparts a feeling
of style to the chair. The same is true of the great rung, the individuality
of which is most striking.
This chair is a good example, which should be carefully noted by the
student, of the fact that when the spindles are properly turned they are
precisely like the side posts. Thus a line drawn across at any point shows
the element of the turnings of every one to be in line with the chair post.
Some makers neglected this obvious point of merit. When we have five
banisters, the effect is much more marked, and we are of opinion that such
a chair is very good in taste and in effect.
Date: About 1700.
No. 496. A candle chair of the New England type of turning. The
candle sticks were made open at the bottom with sockets to fit over the
460.
, ae,
Ldsdndchinbetaeet tii
Serer ae
Fiemiso Foor Scrotiu Carvep Cuair.
1710-20.
ee
FLEemisH Scrouti SIDE
Cuairs.
1680-1700.
1700-1720.
Parr SpanisH Foor Cuairs.
463-464
|
465-466. ‘Turnep Banister Back. 1690-1710.
sg
Rate noma
evn ‘ i a
HL eaten i sah innprsameeisineny poh shit hs
a en ET = :
» - Sa ie
467-469. CuiLp’s Cuairs anv A SToor.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY a75
tops of the posts, which on these chairs projected somewhat more than
usual on that account. The candle sticks were lost from this piece and
have been renewed. We have seen such old candle sticks in the market.
Date: About 1700.
No. 497. We have shown this fully scrolled Flemish chair in profile
in order to give the effect of the legs. This example is conventional in
all respects, and in excellent condition. It is painted black.
Date: About 1690-1700.
Nos. 498-502. These curious little articles are scarcely known out of
Pennsylvania, aside from the pipe tongs. The little piece looking like a
hammer and a hatchet are a set of utensils probably made as a gift. The
knife edge, which was very sharp, is a buttonhole cutter. It was held on
the cloth and tapped by the hammer. On the other end of both pieces
there is a taper coming to a point, which is used to make holes for em-
broidery, the size of which was gauged by placing one of these pieces
through the other, or by holding the hand at the depth required. The
single ornamental cutter is for the same purpose, except that it is more
elaborate. We have seen even finer examples. The length of these
handles is about three to three and a half inches. The best cutter and the
tongs belong to Mrs. M. B. Cookerow of Pottstown, Pennsylvania.
No. 503. This interesting chair is unusual in the excellent shaping of
its mushrooms and in the turning below them,
Owner: Mr. J. H. Stiles, York, Pennsylvania.
Date: About 1700.
No. 504. A reversed banister back side chair in which the turnings
are rather bold, and the crest of the top rail is done in moon shaped
openings.
Date: About 1700-1720.
Owner: Mr. George S. McKearin, Hoosick Falls, New York.
Nos. 505-506. Two little bird trammels. That with four prongs
belongs to Mr. Dwight Blaney, and that with three prongs to Mrs. DeWitt
Howe of Manchester, New Hampshire. Such small trammels are rare
and desirable. They were used in cooking squab or other small birds, as
game birds. Yet they are true trammels, to be attached to the crane and
adjusted as desired. Eighteenth Century.
No. 507. An excellent pattern of a baby high chair in the New
England type. This is the only chair we have seen in which the foot rest
was turned, and the short button like attachments reaching from the foot
rest to the posts also turned. There is an agreeable effect of wear, and
the sausage stretchers add to the interest.
Date: About 1700.
376 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Nos. 508-513. A series of six lanterns. The second is the sort used
in the nineteenth century. The fourth is of wood. It could be hung or
carried asa sconce. The fifth is a ship lantern designed for a corner. The
other specimens are as late as the nineteenth century.
No. 514. A very good specimen of a New England five back arm
chair. The effect of uniformity in the back slats is very marked. The
failure to turn the front posts below the seat probably marks a date about
1690.
Owner: Mr. Arthur W. Wellington.
No. 515. An unusual banister back, with an interesting crest on the
back rail, one or two other examples of which we have seen. Usually,
however, the rail is carved as a sunburst reaching up to the scallops. This
chair is odd in respect to the slant of its scrolled arms. Other slant arms
which we have seen were turned.
Owner: Mr. George S. McKearin..
Nos. 516-527. A series of fireplace and other utensils. No. 516 and
No. 523 show good forms of skimmer handles. No. 517 is a good design
for the top of a shovel. No. 518 is a small and late pair of pipe tongs.
No. 519 is a large pair of kettle tongs, probably. No. 520 shows an
unusual trivet designed for use with a round based pot. No. 521 is a
pot lifter. No. 522 is a pair of tongs with an ornamental handle, cut in
interesting geometrical designs. No. 524 is designed to be used to handle
pies in a deep oven. No. 525 we would be glad to learn the use of.
No. 526 is a quaint spoon and No. 527 is a very odd design of pipe tongs,
the wing at one side being for pressing down the tobacco in the bowl.
No. 528. AQ fine five back chair. It is very high.
Owner: The estate of J. Milton Cobourn, M.D.
Date: 1700-1720. }
No. 529. A well turned and double armed five back chair.
Owner: Mr. Henry S. Stearns. depuis
No. 530. A spinning chair. The seat is very high, and the back is
very low to permit the drawing back of the arm, and the sway of the body.
It was a wearying task to stand at the wheel all day long and at times the
spinner could half sit, using this chair somewhat as a monk’s stool was used.
Date: Eighteenth century.
No. 531. A five banister back. The reversed curve of the back rail,
and the huge stretcher give the chair sufficient interest to induce us to
show it. This and the previous number were in the author’s former
collection.
Date: 1700-1720.
No. 532. In this chair we have the last example of the transition
470. FremisH Scroti Car. 1680-1700.
1700-20.
SpanisH Foor Arm.
472.
Hicu Cuaire.
471.
wei 4 isaietnenestrsnnsniimocecesimn nem es
s
SPANISH
Foot BanisTER.
su.
we | © Nese ay | §
3
*
474. FiemisH Cua.
ees
CF ercee EL s
FESTA TENT IF tC PEs “
Z
V4
See Te ka ne: |
SEE AL ea oc
eee eee tan et Lie ameNs
475. SALAMANDER Back TurNED CuaiR. 1700-1730.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 381
period between the seventeenth and the eighteenth centuries, for there
were Spanish feet, though these are now pretty well worn down. The
back, however, follows the lines of the Queen Anne type, having the
fiddle shaped splat. With this chair and No. 545 we shall limit the
illustration of the period.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
Date: About 1720.
It is well decorated in black paint with gold lines constituting an in-
tricate scroll. It has a suggestion of the lacquered furniture of about
this date, and probably was painted to approach that style.
No. 533. A handsomely scrolled and decorated door hasp from Penn-
sylvania. It is 16 inches long. The Pennsylvanians made so much of
their barns, and hasps were so unusual on dwelling house doors, that we
are not certain to which this piece was applied.
Date: Eighteenth century.
Nos. 534-535. Examples of chairs in the collection of Mr. George
F. Ives. The second one is unusual in its ox bow or reversed serpentine
back. We feel disposed to bring the dates of these chairs forward from
twenty to sixty years in some cases, as we find that chairs for children seem
to hold the old design longer, and we have found similar chairs of known
date.
Nos. 536-537. Pleasing types of baby chairs holding to the fashions
of the larger examples.
No. 538. A banister back chair with scrolled arms which are pierced
through at the circle of the roll over. The holes are made on a taper in
the form of a countersink so as not to weaken the arm too much. The
back is of an odd shape to add some dignity to the plain form.
Owner: Mr. James N. H. Campbell.
Date: 1710-1730.
No. 539. Around about chair. These types are more frequently seen
in England. The secondary imposed back or comb turns the piece into
what is often called abroad a barber’s chair. A chair like this was the true
precursor of the Windsor chair in respect to the spindles of the back and
the comb. ‘The back is sometimes called a sack back, the thought being
that it was to receive a sack or a garment so as to hold it about the figure
for warmth, —a kind of temporary upholstery, as a shawl.
Owner: Mr. G. Winthrop Brown.
Date: 1700-1720.
No. 540. A child’s wing chair, slanted at the back to render it more
stable. The arms were cut for a bar to keep the child safely. There is
a good hand hold behind.
382 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 541. A joint stool only fourteen inches high. The turnings of
this stool are like those on the Thomas Robinson chair, also the bead at the
bottom of the rail. The stool probably stood about an inch higher. It is
of oak, like the chair, and the legs are vertical. It was found in the same
part of Connecticut as the chair and was probably made with others like
it at the same time as the chair. It is a very quaint example.
No. 542. A child’s chair shown in larger scale than the chair to the
right. It is the property of Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
Date: 1700-1750.
No. 543. The roll over of the arms of this banister back chair is
interesting since they are done with a touch of carving in the star pattern.
Owner: Mrs. Niles Lewis Peck of Bristol, Connecticut.
The rockers are, of course, out of place. The posts are maple and the
rungs look like oak or ash. The hight is 454 inches.
Date: 1700-1730. :
This chair belonged to the Rev. Samuel Newell of Yale, 1739; first
minister of the First Church, Bristol.
No. 544. An arm chair in the Transition Dutch model, which instead
of a splat had reeded banisters. The Spanish feet indicate that it fairly
belongs within our period.
It was in the possession of Mr. Henry V. Weil.
Date: 1700-1720.
No. 545. A leather back chair owned by Mr. George Dudley Sey-
mour. It is in maple with stretchers of beech. It was bought in Hartford,
and belongs to the Transition period, inasmuch as it has a panel with leather
rather than a splat.
Date: 1710-1720.
Nos. 546-547. Two Pennsylvanian fat lamps. Various sorts of fat
or oil were used in these lamps. When it became hot there was a tendency
to spill the liquid, when the lamp was moved about. Such lamps, therefore,
are always made on a swivel. They are not, however, gimbal lamps, since
there is only one plane in which they swing. These little lamps, seven to
eight inches high, with bases from four to six inches broad, are found in
an immense variety of styles in eastern Pennsylvania and western New
Jersey. Each lamp bears some mark of individuality, and there are large
collections of this type. Sometimes the base is a saucer shape, but more
often it is a tripod.
There is always some touch of ornament, and the work is always
wrought. As to dates we find that Connecticut, called the land of steady
habits, must withdraw into the shade in comparison with Pennsylvania,
where in rural counties they do things very much as they always did. We
476-477. Spanish Foor BanisTER Backs. 1700-1710.
SHUTTER FasTENERS. 18th CENTURY.
484.
Heart AND Crown REEDED BanlisTER.
1700-1730
aa
485. New Encranp Five Back. 1710-30.
1710-30.
Heart anp Crown Cuair.
486.
18th Cenrury.
Girt Fork AND OTHER UTENSILS.
487-491.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 387
find these lamps in the seventeenth century, perhaps; in the eighteenth
century, largely; and probably, also, well into the nineteenth century.
No. 548. We close our treatment of chairs with this quaint specimen.
It has on one post a box built of wood like a sectional bearing, to swing
about the post, and to carry a small writing table or drinking table, how
do we know which? It is now appropriately tipped up so that it can hold
nothing dangerous. It is a forecast of the writing arm Windsor, and does
not antedate it more than twenty years, probably.
STOOLS
We HAVE already expatiated somewhat on the use of stools, as pre-
ceding that of chairs for people in ordinary circumstances. We do not
have in America the long form except as it appears in the pine seats of old
church galleries, and in the stick leg puncheon-like benches, found in the
Appalachians. In England the long form ran down the back of the trestle
board table, and the short form was placed at the ends for one, or at most
two diners. We find here only the short form which we otherwise name
a joint stool, which distinguishes it from stick-leg or Windsor type turned
stools which were so common. The English short forms are common
enough, especially in their spurious imitations which flood the country.
The top ‘may be of leather or plain wood which latter is attached like a
table top. Indeed, it is not always possible to know whether a joint stool is
intended to sit on or to use as a table. A wise conclusion would be that
such pieces were often used for both purposes.
These stools were twenty-one or twenty-two inches in hight ordinarily.
No. 549. A joint stool with vertical legs and a medial stretcher. It
has been presumed that this example is American, but we were not on earth
when it was made.
Nos. 550-551. A pair of remarkable stools found at Newburyport.
Their turning resembles that of the six legged highboy. We have never
heard of or seen any other examples in America. The very fine covers
were made by a person now or recently living. The stools, however, with
their remarkable cross stretchers which resemble the swastika design, are
dainty and add the last touch of charm. The feet vary amusingly as does
the whole turning of the post in size, —a common enough occurrence.
The stools are the hight of an ordinary chair, and their tops are formed of
a circular section, hollow in the center so as to take the upholstery and to
receive the dowels of the posts. The wood of these stools is very light,
probably bass. The style is scarcely adapted for strength, and if more of
them existed one can easily imagine that they would have gone to pieces
long before this date.
No. 552. A joint stool of about double, or at least more than half
exceeding, the usual length. It has an English feeling and we are not
certain of its origin.
If stools are in walnut or oak we think them more likely to be English.
If they are of maple we suppose them more likely to be American.
388
nnn tet en OTT NON ATI Te
Fe NE aN fC S CAMA | as Nae aca
1700-20.
SpanisH Foor Cuair.
492.
493.
SpanisH Foor REVERSE
BaNIsTER.
1700-20.
i ar a Ba
494. Arcu Raix Banister Back.
ar
+ SRT Ne ie
iE
4
- :
eee ;
N
ied. deaamaammamal Lee ae ae ipit 1g) Sepeenemy ot .
i ak ON SS cca ln ie ca a aS Rt
495. BanisreER Back, 1700-10.
Sos,
496.
CanvLE Posr CuHarr. 1700-10.
[ee
498-502. Decorative UTENsILs.
497.
FiemisH CHAIR.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 393
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
No. 553. A joint stool owned by Miss C. M. Traver of New York.
It shows the usual style of these stools. They spread one way. That is
to say their legs rake in one direction but are in a vertical plane the other
way. This stool shows clearly the nature of a proper board top, with the
thumb nail molding, which is conventional for the joint stool.
No. 554. A joint stool the top of which is not original. We presume
the stool to be American. The average length of these stools may be placed
at twenty inches. The earliest gate leg tables have been found with turn-
ings like this example. We think that all true joint stools date in the
seventeenth century, or if not so they are scarcely over the line into the
eighteenth.
No. 555. A joint stool which has lost the turnings of its feet, but
which has the original pinned top with the thumb nail mold. In the time
when chairs were very heavy, joint stools were more convenient to move
about, and sometimes, as we remember, to throw at the heads of bishops!
The wood of this specimen is maple.
No. 556. A joint stool with a drawer. It has lost the turnings of
its feet. The present hight is 164 inches to which two inches are now
added. A piece as low as this could not have been a table. It is even low
for a joint stool. The wood is maple. We know no other stool with a
drawer.
Nos. 557-566. A series of lighting fixtures. The first is a little
copper lamp, the shape of another like it on the wooden stand, the third
to the right from it. It was convenient to carry these light whale oil
lamps about, and place them on the neatly turned stands when one desired
to read.
The second piece in line is sometimes called a hog scraper candle stick,
because the hollow disc base was found to be admirable for cleaning
bristles, the standard making a good handle. When these candle sticks,
as here, have a brass or copper ornamental ring they. are counted better.
The third piece with the hook could be caught over the side of a barrel
by a cooper and one or more candles could be inserted in the scrolled base.
Thus he could see whether light showed through between the staves.
The lamp at the right of the standard is so small as to be almost un-
noticed but it has a snout and looks like a miniature tea kettle an inch or
two high. Doubtless it was a maid’s lamp for lighting her weary feet to
bed. The next piece with the funnel shaped base and scolloped catch
basin, handle and wick snout, is a quaint tin lamp. The saucer candle stick
is well known. It appears here in a very broad deep base. The next piece,
quite minute, has two sockets, one probably being for tapers and the other
394 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
for candles, but since we have never used it we are uncertain. The last in
line is for a flat wick, probably to burn fluid. In date these fixtures range
all the way through the eighteenth and into the nineteenth centuries.
No. 567. We cannot resist bringing in, as a kind of titman at the end,
this spider-like very early Pennsylvania Windsor high chair. We ‘have
seen one or two other examples quite like it. The medial stretcher turned
in the Queen Anne style indicates a date, probably, not later than about
1720. We leave the consideration of the fascinating subject of the Windsor
chair to the author’s little book on American Windsors.
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
No. 568. These pipe tongs are of most unusual construction and are
opened by compression. This is a little confusing, but no doubt their owner
could have shown us their apt manipulation. The specimen is very rare,
and we are not certain of the ultimate origin, but they were bought near
Manchester, New Hampshire.
Owner: Mrs. De Witt Howe, Manchester, N. H.
No. 569. A squab stool. The name is derived from the hollowed
surface formed by raising the frame around the seat so as to receive a
cushion. The piece is remarkable in its single high stretcher. It is in-
serted here to give strength but omitted from the other side as deemed
unnecessary. Thus the whole piece was left so as to permit of drawing
the feet under one.
The photograph was made when the piece was in the possession of
Mr. Brooks Reed. Its size is not unusual, but it is featured here for its
rarity. It is about the hight of a chair.
No. 570. A joint stool belonging to Mr. Dwight Blaney. It is of
the good conventional type with the legs raking one way.
No. 571. Another stool of a heavier type and with slight carving
under the frame, and at the base of the stretchers. This ornamented frame
assimilates this piece to the English style. The date of the left hand
piece may be 1670-1690; that of the right hand piece is perhaps 1650-
1670. It also is owned by Mr. Blaney.
Seer rere Sh a a RRS eas ia ea al
1 Sat ID A Se ey i 4 Bo |
TIMER RSA sit NAL Slachrb
503.
MusHroom Cuair.
1700-20.
504.
sn Hi
REVERSED BanIsTER.
505-5006.
TRAMMEL SPITS.
1710-30.
aa ied ats anil BED
i isisin. cs Saas R Nae MAb Db,
Wa No 8 tC i a dia aici
507. Turnep HicH Cuair. 1700-1710.
re ene ete
508-513. Series of LanTerns. 18th anp 19th CENTURIES.
A
4
A
515. Rortep Arm Cuaire.
ols
Pa peers
we Bese
Fm eee
eg Pe
= a
iy Pees
516-527. FirepLace UTensiLs.
530.
528-529. RotiEep Arm Suar Backs.
SPINNING CHAIR. 531.
1700-1720.
Ho.tuow Bacx BanisTER.
DAT. BEDS, “SETTEES AND SETTLES
Tue day bed, which is commonly called a couch in England, and a
chaise longue in France, is most aptly described by the last name since it
is really a chair with a seat drawn out to the length of a bed. The back
is precisely like that of a chair in most instances. The first set of feet under
the back are often in a square section like that of a chair back of the period.
Thus the true day bed never has its ends alike. A loose commercial term
for a single bed with a head and foot is day bed. Doubtless it came in
through a desire to render such single beds popular, or perhaps through
ignorance. Ancient day beds with two ends were non-existent so far as
we know. In England there was a sofa or upholstered settee, as we may
name it, in the seventeenth century but it was extremely rare. The only
example we have seen in this country is in the Essex Institute, and we
do not know that an American origin is claimed for it. We have seen a
double ended settee of the Sheraton period. We confine ourselves here,
therefore, to the day bed, as it is the only type known in America during
its period.
The genesis of the day bed is unknown, like the beginnings of most
other things in this world. We have sometimes found a duchesse of a later
period, which is built like a short day bed, with a stool which can be moved
up at the foot, and built to match it, so as to secure the length of a couch.
The charm of a day bed consists in its lines, as they relate themselves to
chairs of the period. Such interest has been excited in late years that these
articles are practically all gathered in by collectors as rapidly as they are,
found. Perhaps a score or two are known in addition to the Pennsylvania
day bed of which there may be as many more.
It will be observed that they never have a back. The head is the back.
No. 572. A day bed belonging to the Metropolitan Museum. The
stretchers are carved and pierced and arched in a manner practically the
same as that of chairs in the Flemish style, dating from 1680 to 1700.
A feature of the construction is that we do not find a scrolled stretcher
at the foot. The piece was intended, of course, to be placed at the side of
aroom. The foot stretcher is set low to correspond with the cross stretchers,
between the others pairs of legs. Asa rule these pieces are made on both
sides alike. That is, they had no backs except the head, and were symmetri-
cal and appropriate wherever placed. In the more elegant pieces as here
399
400 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
the back and the seat are caned. In this example the legs are turned, though
the principal stretchers and the back or head are carved.
Another feature of these day beds is that the head is usually hinged,
swinging down at the top on dowel pins which run from the frame of
the head into the posts near the main frame of the day bed. These fea-
tures are occasionally absent, and where they were originally present we
sometimes find that the swinging head has been fastened in an immovable
position like a chair back. The swing of the head was regulated by a
chain which passed through the posts or was attached to them so that the
head might be thrown down into a horizontal position or given any angle
for comfort. Possibly this arrangement was made in deference to the
occasional use of the day bed as a bed. The frame is usually a little
short for a bed, and the letting down of the head serves to lengthen
the frame. The specimen before us belongs to the walnut period.
No. 573. This simple day bed shows the method of lacing or trussing
the canvas where such a basis was used for a cushion. We may presume
that the cane seats were often provided with cushions. At least they
would otherwise have gone to pieces quickly. The arrangement to receive
the cushion here is similar to that in many old fashioned beds, using a
canvas instead of a rope support.
Owner: The Metropolitan Museum.
Nos. 574-576. A room in the Captain Brown House, the house of
the Antiquarian Society in Concord. The remarkably handsome day bed
shown in the corner of this room belonged to the Rev. Peter Bulkeley,
the first minister of Concord, and the chair which is seen to match it was
his chair of dignity, appertaining to his office. These pieces, having been
designed to go together, are among our richest treasures of that period.
In fact, the collection of this society, though smaller than the collections
of the great cities, consists of a good number of very choice specimens, so
much so that it is perhaps not rivaled in New England by any other
public collection.
No. 577. A simpler day bed belonging to the George F. Ives Col-
lection. It will be noted that this is all turned and that even the post
at the back is as near like the other posts as it may be and still afford a
space for the mortise of the main rail. Upholstery on these day beds is
. very rare and probably always out of place. We do not believe that in
this case the upholstery should be attached. It will be noted here that
the head is rather plain and composed of three splats, if we may use that
term of wide banisters.
Specimens like this or indeed any of the day beds are very light and
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 401
easily movable, by which we infer that it was the intention to place
them temporarily where they were most convenient.
No. 578. A turned day bed, the property of Mr. Edward C. Wheeler,
Jr. This bed shows a proper cushion added to a foundation such as that of
No. 573. The true stretchers at the head are a very unusual feature.
One also sees here that the rails are mortised into the post at the foot,
and do not run over the foot posts as in the other examples so far shown.
This assimilates the day bed more closely to the chair. The bulb and
ring turning is the usual style of the end of the seventeenth and the
beginning of the eighteenth century, unless we have carving.
No. 579. This day bed gives a good example of the development
from a chair. Thus it will be seen that the back or head has legs
precisely like a chair of the period, and that the front end or foot has
Spanish feet, like the front legs of a chair. The intermediate sets of
legs are plainly turned. The head in this case is the true Dutch fiddle
back, Dutch in this connection referring to the types brought in under
William and Mary and Queen Anne.
The upholstery here has now been removed and a leather cushion
put in its place. The canvas bottom is found. The day bed is of walnut.
There was an inscription attached to the underside stating that the piece
belonged to Clarissa Griswold of Killingworth, Connecticut, from which
state the piece came. This piece is longer than usual, being 74 inches
over all. The width is 213 inches. The hight of the head is 374 inches.
The frame is 14 inches high.
No. 580. AA prettily turned day bed with a paneled head. This panel
being solid differentiates it from other examples. Here also is first seen
plainly the arrangement for swinging the head.
All the specimens we have so far shown have eight legs, a style
more sought for and regarded better than the six legged type.
Owner: Mr. L. G. Myers.
No. 581. A heavily turned day bed. We have here the Dutch splat
in the back, which in this case seems designed originally to be fixed.
It will be seen that in the framing of a piece like this it is important
that the cross members should enter the posts at a different level from
the lengthwise stretchers. Thus there is ample room for mortises with-
out weakening the legs. As an example of turning, this is an attractive
day bed. The maker was called upon, owing to his chosen method of
construction, to devise a very long turning for the side stretchers, which
he has successfully accomplished.
Size: 72 inches long, 263 inches wide, 164 inches high on the frame!
The head is 363 inches high.
402 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Owner: The estate of William G. Erving, M.D., of Washington.
No. 582. A Spanish foot day bed with an extraordinary number of
stretchers. We have never elsewhere seen anything like the two ad-
ditional longitudinal sets which are mortised into the cross members below.
The effect is not unpleasing. A much greater degree of strength was
secured. In this specimen we have for the first time all of the feet
carved in the Spanish fashion, and very well done. Of course, the original
thought of the chaise longue was departed from in carving the feet at
the back or head.
The head here is elaborate and handsome. The wood is walnut, as
in most cases of elegant construction. We are more apt to find maple
in the simpler specimens.
Owner: Mr. Martin Gay of Hingham.
No. 583. A Pennsylvania day bed. These specimens are interesting
for themselves and also because they undoubtedly foreshadow, and at
no distant period, the beginning of Windsor construction. In fact, the ~
“blunt arrow ” type of construction found on the feet, and the general
turning of the leg, is precisely like that found in the earliest specimens
of Windsor arm chairs, though of course the posts here are larger. There
is the curious effect in this specimen of slanted back posts, which omit
the usual angle at the frame. That angle required a rather special
adeptness with a lathe.
The head is of reeded banisters running above into an arched and
molded rail. The average size of the turning of the legs in Pennsyl-
vania beds is about two and a half inches. The same heavy bulb and
ring stretcher is used as appears in the Queen Anne furniture. The top
rail of the back was made long enough to strike against the posts when
the head was drawn up, and thus to prevent the head falling forward
on the seat.
In some specimens the central pair of side stretchers on the Pennsyl-
vania beds is set at a different hight from the side pairs, in order not to
weaken the wood. From a structural standpoint this scheme is good,
but to borrow an expression from automobiles, it loses the stream line
effect. |
In all the examples we have seen of the Pennsylvania day bed the
seats were covered with rush. The pieces are very comfortable, sub-
stantial and quaint articles of furniture.
Owner: Mr. Hollis French.
No. 584. A specimen of the Pennsylvania day bed, in which the
reeded banisters of the back enter a semi-circular crested top rail, which
is heavily molded to correspond with the outline of the arch.
532. Turnep Dutcu Cuarr. 1720-30.
533. A Pennsytvania Ercuep Hasp. Late 18th CEenrury.
7
risiprengerg
534-535. A Durcu anp A SERPENTINE CHILp’s CHAIR. 1710-20.
536-537. New Encianp anp Pennsyivania Cuiip’s Cuairs.
LV \
ArcHED BanisTER Back.
Comps CorNER CHAIR.
539-
538.
Slide del ARS dae at
Beside
&
CuiLp’s Wine Cuair.
540.
ciel
Very Earzty Joint Sroot. 1640-60.
541.
Ish MAST i
BanisTER Back.
543.
CuiLp’s CHair.
542.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 407
In neither of these Pennsylvania day beds that we show does
the ball at the foot of the post exhibit the best characteristic mark. Ina
specimen of the author’s collection which is not shown, this ball is very
markedly larger in diameter than any other part of the post, and the
appearance is distinctive.
We see here that the back posts, while turned above, are of a square
section below, after the analogy of the chair. As a kind of concession,
however, to the rest of the construction the square legs are roughly
notched near the bottom.
This piece was in the former collection of the author.
The owner is not known to the author.
No. 585. A day bed in the estate of J. Milton Cobourn, M.D. This
singular and interesting piece is evidently a country made specimen. The
stretchers instead of being turned or carved are cut like the skirt of a
table, and are run around the entire frame at the same level. The head
also is not made to swing but the top rail is imposed upon the posts, and
a large number of banisters or spindles are inserted. Nevertheless, the
legs have turned sections, as well as the upper parts of the head. We
may presume that the maker was removed from the direct influence of
an established style, and therefore worked from memory or from his
own ideas.
We may remark as we close the subject of day beds that their exist-
ence indicates that our ancestors had not the iron constitutions with which
they have been credited. The day bed indicates that they sometimes
found it agreeable, and did not consider it immoral, to enjoy a siesta.
We might, it is true, point out that the shortness of the couch portion
may indicate that these pieces were used for resting in the bed chambers,
and by the ladies only. We do not know that there is any ancient evi-
dence as to the rooms in which these pieces were usually placed.
No. 586. A day bed in the full Flemish design. This beautiful
piece in walnut carries out completely the Flemish scroll in the design of
the leg, and the stretchers It will be noticed that the arch of the carved
stretcher in this case is filled with a pair of scrolls and is pierced. Un-
doubtedly this method of construction was in the interest of strength and
we believe it is sometimes found in chairs. This elegant piece has often
been seen at the annual exhibit of the Arts and Crafts Society at Hingham.
It is in good condition, and the existence of the balls or shoes on the feet
indicate that it has always had good care. The head of this piece does
not show very well but it is excellently carved.
Owner: Mrs. Rogers of Hingham.
408 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 587-588. No. 587 is a child’s settle. We see here the analogy
of the pine chest, in that the settle has no frame, but that the front board
is nailed directly to the scrolled end.
The finger holes at the back corresponding with that of the wing
chair on the right are interesting. Although these pieces are now found
together we cannot suppose that they were made to go together, otherwise
the scroll of the wing would match in both specimens. The boring of
the holes rather than cutting out a larger piece is in the interest of retain-
ing the strength of the wood, for the material here is pine.
Although we have called the larger piece a child’s settle it is entirely
possible from its size that it was a pung seat. Indeed the author owned
such a seat in precisely the same construction, which showed on the out-
side of the ends the wearing away of the red paint where the end had
come in contact with the side board of the pung.
The settle in its pine board form was the furniture of persons in
moderate circumstances or, since it was placed as a rule in the kitchen, it
was made thus simple for every day use.
We have not seen an American carved settee or settle, though we
have seen such a settee on which new carving had been done to pass it
off as an unique American piece.
No. 589. A small scrolled settle. The shape of the scrolls on the
end boards of this settle suggest somewhat the crude carving in imitation
of the limbs of an evergreen. The shortness of the piece adds to its
interest.
Owner: Mrs. De Witt Howe of Manchester, New Hampshire.
The material is pine.
No. 590. A miner’s candle stick. The flat scroll which receives the
candle is made as a spring to grasp closely. The candle stick could either
be thrust into the wall of the mine or hung up. Very elaborate speci-
mens of these miner’s candles are known in Pennsylvania, one of them
being a work of art.
No. 591-592. A settle bed. At this writing this piece is the only
one known of its kind in America. The author owned this for some
time before he knew what it was. Below in No. 593 it is shown as used
in the day time. An Irishman who happened one day to see it exclaimed,
“ Well, if there ain’t a settle bed! I was raised in one of them things.”
It is said that they are found in Ireland in oak, and there is a report
that they are known in Poland.
This piece is in hard and soft pine. The eleven deep panels of the
back are framed and pinned so far as their rails and stiles are concerned.
One board, however, covers the length of all and is of course not a true
>
Ale Oe tte
~
544.
SpanisH-DutTcH CHalIR.
a
546-547.
545:
PENNSYLVANIA Lamps.
Earty Dutcu Cuair.
+ | ee Ti, jee
hw acaae eee cameperEIN
ieee Sgn eeneltityte “+i tic abe fh
548. Sztar Back wirH Writinc ARM. 1720-30.
549. Turnep Joint Stoot.
a
1690-1710.
Ss
Parr or Unique Cuarir STOOL
550-551.
1680-1700.
A Lone Turnep Joint Sroot,.
552.
553. SprayEp Joint Stoo. 554. Heavy Jornt Sroot.
555. lLicur Joint Sroor.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY —=§ 413
panel. The panels in front are true. The seat swings out and down
and is boxed at the ends, and was never built into the frame of the settle.
It was attached by hooks and staples, a portion of which still remain in
place. A feather bed was used, so that the bed and the covering would
easily shut up into the confined space. The ends have panels like those
on the front. The arms are of the wainscot chair type but are of pine.
The front edges of the frame at the ends under the arms are very strongly
molded.
Size: Length outside 74 inches. The back is 363 inches high. The
seat is 14 inches wide and 173 inches high. The frame at the ends and
the arms are 13 inches thick.
Origin: Found on the North Shore of Massachusetts in 1922.
We have here, therefore, a framed settle or more properly settee,
a term which is restricted to framed seats.
The quilt is of a quaint pattern.
No. 594. A framed settee. The wood is maple, as to the turned
parts. The seat and panels and frame in the back are of yellow pine.
The back sill is of oak. This piece was found in Connecticut in 1922.
So far as it has come to our observation it is the only framed settee
analogous to the English type. It supplies the long desired missing link,
to go with our rare American wainscot chairs with the scrolled arm.
Size: Length over all, 75 inches; width over all 27 inches, which
includes the rolled end of the arms. Hight over all including extension
of back posts, 504 inches. Width of seat 204 inches; hight of seat, 184
inches. The square of the turned posts is 24 inches. The back posts
are 14 inches by 24 inches. The arms are 14 inches thick.
No. 595. A New York wagon seat. We give these seats the name
because most of them seem to be derived from New York state, though
they have been found in western Connecticut and Massachusetts and
probably in northern Pennsylvania and New Jersey. They were used
alternately as seats in market wagons, held in place by the side boards,
and as small love seats in the dwellings. A characteristic is the middle
post, which is made larger than the end posts.
This specimen is from the collection of Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
Size: 29 inches high. The seat is 13 inches high, wagon seats always
being lower than chair seats. The surface of the seat is 14 by 33%
inches. A great many of these specimens have been brought into the
market within recent years. The seats are mostly in rush, but we find
an occasional one in splint.
No. 596. An amusing spring wagon seat.
Owner: Collection of George F. Ives.
414 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
The construction is sufficiently obvious to need no explanation, but
we may say that ordinary wagon seats were often built with the same
spring construction. The turnings here are very much better than we
ordinarily see.
No. 597. A quaint small rocker settle. The foot rest is concaved. ©
Doubtless the intention was to raise the feet from the floor for the sake
of warmth. The settle seems to have been “built for two.” The
immediate derivation is from New York, but we presume it is a Jersey
or Pennsylvania piece.
Relating to the date it might be, judging from the habits of the people
of the region, any time in the eighteenth century.
No. 598. New York wagon seat with spindles. In this specimen
some effort has been made at ornamentation by setting a portion of the
spindles on a diagonal. It will be noted that we have here an arm which
runs over the top of the post and is connected with it by a dowel. On
the other hand in No. 596 we have the earlier method of construction by
which the dowel runs into the side of the post.
Owner: Mr. Rudolph P. Pauly.
No. 599. A cradle in oak, perhaps English. We show it here in
order to give a progressive demonstration of the development of the
cradle as it was found in America.
No. 600. A pine board settle with panels. A piece of this sort
made with two rows of panels is now considerably sought for.
Owner: The Collection of George F. Ives.
One notices the method of setting the little candle sconce in the center.
The settle ends here are very high.
Size: 64 inches long, the back is 52 inches high. The seat is 16 inches
deep and the hight is the same. The arms are 35 inches high.
The advantage of paneling the backs of settles was slight, so far as
use was concerned. Paneling was somewhat more finished but entirely
unnecessary. Of course, when found paneled, as here, they are succes-
sors of the English tradition of oak paneling.
We do not seem to find cushions for settles, but no doubt they were
sometimes used. The seats are never shaped, and therefore are rather
uncomfortable. Usually the seat was hinged when the settle was boxed
in below. In this case the base was used, sometimes for a wood box,
as the piece was kept near the fire, or sometimes for a grain chest. In-
deed, the development of the settle from the chest is obvious.
No. 601-602. This is the only example that we happen to have seen
of a built in settle. It is in a seventeenth century house in Wrentham,
and has a single end only. It is set back over the sill of the house and
ae se ae ee eee oe
556. Joinr Sroo. wirH Drawer. 1680-1700.
557-566. CanpLEs AND Lamps.
—
568.
567. Winosor High Cuarr. 1720.
Unusuat Piet Tones.
18th Century.
iti ie aac NA aaa TDD Na
569. Hic SrrercHEeR Squas. 1680-1700.
570-571.
Joint Sroors.
1660-1700.
|
1
j
|
4
|
oe]
572. ScroLy STRETCHER Day Bep. 1680-1700.
573. Aru Turnep Day Bep. 1690-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 419
the sheathed paneling of the outside wall forms the back. It is quaint
and small and most interesting. The door handles and latches here
shown are original on the house and are of wood. We know no reason
why we may not consider the settle as contemporaneous with the house.
No. 603. A large pine paneled settle, the property of the Rhode
Island School of Design. The knob-like terminals of the scrolled end
boards are interesting. Also one should notice that there is a board laid
over the back at the top in the form of a hood. Of course the object was
to keep off the wind, as these pieces were drawn up before the great fire-
places. There was a frost line on the floor in bitter weather, as referred
to in Whittier’s “Snowbound.” In these settles the back board behind
the seat usually ran to the floor to stop the movement of cold air. In
many cases the end board was not scrolled as here but was made solid
for purposes of protection against cold.
If we consider the settle in its modern use we feel that it interferes
with the unity of the house, as it cuts off the view of the fireplace. It
shuts the fireplace away from the rest of the room. Therefore, in the
arrangement of a settle in an old house it is better to place it on the side
wall at right angles with the fireplace.
The Rhode Island School of Design possesses a second settle very
similar to this.
Size: 74 inches long, 534 inches high, and 20 inches deep.
CRADLES
We DO not know when or where the cradle originated. We regret
its discontinuance as an article of household furniture, because
about it is enshrined so much of sentiment. After all is said and done,
the sentiment in relation to antique furniture is, to us, at least, a great
part of its charm. It is said that cradles are not good for the health of
a child. Happily, we do not have to pass on that subject. The hand
that rocked the cradle now places the child in a bed or crib, theoretically;
but practically, most mothers put their children in baby carriages, to do
duty instead of cradles.
There is an interesting question as to the origin of the rocking chair.
An Englishman told the author that his mother had bounced back and
forth with him in her arms, on a flat-bottomed chair, until she had worn
the base into a roughly rounded form. This is a very amusing sidelight
upon the lack of rockers in England. It raises the question whether or
not rockers in this country may not have come in about the time that
cradles began to go out. It may be that their original use was to carry
out the idea that the English mother was working out so blindly. At
any rate, the cradle was not rocked with the hand, as the politicians would
tell us, but by the foot, so that the hands might be available for knitting
or mending. In practice, of course, the cradle would be for the most
part rocked by an older child.
We do not often find cribs in the earliest American period. In fact,
no such article has come to our attention. We may safely assume that
the cradle or the trundle bed served instead of cribs. The cradle was a
necessity in the home room, or the fire room, because there was not room
in it for a bed, and there, was no heat in the bedroom. ‘The child must
be under the mother’s eye and in a comfortable place. We have seen
cradles which bore at the foot the mark of heat blisters from the effect
of the fire.
The hearth really became the sacred spot in our ancestral history.
The baby was born by the hearth, was rocked there, and later crept about
it, and got his first lessons in chemistry and poetry by watching the
blaze. At a later period, it was at the hearth that his education began,
as he stood between, or sat upon, his grandfather’s knees, and heard the
tales of long ago. here, also, he conned his horn book, or read of
Bunyan’s Pilgrim, by the light of pine knots. At the hearth, as a youth,
420
oe
ainsi ail ai i ews
7
ee
577. Day Ben, BanisTER Heap. 1690-1710.
579:
Bie es ein li
i EOD SSE
578. Turnep Day Bep. 1690-1710.
AA I ae a 8 Ne a ne ere a eel tate newt ny ae =
eo in we
TurRNED AND SpanisH Foor Day Brp. 1690-1710.
580. Unusuarty Turnep Day Bep. 1690-1710.
581. A Six Leccep Dutcn Day Bev. 1700-1710.
582. Dousie SrreTcHEeR Day Bep. 1690-1710.
583. Prnnsytvania Day BeEp. 1710-30.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 425
he held his sweetheart’s hand. Here he was married. Here, surrounded
by his children, he passed the evenings of his middle age. Here, as an
ancient, he sat in the chimney corner, in the cool days of the early fall
and late spring, and warmed his hands at the small fire kept up for his
comfort; and here he passed on to his fathers.
The cradle, the beginning of the seven ages of man, is, therefore, for
us Americans, an object of no little interest. Nevertheless, the mahogany
or light maple cradle, which is found in almost every attic, is scorned by
the collector, because it is not ancient nor rare enough to attract us, nor is
‘t wanted about under foot. A use, indeed, has been found for it of
late. We notice in a great many households where antique furniture is
used, that the cradle has become the woodbox for the fireplace.
Of course, in this volume, we confine ourselves to the very early
examples which are either so ancient or so good in themselves as to be
highly regarded.
No. 604. A walnut cradle, originating in Pennsylvania. It has a
scrolled head and foot board, with a heart-shaped hand hold for lifting
about. ‘There is also a scrolled bracket at the head board. The piece is
framed, having large corner posts ending in rude balls. One notices
the knobs at the side, which were used to button down the coverlet. In
Pennsylvania, cradles were used to a date later, probably, than in New
England. We do not know, when we reach Pennsylvania, that someone
may not be making furniture as his first great-grandsire did at the time
of the settlement. They love the old ways even more than the people
of Connecticut. It is safe, however, to place a cradle of this sort in the
eighteenth century, with the caution that similar cradles may have been
made much later.
It is apparent that the sides of this cradle are raked, that is, splayed.
We shall see later that the very earliest cradles had vertical sides.
No. 605. A cradle with a gallery and with spindles at the sides of
the hood.
Owner: The Rhode Island School of Design.
This cradle is remarkable in having a fascinating low gallery around
the sides and the foot. It terminates near the hood against brackets.
The balls of this cradle are in excellent condition. It requires slight
attention to see that cradles of this sort were made after the analogy of
the chest. It has its panels, its corner posts, and its channel molds on the
rails and stiles. This cradle probably had some sort of a cap to its hood.
In the uncertainty as to its precise form, however, it is better to leave
it as it is. It is said to have been found near Abington, Massachusetts,
about 1920. Its sides are vertical.
426 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 606. A flax breaker, such as was used in the seventeenth, eight-
eenth, and probably the beginning of the nineteenth century. The flax
was placed in the form in which it came from the field, under the huge
wooden maul, which by repeated blows disintegrated the stem into fibres,
until, through the use of the hatchel, it was at last reduced to a sufficiently
fine condition to be spun.
No. 607. The Dr. Samuel Fuller cradle. Although no lives have
yet been lost in battles around this cradle, it has excited so much interest
and controversy as to be a kind of monument among antiques. It was
through one of the Alden family that the author was referred to the
Cushman family, related to the Aldens, as the owners of this cradle. The
Cushmans inherited it through intermarriage with the Fullers. There is
an unbroken tradition that it came from Dr. Samuel Fuller of the May-
flower. So far, the tradition seems thoroughly credible, because the
manifest age of the piece should take it back to 1650 at least.
The tradition then goes on to say that Peregrine White was rocked in
this cradle on the Mayflower. As Peregrine is also said to have been
rocked in a wicker cradle now in Pilgrim Hall, Plymouth, and even is,
by some, said to have been rocked in the cradle in a glass case in that
hall, we must conclude, if any of these tales are true, that Peregrine was,
to use a Southern phrase, the rockingest child, as well as the first white
child born in New England. First he was rocked in the cradle of the
deep, and being born in Provincetown Harbor, was supposed to have been
rocked in the cradle here shown, since it was handily available in the
lading of the Mayflower, whereas the wicker cradle was hard to peliat:
It was, of course, presumed that the arrival in America would long precede
the birth of the child.
An artist who has painted one of the large Pilgrim pictures at the
Hall has shown one of the Pilgrim fathers wrestling with a cradle as
he gets it aboard the Mayflower. We use the word “ wrestle ” advisedly,
because, as a friend of ours said, with a sardonic grin, the cradle is large .
enough to rock a bull calf in. However that may be, the cradle is
purely American. Its side panels are all pine, though its end panels are
all American oak, and of course, also, the frame. The hood, however,
is of pine. It is notch carved on the ends, and molded on the front and
back, and a border is scratch carved in a diamond pattern. This is one of
the important features of the cradle, since so many ancient examples have
lost the cap board of the hood.
A second feature of great importance, and possibly marking unique-
ness in American cradles, is the carrying of the gallery around three sides
of the hood. The gallery at the back is composed of short spindles. The
584. PrennsytvantA Day Bep. 1710-30.
[teste 2 Races
585. Country Mave Day Bep. 1710-40.
586. Fremish Coucu. 1680-1700.
587-588. CuiLp’s SETTLE AND Winc Cuair. 1730-80.
=
£
-
copnengteng a ne
589.
SmaL. Pine SETTLE, ScROLLED Enp.
590. Mrner’s Licut.
1730-80.
591-592. Srrrte Bep Mave Up. 1710-40.
593. Serrte Bep CuosEp. 1710-40.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 431
supposed purpose of the gallery was to allow the mother a peep at the
child from whatever angle she viewed the cradle. The turnings of the
spindles are practically identical with those found on the earlier Carver
chairs.
A third item of great interest is the split spindle, not so rare on the
inside of the gallery opening, attached to the frame; but unique, up to
the time of the present writing, as attached in the form of a long, specially
turned drop or split spindle on the front of the hood. The sides of the
cradle are vertical, and it is very deep. The stiles and the rails are
strongly cut in channel molds and double pinned. There is a chamfer
around the panels. In fact, what we have here is really a chest in which
a hood is substituted for a lid; that is to say, the chest construction is
modified sufficiently to form a cradle. The projecting foot-posts are in
the earliest form of turning. The cradle has never been painted. An
interesting feature is observed here in relation to the quartering of the
oak of the frame. Those portions which are featured show dark. In
a piece that is finished by shellac or varnish, they show light, as compared
with the rest of the wood.
Of course the cradle was made in America, and in Plymouth, but
whether by John Alden or Kenelm Winslow, we, of course, do not
know. An amusing fact in relation to this cradle is that there is now
being sold in Plymouth, as has been the case for many years, a picture of
the cradle as being the one now in Pilgrim Hall under the glass case.
We are assured by a lady who was rocked in this cradle as an infant, as
have been every one of her American ancestors, that she knows absolutely
the whereabouts of the cradle during her life, and that it has never been
in Pilgrim Hall. Certainly it is quite unlike the example now there,
which is not a paneled cradle. On it thin strips of maple or beech are
applied and nailed to form false panels on the pine boards beneath. One
of these strips at the foot has become detached, and the observer can
plainly see the discoloration of the wood where it once was. The old
stories indicate how cursory and uncritical, and in many cases, really un-
truthful, matters connected with antique furniture can be.
The cradle in Pilgrim Hall has very pretty spindle work over the
head, instead of a cap for the hood. In that particular it is important.
It is also, doubtless, important for a historical reason in connection with
another branch of the Fuller family.
Our Samuel Fuller cradle is a most satisfactory specimen, from the
mellow and worn condition of the wood, and from its Pilgrim origin, and
especially from its intrinsic merit.
A number of years since, the author replaced the missing rockers with
432 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
oak cut from the face of an exposed beam in the Marsh House, Wethers-
field, the oldest house in town. This oak is of precisely the same color
and consistency as the rest of the cradle, so that, unless one points out the
inner surfaces of these rockers, it is hard to persuade even a critic that
they are not original.
Size: The square of the posts is 24 inches. The cradle is 345 inches
long, 33 inches high, and 194 inches wide. These dimensions do not
include the side extensions of the rockers.
Nos. 608-611. A picture showing an early eighteenth century room.
The bed is of the second period, when the hangings were still retained at
the head, but were reduced at the sides and the foot merely to an upper
and a lower valance.
The quaint little child’s chair before the fireplace is worthy of atten-
tion. ‘The chair nearest the bed has its back posts running up above the
main frame of the back section, as is the fashion in Spanish chairs. Hence
this chair is not otherwise shown. A quaint little looking glass on the
wall has a leather frame.
No. 612. A cradle in maple, swinging on posts. This quaint and
odd device is sometimes seen on later mahogany cradles, as in one beau-
tiful specimen at the Essex Institute, Salem. In the cruder form here
exhibited we have the shoe, or base, run crosswise at the ends below the
posts, and a longitudinal stretcher on the floor. The cradle swings on
heavy wooden pins. We are at a loss here, as usual, about dates, and
even more than usual. The piece is absolutely in the rough.
No. 613. A cradle of Pennsylvania origin, with stenciled discs and
other decorations. One quaint feature here is also the roping of the
bottom. We have seen a chair similarly roped. The method is precisely
like that used in beds. The stenciling is similar in design to that found
on a few small boxes of pine, on one or two “ Bible” boxes, and, on a
larger scale, on the barn decorations of eastern Pennsylvania, which are
to be considerably elaborated in the author’s “ Pennsylvania Beautiful.”
No. 614. An oak cradle with raised panels. The ends of the raised
portions of the panels are gouge carved, whereas their sides are hand-
somely molded. This is a detail we have not previously noted in antique
furniture, and we have not yet been able to learn whether similar examples
are found abroad. The heavy channel molds or beads on this piece, and
the general system of construction, together with the tall foot posts, as
purely Gothic as if they were made in the thirteenth century, are features
of much interest. These foot posts are in what is called the square turn-
ing; that is, the maker did not have a lathe, and he contoured the sides
of the square of the post so that it should agree with the outline of a
594. Framep Mapie anv Pine SETTEE. 1720-30.
595. New York Wacon Sear. 18th anp 1gth CENTURIES.
596. Sprinc Wacon Seat. 18th anv 19th CenrurIEs.
597. OrictnaL Rocker SETTLE.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 435
turning. The hood of this cradle is somewhat of a puzzle, as we presume
it once had a cap, it being cut on the paneled end in the form of a gable.
There are a few tacks in the edge of this gable, but-no other marks to
hint at any attachment of wood. ‘The rockers are neither original, nor
are they placed in the proper position. Undoubtedly the posts were ex-
tended in the form of legs, and were then bifurcated to receive rockers.
We speak thus positively in spite of the appearance of the example to
follow.
The cradle is said to have come from Wethersfield, Connecticut, and
to date from the time of its settlement, but we have no reliable data.
It was bought in Worcester, in 1923.
Size: The posts are 2% inches by 1% inches. It is 384 inches long,
30 inches high, and 164 inches wide.
No. 615. A cradle, presumably in beech. It is composed of true
panels, which are interesting in the construction about the head, formed
like five sides of an octagon. The cradle belongs to the Plant family,
from the Mill Plain district of the town of Branford, Connecticut, where
it is on exhibition in the public library. It has been traced to Jonathan
Barker, born 1705. ‘The sides are not quite vertical. The condition is
somewhat dilapidated. The rockers seem not to be original. It will be
seen, however, that the head and foot posts are turned in the same
pattern, and that the head posts, unlike previous examples we have shown,
extend above the frame. Of course, this is owing to the manner in which
the cap of the hood is attached. The extended and turned posts at the
head, however, are a feature of still earlier English cradles.
BEDS
We HAVE in America no great elaborately turned high posters, such
as were found in England at the time of the American settlement. We
have records of such beds being ordered from England. Such importa-
tions of an ancient period have disappeared. Of course they lack wholly
the American feeling, and as we can see such beds in England, the loss
is not as great as it might seem at first.
The earliest beds known in America are simple as regards their posts.
They are always square in the earliest examples, below the bed rail.
Above that rail they may be either square, octagonal or turned, but the
turned specimens may be later than the other forms. In every instance
the posts taper, and are small. In the square at the frame, the most
usual dimension is 24 inches. We have never seen it exceed 2# inches
on very ancient beds. This dimension continues to the floor without
change. Beds turned below the frame are more likely to be of the
nineteenth century, especially if the posts are heavy. The Sheraton type,
indeed, and sometimes the Hepplewhite, have turned legs. In our period,
however, we have not noted an exception to the general rules above. Any
delicacy of turning, or any urn turning, means an approach to the end of
the eighteenth century. The continuation of a large post to a point near
the top is always late and poor, whether it be carved or not.
At the same time it is wholly impossible to assign the plain bed to a
date anywhere nearly exact. This arises from the fact that it was in a
manner styleless and continued, probably, from 1670 even through the
eighteenth century, with practically no change except some slight marks
such as we have already mentioned, regarding bolts, etc.
Of course the purpose of the tester and curtains was a double one —
to secure privacy, and to shut out drafts. Some of the ancient houses,
being the homes of large families, required more than one bed in a
room. Indeed, attics, to which the children or the hired men were often
consigned, were known not infrequently to have four, and sometimes six
beds. It was regarded as effeminate to heat a bedroom for people in
health, though for guests or elderly persons the fireplace, almost invari-
ably found small in bedrooms, might be used. It scarcely raised the
temperature above freezing. As fashions changed, first the side and foot
curtains, and finally the whole top, were dispensed with. In the effort to
436
598.
New York SEAT WITH
599. Oak Crab _e.
SPINDLES.
1710-50.
Ten Paneu Pine SETTLE.
600.
Buitt-1n SETTLE.
601-602.
sesgapcec
604.
603. TEN PaneL SETTLE. 1730-80.
Watnut PENNSYLVANIA SCROLLED CRADLE.
18th Century.
606.
605. CrapLE wiTH GALLERY. 1680-1700.
Fiax BREAKER.
18th anv 19th
CENTURIES.
J Saige al aicedie feet ne ih Ae Eien RL,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 441
ape, rather than to imitate, the ancient fashions, modern beds are put on
the market with high posts, but without canopies. This is a makeshift
which can scarcely be justified either in logic or taste. If persons desire
to have the really ancient beds with canopies, they may omit the lining
below the fish-net stitch, and secure a circulation of the air, so that they
may still have the old fashion without transgressing sanitary demands.
Some of the old canopies were composed of very rich work, so that
the inheritance of a bed, by a special clause in a will, was counted an honor.
The bed, with its furniture, a phrase which included everything aside from
the woodwork, was the most considerable object of value in the home,
even exceeding that of a cupboard.
Nos. 616-618. A four-poster bed formerly in the Hazen house,
Haverhill. All the parts of these hangings and the canopy were beauti-
fully laundered and laid away in a box when the bed was purchased. The
tester proper was attached on its four sides by laths like old curtain
sticks pushed through the open-ended wide hem, and then tautened by
straining them over the iron pegs of the tops of the posts.
One sees the trundle-bed head at the foot of the large bed. On the
right, in the rear, is a quaint early high chair, and on the left a good New
England slat-back.
Why beds are called four-posters is one of the unsolved mysteries,
since we can scarcely conceive of beds being constructed without four posts.
Perhaps those who gave the name thought of a post only as a high post,
and if it was short, called it merely a leg. It is necessary, however, to
run one’s forehead against one of these posts in the night, fully to appre-
ciate the name.
Of course the only object of the high post was to attach thereto the
curtains. In the case of the bed before us, these curtains were held up
by strings running from the posts and caught at the centre of the tester
in rings. The ordinary method was to tack the curtain to the side lath.
No. 619. A jointed bed, otherwise called a press bed or a slaw bed.
These beds were intended to have their heads set in a shallow closet, with
two large doors. The bed in the day time was thrown up on the joints
of the secondary set of legs, and the doors were closed. The bed is
shown without furniture, in order to give an idea of this method of use.
There is an amusing sameness between the needs of the present gener-
ation and those of the first generation, in respect to scanty house room.
Our remote ancestors, as the family grew large, were hard put to it to
provide room for all. Hence we have the scheme of the trundle bed,
the settle bed, the press bed, the trestle board, the trammel lamp, the chair
442 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
table, and various other devices to accommodate many people in a small
space.
In fixing the dates of beds it will be observed that in the earlier styles
there were no bolts used at the corners, but that the frame was held
together merely by the tension of the bed cord. There are two tools, a
straining wrench and a special wedge, together, of course, with a mallet,
that are used in cording a bed. It is necessary, in case of a new rope
especially, to increase the tension of a bed after a few days.
Another detail to be noticed is that the makers sometimes cut a groove
into which the rope sank between holes. We are not clear whether this
was an improvement or an original plan.
Small beds with low posts got the name “hired men’s beds.” ‘They
were the sort commonly in use for the small chambers.
No. 620-624. A low post bed with a double arch in the headboard,
to indicate where grandpa and grandma should sleep. There is also a
trundle bed, but without a head. The woven spread shown on the
trundle bed seems to have been a great favorite. Multitudes of these
spreads still exist, blue being perhaps most preferred.
The bird cage in the remote background is of wicker work, such as
was commonly employed in the old days. On the right wall are hanging
rope shelves.
No. 625. A trundle bed with a paneled head. Owing to the heavy
bar across the head, we consider this an early specimen, but the side bars
above the main rails are missing.
No. 626. A bed unique in our experience, sharing in its interest with
the settle bed previously shown. Here we have true settle ends, with ogee
contours at the feet, but the back of the settle is elongated into high
posts. The bed frame hinges on the front of the end boards. When the
bed, therefore, is lifted up, as here shown, the counterpane is drawn down
over it to cover it. We have purposely exposed the scroll of the settle
end to show the arm. The bed is painted blue. It was bought in
Worcester in 1923. We know nothing whatever of its age. It is obvious
however, from the method of construction, that it was not to be set in
a press but to stand free in a room. Of course it could not be used as a
settle. At the same time, it is a quaint conceit, and when made up for
the night, is of somewhat pleasing outline. At the top there is a shallow
frame sustained by a diagonal strut, forming a bracket on each post, over
which the coverlet is drawn down.
No. 627. A famous bed, now in the York jail, the Museum in the
town of that name in Maine. It is one of the few examples shown in
other works. The crewel work and the colors are very rich, especially
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 443
the greens and reds. The counterpane and valance are a part of the same
work, with uniform colorings, done, of course, on old linen.
A feature giving much flavor to this bed is the use of texts or poems
in crewel work, around the upper valance. The sentiments are such as
might appear on samplers.
We are glad to present so clear a picture of this ancient piece, which
dates from 1745. At the jail various details regarding the bed and its
donor are preserved. We are especially glad of the existence of this
beautiful example, because it forms a connecting link with the stately
beds of the sixteenth century.
Nos. 628-633. On the left is the only American oak high poster
that has come to our attention, or to that of our friends. It was found
in the attic of the Webb House, Wethersfield. Mr. Welles, who owned
the house, when a boy sawed off one of the posts as a ball bat. Aside
from that, the bed is in its original condition, and is an amusing instance
of the persistence of the Connecticut taste for oak. The posts rise in a
perfectly plain taper, and the bed is held together by cording only. When
this bed was on the market some years since, the general public entirely
overlooked its importance.
In the same picture appears a wing chair made in precisely the same
fashion as a settle, except that it has a single seat. It is of pine, and
covered with figured cotton goods. The chair before the fireplace is of
an early turned type. The chair at the left is of the Dutch turned style,
with a kind of stump foot, somewhat later than our period. Of course
the Windsor chair and the stand do not come into our view, but the
braided rug and the rag rug go back to a period the beginning of which
we are unable to trace.
Nos. 634-636. Sets of andirons from the George W. Ives Collec-
tion. The Hessian andirons are reversed. We are informed that if the
backs are hollow, the andirons are not very early, and that the original
Hessian or other cast type was puddled iron; that is to say, the iron was
poured into an open mold and filled in on the back. The Washington
andirons on the other side are of interest. The middle pair are odd in
respect to the so-called square turnings with which the flat members of the
posts are tipped.
Nos. 637-639. A high-post bed in which the posts are made in two
sections, the upper part doweling into the lower part, and made detach-
able. The upper sections are called poles. It is possible that the phrase
“tent bed,” usually describing a round topped bed such as we shall
presently show, had some connection with the phrase “ bed pole.” It is
to be seen here that this bed is turned near the foot. Its other ornamental
444 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
details indicate a late date, but the canopy in blue peacocks is very inter-
esting and rather early.
The scrolled-leg chair immediately in front of the lady standing is
a good example, as is also the Spanish foot fiddle back chair in the imme-
diate foreground on the right. The ram’s horn arms on this chair surpass,
in the way of carving, any others we have seen, in respect to the spiraled
terminals of the horns.
No. 640-642. A bed with its original canopy of linen. The method
of draping the bed, by the use of cords attached to the laths running
around the frame, is seen here, also the fashion of attaching the fringe
both to the upper valance and to the curtains. The quaint stool at the
foot is of the earliest Windsor pattern.
No. 643-645. It would seem that the pudding stick here should be
enshrined as a kind of fetish with the Harvard Hasty Pudding Club.
The design was worked out in wood probably in imitation of an iron
design. The rolling pin in its early form was turned. with a knob at one
end only. The wooden spoon was common for mixing purposes, as now.
No. 646-649. A folding or jointed six-legged bed, in the George
F, Ives Collection. The bracketed head or canopy is quite like that in
No. 626. It is designed, as in that case, to hold a screen or coverlet for
daytime use, and to be drawn down over the bottom of the bed, whose
legs at the foot were jointed if long, or otherwise could shut without
folding inside the canopy. A peculiarity of this bed is that there is a
jointed frame at the head with a shoe or bottom member connecting the
main posts with the secondary set of posts. Further, there was a drawer
in this section for bedding. Of course it was available only when the
bed was closed, as in the daytime.
We have seen another very handsome bed, something of this sort, in
Woodbury, Connecticut. There is also a very pleasing specimen in the
rooms of the Dartmouth Historical Society in New Bedford.
The clock at the left is a so called wag-on-the-wall, most of which were
imported. It is said that the little chest at the foot of the bed was often
used for the extra bedding. The candle stand of wood on straddling
legs is a dateless and sometimes styleless article which is nevertheless much
sought for.
No. 650-653. A bed in the dwelling in Duxbury, said to have been
built by the grandson of John Alden, In this house, though not in this
room, but in the bedroom off the kitchen, it is said that John and Priscilla
passed the last thirteen years of their life. It is probable that John Alden
assisted, by his hand or by his brain, in the framing of this house, supposed
to have been built about 1653. Alden was at this time about fifty-three
3
a
‘
R
|
1620-50
SAMUEL FULLER CRADLE.
SLENDER Post Bev. 18th CEeNnTuRY.
608-611.
“
ALI LET EE ALOT BITTE
612. SusPENDED CrapLe. 18th Crenrury.
PENNSYLVANIA DeEcoRATED CRADLE.
18th CenruryY.
614.
Oax CrapLE, Goucep CarveD Panes. 1635-50.
615. PaneLeD Hoop Crap te.
1680-1710.
616-618. Canopiep BED AND TRrRuUNDLE Bep. 18th CEenrTurY.
619. Forpinc Press Bev. 18th CenrTury.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 449
years of age. The massive character of the framing and the gun-stock
post are shown in the corner through the bed. The bed has upon it a
counterpane of the drawn-in candle-wick design, all in white and now so
rare. The figures here are not as elaborate as are frequently found. The
floral pattern is the most highly thought of. A stool of early but un-
certain date and a banister back turned chair, hooked rugs and a braided
rug form the remainder of the furniture.
This house is being honorably treated by a Mr. Charles Alden, who
has a long lease of it. He is attempting to restore it absolutely on the
lines of the original design, and deserves much credit for the wholly new
plenishing which’ he is providing from time to time, as he is able to find
suitable examples.
No. 654. A high-post bed in which the chamfering of the posts is
quite evident.
Owner: The George F. Ives Collection.
The plainness of the posts in ancient beds is justified by the fact that
they are shut in by the curtains. As they were not visible, there was no
special reason for working the wood into decorative forms.
In this connection an amusing instance is that of a buyer of an old
bed, who indignantly returned it to the seller on the ground that the
head posts were plain, and that he would not bear having put off on him a
spurious article. The bed was all original. The foot posts were turned,
as was the custom in the second period, because they were to be visible.
The head posts, on the other hand, being draped, were left plainly octag-
onal. The bed concerning which the buyer complained was far more
valuable, because earlier, than it would have been had all the posts been
alike.
CHAIR TABLES
Tue chair table, sometimes called when the box is too high to sit upon,
a hutch table, is in its best forms a very interesting and important article
of furniture. It does not, however, in simple designs seem to appeal
strongly to American collectors. It is one of the instances in which
fashion has played some part. We show several very important examples.
These chair tables were quite common on the New England coast. The
appeal to our ancestors of economy in space made chair tables popular,
as of course the purpose was to place them against the wall when they
were not being used as tables. The oldest specimens have oak frames,
but for the most part the frames were maple, or the pieces are mere six-
board chests on legs, with table tops of maple or pine.
No. 655. An interesting oval top hutch table in the George F.
Ives Collection. The meritorious points are the ogee scrolls on both
faces of the legs, and the shoe and stretcher on which they rest. It
will be observed that the board which forms the side of the hutch is
made on the ends in the form of a single large dovetail, and that there
is a lid to the hutch. The cleat, otherwise called a batten, which
attaches the parts of the top together, is scrolled so that when the table
is used as a chair a decorative feature may appear.
The word “ hutch ” is not precise in its applications, and has a more
general use in England than in America. Even a hutch such as is
shown here could be used as a seat with the help of a stool.
No. 656. A remarkable chair table said to have been found in New
Jersey. It is of oak, and the top, shown in 657, is scrolled or con-
toured or shaped, phrases loosely used to denote the same thing, and
finished with a thumb-nail mold. The turnings resemble those on two
examples of stretcher desks which we have shown, and suggest the Wil-
liam and Mary period. The especial object of importance in this piece
is the scrolled X stretcher, a feature we have not elsewhere seen in
American chair tables. This example was sold to a museum. It is said
that when it was uncrated the finial was missing, and that the piece was
therefore rejected. It is all original except the finial, which was con-
structed by the use of the photograph which showed it before the original
finial was lost. The drawer closes flush. The seat is molded like the
top. The feet are of the heavy ball type as shown later in a court cup-
450
620-624. Low, Douste Arcuep Heap Bep anp Trunpe Ben.
=y
AAMAS AD
ARENT AEN NS IRN
625. PaneLep Heap TrunpbLe Bep. 18th Cenrury.
626. Srtrrite Enp Foupinc Bep. 18th Century.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 453
board table. It will be noted that the tops of these chair tables are
attached with large turned pins, similar to those in the Pennsylvania
library tables. The large turnings and the ogee scroll on the skirt or
valance provide the finishing touches on a piece of the highest interest.
We have not been able to make out the abbreviated legend on the under
side of the leaf. Certainly the date is not, as it might appear to be, 1777.
Nos. 658-664. On the left there is a hutch table with a shoe prettily
scrolled in the ogee pattern. In the foreground there is a child’s wing
chair of pine. The back is unusually high and quaint. At the right is
a maple chair table with a square oak frame and a drawer, an unusual
specimen. In the rear there is a cupboard with a drawer paneled from a
solid. In the right foreground is an arch slat back chair of the Pennsyl-
vania type.
This room is one of two which we have seen showing openly the great
braces of the frame at the chimney girt. The method of hanging a
lantern in the kitchen, as we know was frequently done, is also illustrated.
No. 665. An all pine American Gothic chair table with curved panels
in the frame. This piece, which belonged to the author’s former col-
lection, he found in the hands of a small dealer in Freeport, Maine. A
most astonishing cleat, in the true Gothic pierced form, runs across the top
in the dovetailed conventional slot, to prevent warp, and also to avoid
the necessity of nailing.
The piece stands upon shoes and the curvature of the panels is obvious.
There is a lifting seat. We have never seen another piece of this character,
and regard it very highly.
No. 666. A room in the Hazen Garrison house, with many objects
appropriate to the date, 1690. A little wing chair, a butterfly table, a
straddling high chair, a scrolled pine cradle, a hornbeam barrel, and other
features appear.
No. 671. A chair table of the more usual type such as is found in
eastern New England. This specimen has gouge carving at the ends
of the shoes.
No. 672. A rack formed like a cone. It is designed to hang dipped
candles and its construction, it being a homemade affair, is obvious. It
is the property of Mrs. De Witt Howe.
TABLES
P ERSONS who have ever camped will have learned the genesis of a
table. Some sort of trestle is provided and a board is placed on it.
Here, then, is the table as it was used for many ages. Ina Greek dwell-
ing of the higher character the table was thus brought to the banqueting
apartment and then removed after a meal.
Leonardo Da Vinci’s celebrated “ Last Supper ” shows a board on a
trestle of carved shape, but precisely like the ordinary carpenter’s horse
as to main outlines. The last table known in the Middle Ages was a
trestle-board. Early American inventories mention such boards in con-
siderable numbers. They are found in ancient homes in England today.
Mr. Bolles found the first one in America at a time when he was probably
one of a very small number who would know what it was that he had
found. The story of his discovery of it, in an attic where it was necessary
to remove some of the structural features to get it out, is one of the
epics of collecting.
In the third chapter of Ivanhoe one reads how the servants came in
and removed the trestle board after a meal. Our ancestors did not feel
any special need of fixing the table’s top permanently in position, and
this is not to be wondered at. With large families it was a convenience
to have the long board removed. Of course the trestle-board necessitated
a narrow table. The presumption is that the service was from one side,
and that the diners did not sit facing one another. The ends of the table
were occupied by joint stools, one at each end.
Tables in a fixed form indicate a civilization which has come to a quiet
period and believes in stability. A very large table means a great house,
with large doors. The first and principal use of tables was for dining.
They undoubtedly derive their form from the long tables in the refec-
tories of monasteries. The tables were placed in the parlors as places
where conversation was allowed. The long board then adopted in the
halls of nobles was required for the great number of retainers. The
family of the lord would perhaps have such a table on the dais or raised
platform at the end of the hall, at which his family and dependents or
guests would sit. His men-at-arms and servants would occupy one or
more trestle-boards in the body of the hall. The word “board” is of
sufficient explanation of the origin of the table and of our common phrase
454
627. Canopiep Bep wirH CreweLworxk. 18th Cenrury.
628-633. An Unique American Hicu Poster. 17th or 18th CENTURY.
634-636. Hessian, SquARE FintaL AND WasHINGTON ANDIRONS.
SecTionAL Posts. 19th CEenTuRY.
Canopiep Bep,
637-639.
643-645. Hasry Puppine Stick, Spoon aNp Rotuer. 18th CEnTurRy.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 459
“board by the day,” and analogous terms. The ancient legal phrase
“bed and board ” is also referable to the same origin.
The word “table ” is pure Latin in origin, and thus etymology en-
forces the fact of the foreign origin of the table itself. We often forget
that the majority of people on earth need no tables. They sit on the
floor. A table, therefore, is not the earliest article of furniture, and it
naturally comes under the last great division of our book.
The first table designed as a fixture was called a standing table, and
was so described in the old inventories. With its great bulbous legs,
elaborately turned or carved, it was a ponderous and obvious article in
the homes of the wealthy.
As far as we know, none of the great foreign bulbous tables of ancient
time is found here. If any such existed in America they have gone the
way of the huge beds. The larger an object of furniture, the less likely
was it to be imported. The abundance of woods in America stimulated
American manufacture and gave freedom to American design. Great tables
were precisely what a new country could not afford to import.
It is a curious mark of growth that the first standing tables that we
know in this country were made with removable tops. The posts were
prolonged, either wholly or in the form of tenons to engage in mortises
in the top, which could be lifted off. It was thus convenient to move
a table in two parts from one room to another, as the early doors were
rather narrow and low.
The table affords rather meagre space for carving. We do not know
of an instance of a table leg carved in America. A table frame with much
decoration would have interfered with the knees. The table frame was
further more or less masked by the overhang of the top, so that it was
not a place to encourage carving.
Undoubtedly the introduction of tables with leaves follows naturally
from a desire to secure substantially the same results as by the use of a
trestle-board, but with less trouble. Thus the gate-legs and the chair
tables came in.
Some of the gate-leg tables are intricate and huge, and found in
England. The author remembers, when he was a boy, it was the custom
in country houses, everywhere to drop the leaves of the dining table, and
to set it against the wall between meals. There was no possible reason
for it then more than now. It was a continuation of an ancient habit,
that is all. We remember one ancient and huge kitchen where two mem-
bers of the family were left. Invariably the dining table was closed and
pushed to the wall after every meal, leaving a great empty space of no
possible benefit. Our grandmothers would as soon have thought of leav-
460 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
ing the dishes unwashed as of leaving the table in the floor. It is one
of the most curious instances of the failure of the human mind.
The trestle style of table survived in small gate-legs sometimes, and
also in a few tavern tables, but the tops were in all cases attached. Pins
of oak were the ordinary method of securing the tops in position. It
was not until the Sheraton time or thereabouts that we have table tops
secured by screws from beneath. If we find an old table top nailed down,
we may be sure that the nails are not original, although they may be
old. We do not remember at this moment having seen an American table
with an oak top, although many such may have existed and some may
remain. Oak was a very poor material for table tops, especially if one
desired a single board. It was inordinately heavy and hard to work. We
find pine very early in table tops, imposed on maple frames. We also
find maple used to a great extent, although not so much probably in the
seventeenth as in the eighteenth century. Maple is a very smooth but
very warpy material. Many of the ancient maple table tops are curved
like a bow, to a really humorous degree. Incidentally it has been learned
that there is no material so good in the manufacture of violins as these
warped table tops. Their wood and contour and their age all make them
ideal for the purpose.
In the walnut period the entire table was constructed of that wood.
The finding of a maple or a pine top on a walnut frame is always sus-
picious, and generally an evidence that the top is not original.
We cannot too emphatically point out the danger of asserting that a
table has its original top. There is no possible method of proving such
an assertion about any table. If one removes the top and finds that
there is but one set of pin holes in the frame, the probability is strong
that the top is original, but if an owner is persuaded that his top is
original, he will not remove it to prove the fact. Further, it is entirely
possible, by inserting pins, and placing a second top over them, to use the
same holes. We have known of instances where old, but not original,
tops have been been passed off as original by this method. Pine tops
were especially liable to disintegration through wear. We can often be
morally certain that the top is original, and oftener still, we can state that
there is a strong probability of its being original. Ancient table tops, how-
ever, are often found and are easily adaptable to ancient table frames,
especially in the case of the tavern table with its one piece top.
Nos. 673-674. The author had the good fortune to discover the
table here shown. It was the second trestle-board to be found in America;
the first, found by Mr. Bolles, being in the Metropolitan Museum. The
main features of such tables clearly appear here. The trestle itself is in
646-649.
Fotpinc BEep wITH
SHOE
OB
+
&
a
ei
BasE AND CRANE Heap.
650-653. Canopiep Brep, JoHn AtpEN House, 18th anp 19th CrEnTurRIEs.
18th anp rgth CENTURIES.
Canopiep BeEp.
654.
™
scene teers tt
655.
ScrotLep Hutcu Tass, on SHoEs.
SNL nec RA EIS a a ES OR
18th Century.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 465
the form of a double T. Two or three such pieces were connected by a truss
along the centre. In the instance before us, there are two spindles, resem-
bling early turned chair spindles, inserted at intervals on the truss, and
running to T heads which are in section like the heads of the main trestle.
The board is about 25 inches wide. The tops were ten to twelve feet
long. The board here is pine. The frame seems to be of maple. The
truss was originally held in place by pins run into the post by hand and
temporarily holding the table in place.
Owner: Mr. B. A. Behrend.
The table was preserved at the Richardson Tavern, Medway, because
Washington had once eaten from it. It was put in the attic, and on
the occasion of an auction early in the twentieth century, it was brought
out, photographed and sold. Persons from each part of the ancient
town, which had been divided, bid on the table. They ran it up above
ten dollars, and, the bidder being judged insane by most persons at the
auction, it was knocked down to him. The object of the buyer was merely
to preserve a Washington relic. No one present knew of the great im-
portance of the piece. The author saw by accident a photograph of the
table, and traced it into the West. After an exciting chase and fevered
expectancy it was secured. One end of the board is chamfered, while the
other end, perhaps, has been cut off a little. In other respects, it is prac-
tically in its original condition. It is possible that the tenon of the truss
originally ran through and was pinned on the outside, as on the Bolles
example. The pins are at present fixed and cut off, and we never sought
to withdraw them.
Upon this table there are placed various trenchers of wood and bowls
used for mixing or serving food. _
It ought to be pointed out that a considerable number of trestle-board
tables has been found within a short time, but for the most part, they
have been traced to the Shakers, and date around 1800. They some-
times have turned posts. We hear rumors of one or two ancient examples,
but we have never seen them.
Nos. 675-676. These illustrations show, on the right, the earliest,
and on the left, the next earliest, methods used in America of attaching
the sides of drawers to their fronts, in court cupboards or tables. The
oak was gouged out so as to get a better hold for the nail driven into the
rabbeted end of the front. It thus appears that in this country, at least,
the use of nails in drawer construction was earlier than that of the dove-
tail. The dovetail on the left, one notices, is single. The groove in
the side of the drawer is very clearly shown. It engaged a strip of hard
wood attached to the inner frame of the table.
466 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 677. This table, the property of Mr. George Dudley Seymour,
is at the Wadsworth Atheneum, Hartford, and is the only one that we
have noticed in this style. It was no doubt suggested through a memory
of the trestle table, because its leaves are on the ends instead of on the
sides. When these leaves are extended it has quite the trestle-board
appearance. It is, therefore, a connecting link between the draw-table
and the gate-leg table. The obvious thing for us would be to place
leaves at the side of a table.
There is in the rooms of. the Connecticut Historical Society at Hart-
ford a table, very massive, its legs being nearly five inches in diameter,
which was built as a draw table; that is to say, leaves were drawn out
from each end, sustained on elongated cleats, allowing the central portion
to drop to their own level. Such tables are known in England, and
have of recent years been imported. Lyon illustrates this Connecticut
table, which has lost its leaves.
The specimen before us, however, is a modification of that table and
an advance upon it, as the leaf attachment is simpler. Most persons who
can remember fifty years know that it was a common thing to extend
ordinary tables by the use of such leaves with prolonged cleats or tongues,
which were thrust into holes cut for them in the table frame immediately
under the top. It was a kind of early accommodation answering the pur-
pose of the extension table of modern times.
No. 678. This form of the trestle table, found in a good number of
instances in New Jersey, in which the X or so-called stretcher is slightly
scrolled, is a good example of its type. One notices, however, that the
date is about one hundred years removed from the trestle-board forms
we have previously considered.
Owner: Mr. Willoughby Farr of Edgewater, New Jersey.
Nos. 679-680. A pair of trestles and a board about six feet in length,
owned by Mr. Harry Long. The ingenious stiffening brace is located
at a point where it is wholly out of the way. It is also very effective.
It is let down into a slot in the trestles. The two stools are half-moons
in shape. The writer does not know their origin.
No. 681. An oak “court cupboard” table. It is, so far, unique in
the annals of American collectors. It is reported to have been found
in the attic of an ancient house on the North Shore, within a very recent
period. It was somewhat fully described in Antiques. The author,
however, made the illustration here used, before that publication, We
have already referred to this table under court cupboards, to show the
similarity of the applied turnings to those on such cupboards. This speci-
men had a drawer at the center, and appears to have one now but only
656.
Oak, Cross STRETCHER CHAIR TABLE.
I
~
i!
oo.
Rc 11° ei
658-664.
CHAIR
Tasies, CuiLp’s Cuairs, ETC.
we
ilies
20 wa i aot
655. American Goruic PaNELED PINE Cuarr Taste. 17th CEenTury.
Room oF THE PERiop or 1700, Hazen House.
666-670.
ae
CanvLE Rack.
672.
Cuair Taste, 18th Century
I.
67
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 471
the front is in place. The drop under the frame was convenient, as far
as this central drop is concerned, to serve as a drawer pull.
The top of this table is practically circular. At the present time it
is painted in imitation of marble, but we assume that it was earlier in
its natural state. The balls of the feet are quite like those in the oak
chair table recently discussed. In the present instance they appear to
have lost about half their thickness. They are cut down to allow the
insertion of casters. In this instance they should be restored, as the
elevation of the table and the rounding out of the feet would.add very
much to its dignity. This table has a subordinate and smaller gate-leg
in the rear, on which, when the double top is opened, it rests. There
can scarcely be a doubt that this table was made for a room containing
a court cupboard, its turnings being so nearly similar.
The diameter of the posts, about 34 inches, is detailed more fully
under turnings. The curious hinges we believe to be original.
It is difficult, of course, to trace the origin of a piece so old. It
is not impossible that it came from England along with a court cup-
board. It certainly, however, has been in America a very long time, and
might easily be American so far as its wood is concerned. It is very
curious in this connection that Englishmen tell us that the wood of some
of our American pieces is English oak, whereas we are able to point out
the error. This statement is not made with any sarcastic intent.
We mean only this: that the English, unconsciously, perhaps, wish to
establish the English origin of an American piece, whereas we are just as
unconsciously leaning to the other side. Those people who absolutely
know oak would of course contemptuously brush both contenders aside.
This sentence is intended to bear a touch of sarcasm.
Owner: Mr. George B. Furness, Douglaston, Long Island.
Size: 274 inches high; 36 inches diameter of top.
No. 682. A large table of uncertain use. Probably it was for dining
purposes.
Owner: The estate of William G. Erving, M. D. Features of
especial interest are the unusual size of the brackets, and the central scroll
on the frame, the brackets adding to the strength, and brackets and scroll
adding to the appearance. One sees here a medial stretcher rather than
the outside longitudinal stretchers.
The tops and rails are pine, the stretcher is ash. The top is 323
by 64 inches. The frame is 244 by 543 inches. The hight is 274
inches.
No. 683. The table previously described and this type are often called
refectory tables. There is a confusion in the American mind between
472 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
the refectory and the communion table. Refectory tables are not known
by that name in the old inventories. There they were called “long,
standing, jointed.” The term refectory refers to the frequent use of
such tables in college commons, or the like. It is a somewhat stilted
and un-American word. A long table would be a better term. Such
tables are very scarce in America, so much so that when we pass from
those of the type of No. 682, which might be called a long tavern table,
to the communion table, the room between the two for a true refectory
is small. The communion tables are all too high to be used for dining
tables. We think it is very much better, therefore, to call them frankly
communion tables. The table before us was owned by Mr. I. Sack. We
believe the posts are maple. The top, as we show it, was of two pine
planks. We believe it to be a communion table, for if, as we are told,
the fashion in the ancient day was for high tables, why are not the
trestles high? This table was even higher than it is now, it having had
balls on the feet, which would have given it a hight of about 34 inches.
Nos. 684-686. We here interpose a picture of a room with cross
stretcher furniture, the greater part of which has already been described,
although the clock on the left, formerly supposed to be of Knicker-
bocker origin, is now known to be Spanish. ‘The clock seen through the
doorway has always been known to be English. We are omitting clocks
from this work, for separate treatment.
No. 687. A kitchen table with a leaf at the end.
Owner: Mrs. F. Gordon Patterson of Boston.
The brackets stiffening the frame are a feature of merit. The slide
is missing.
No. 688. An American all oak square topped table. It was found
at 59 Central Street, Andover, Massachusetts, in the basement of a very
ancient house, said to be of the seventeenth century. The table is sup-
posed to have been there for a long time. There is no possible reason
for regarding it as a communion table, as its shape would be wholly dif-
ferent from what we have been led to expect.
An outstanding feature of the construction is the large bulb upon the
legs. This turning resembles somewhat the turnings of the one or two
known cross stretcher desks and the cross stretcher chair table already
described. It is a good deal smaller than the bulb of the Virginian court
cupboard described. ‘The color and the texture of the oak, the figure of
its beautiful quartering, and the location of the table, so long in one
place, have induced the belief that the piece is American. This belief
is further reénforced by its style, especially its turning.
The top is made to lift off, small mortises engaging a section of the
673-674. TresttE Boarp TasLe witn Spinpies. Earty 17th CenTury.
675-676. 17th Cenrury Drawer Enps. :
ai aati oc None tenes se ES ana AA SR 1 SS AC ea
677. A Mopiriep American Drawer Taste. 1690-1710.
678. X Trestte TasBie. 1720-50.
679-680. ‘TREesTLE TasLe anp Stoors. 18th CENTURY.
681. Unique Taste, Courr Cuppoarp Sryte. 1660-80.
682. Mepiat STRETCHER TaBLE. 1690-1710.
683. Communion Taste, Marre or Bircu anp Ping. 1660-90.
684-686. A Cross SrrercHER Room. PrErtop oF 1690.
687. KircHen TasLe wity Siipe, Drop Enp, etc. 18th CEnTuRY.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 477
legs extended in the form of a tenon. It is thus of the period when
the evolution was proceeding from the trestle-board to the standing
table. All the boards of the top are apparently from one piece of
timber, such is the sameness of the quartering. ‘The method of attaching
these boards, seen in No. 689, was through long dowels running from the
end cleats into the center of each board. In the passing of time, a
shrinkage has made it possible to work these boards much as a swivel
blind is worked! The only part of the top that is not original is the
wider of the two outside boards. The other restorations are two of the
balls of the feet, and two out of twelve of the applied scrolls ornamenting
the drops. The brackets are amusingly constructed. On the end next
to the post they are thinned into wedge shape, on their backs, so as to be
driven into the mortise. The brackets are fastened on the outside and
in the usual way, by a nail driven into the frame. The stretchers are
molded inside and out.
The interesting method of forming the top, so as to leave no end
wood, is obvious. It was of course necessary to nail or pin at the cor-
ners of the top. The under side of the top and the inside of the skirt
aprons and brackets are hewn and left in the rough. These features
of construction belong to the earliest style and throw much light on
methods.
Every part of the table is in quartered oak except the legs and the
stretchers, and there is a trace of quartering even in them. The fine
grain and quiet character of this quartering and its blending from board
to board, produces one of the handsomest effects we have ever seen on
a piece of ancient furniture.
At this writing we know of no other American table so large and at |
the same time with as much contrast between the square of the turning,
which it will be noted is small, with the large size of the bulb. The
hight of this table puts it part way between the ordinary hight and the
communion table.
Size: The largest bulb of the leg is 4§ inches in diameter; its square
is 23 inches, scant; its smallest diameter is 1$ inches. The foot is of
the same size as the great bulb. The top overhangs about 8 inches,
and is 454 by 46 inches. The hight is 314.
The authority for the location is Mrs. N. E. Bartlett, whose ances-
tors have owned the table and from whose house in Andover it came.
No. 690. A long table with brackets and drops.
Owner: Mrs. John Marshall Holcombe. This example was used
in the Grant family of East Windsor Hill, Connecticut, as a dining
table, before 1700. It was possibly the property of the settler, Matthew
478 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Grant, who was a surveyor, and whose tripod was among the family
treasures. ‘The channel mold on the frame is the same as that appear-
ing on American oak chests.
The frame is oak. The style of the turnings is close to the earliest
American work.
Size of top: 324 by 70 inches; frame, 32 by 584 inches; hight, 31
inches.
Nos. 691-693. A room containing seventeenth century furniture, or
early eighteenth century examples, most of the individual pieces of which
are described in this volume. The sheathing is of the character common
in houses of that period, but the shutters are somewhat later.
No. 694. A communion table used by the church of Sudbury, Massa-
chusetts, and dated from the second edifice, which was completed and in
service in 1655. This table was described in the first edition, but some
facts were withheld, since the church did not wish to be annoyed with
inquiries. By an arrangement for a fund, the interest of which is to be
applied in support of the church, the table was passed into the author’s
hands. It is, perhaps, the oldest table whose ancestry can be quite precisely
traced to so early a period in American history. While not as important
from the standpoint of style as No. 698, it is more “in the rough,” and,
to a certain class of collectors, is of greater interest on this account. We
confess to belonging in that class. The original church in the town of
Sudbury was in what is now Wayland. When the Sudbury Center church
was set off as a new parish, a part of its inheritance from the older asso-
ciation was this table. The top is of yellow pine, and was in one piece.
It has been split, but in such a way as obviously to indicate that each section
belonged to the original part. It is of pine and an inch and a half in
thickness.
Its dimensions are 29 by 844 inches. The hight of the table is 334
inches, from which probably # inch has been lost by attrition and decay.
The end overhang is 63 inches, and the side overhang is 23 inches on the
front and but # of an inch behind. This indicates that it was intended to
show on the side of the wider overhang only. The posts are 34 inches
square. The stretchers are 2 by 24 inches. The frame pieces under the
top are 33 by 14 inches on the sides, whereas the end pieces are 4 inches
wide. The posts extend above the frame 4 inch and are let into shallow
mortise holes in the top to give rigidity and to prevent a sliding of the
top. Every part is original.
No. 695. A kneading-trough table. It is in the Metropolitan Mu-
seum. ‘There is a drawer and cross stretchers. The front of the drawer
carries quaint carvings. The huge wedges which hold the middle truss
688. Square Oak Partor Tasie. 1670-90.
689. QuarTERED Oak Top or Partor TaBLe.
690. Rerecrory TaBLe, witH Brackets anp Drops. 1650-80.
SS ype aale nailed nih
691-693. Room or THE PERIOD ABOUT 1700.
697. Licur Rerecrory TaBLE. 1700-30.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 483
in place carry out the sturdy effect of the piece. The cross stretchers are
slightly scrolled. So, also, are the straddling legs. The material is pine.
One is naturally prone to the opinion that this piece was a gift con-
structed by a young husband for his bride. We do not certainly know the
origin, but it is probably of Knickerbocker or Jersey derivation.
No. 696. A remarkable table owned by the Metropolitan Museum.
It contains a box or hutch below the top, which latter is made to slide, the
cleats being dovetailed. The panels are encroached on at the bottom by
the base molds of the frame, a thing which we can hardly understand
because the table was evidently a thoughtful composition. The turnings
are very early and quaint. There is apparently something missing at the
bottom, since the flat stretchers were not intended as shoes. Had they
been so intended, they would have run under the feet. The top is made
with mitered ends to avoid any end wood. It has been thought that the
table is American, but we do not feel competent to judge.
It is an odd feature that the only method of gaining access to the hutch
is by sliding the top, a thing one would not do with ease, if it were covered
with articles. }
The top handle of iron is like what we see in English pieces. This
table serves to point the statement that early tables were made without
leaves. If larger tables were wanted, two or three were put together, and
that method continued down through the year 1800. When tables with
leaves finally came in, they speedily drove out of use all large tables with
one-piece tops. Hence the extreme rarity of such tables.
No. 697. We may name this a light refectory table, as it will do as
well as any other term. Still, it is the type of a long tavern table. The
objection to using the term tavern table of these large pieces is that they
could not, of course, be moved about readily for the use of individuals,
a requisite attached to the name and use of the tavern table.
The frame of this table is oak, but the top is pine. There is a good
overhang all about, making the table convenient to sit at.
One sees in this table an approach to the gate-leg style of turning. Its
plain stretchers, however, hold to the earlier type of the standing table.
The plain stretcher was stronger than the turned stretcher, a very important
matter if the stretcher was long, as here.
A frame of oak usually points to an earlier date than a maple frame.
Still we cannot be too dogmatic on such matters. Old traditions died out
slowly in some parts of Connecticut.
Size: The top is 294 by 673 inches. The frame is 204 by 47 inches.
It is 254 inches high, and has, obviously, lost something of its feet, which
would be proved also by the fact that it is too low to sit at as a dining table:
484 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 698. The Salisbury communion table. This very remarkable
table, all in American white oak, with carving on the front of the frame,
the author saw brought in by the dealer who discovered it. At that time
the top was loose, showing the joints between its boards. On the occasion
of its sale, the purchaser desired those boards jointed and cleats applied,
which was done. Later, when it was resold, a purchaser threw it back upon
the seller, on the ground that the top was not original. The inference was
natural enough to one who did not know the circumstances.
The table is unique at the time of this writing, in respect to the fact
that it is the only American table found with carving on the frame, which
also has its original base, practically at the full hight. The table also
solves the question whether or not there were ever American tables whose
feet terminated in squares, and were not turned. Tables found with square
feet in England, we were accustomed to think, had lost the turned feet in
most cases. We believe that in some instances the feet were originally
square. We did not feel certain that any table of the type existed in
America.
The carving consists of interlaced straps, within which are rosettes,
technically called a guilloche design. The design is said to be a symbol of
eternity. The spandrels are also stippled. As this table stood in front of
the pulpit and probably on a dais, elevated at least one step above the hight
of the pews, and as the table itself was about five inches higher than a
dining table, the carved member was impressively exhibited to the congre-
gation, as they sat. It is for this reason that carving on a communion table
was particularly appropriate. The style of the turnings is the earliest
American. The only restorations on this table, aside from jointing the
top as above mentioned, are the two brackets at the junction of the frame
and the posts on the front. Mortised slits in the posts were found, giving
the precise width of the original brackets. Broken off nails were found
on the frame, showing where the bracket had been nailed in the conven-
tional manner at its inner end against the frame. We were able, there-
fore, to make a very exact restoration, which greatly increases the beauty
and sense of completeness of the table. The construction of the frame is
heavily mortised and pinned, there being two pins at every joint on the
upper part of the frame. There is a $ inch mold all around the edges of all
the members of the frame, top and bottom. This molding is worked on
as in the case of chests, a part of it being done after the frame was
assembled. .
Size: The top is about 14 inches thick, 284 by 89 inches on the surface.
The total hight is 344 inches, this proving that there could not have been
balls at the bottoms of the legs. Thirty-four inches is the usual hight for
‘KUOLNAD YIQI ‘NUOPY HOVOD fgZlI ‘avg uoog aauNstaTaAdg *00L—669
‘09g—-0$91 “LAG J TIVNIOIVGQ) HLIM ATAV YT NOINDINWO? aaAaVI) *369
eee
702.
701. Watnut Lisprary TasLeE. 1700-20.
Watnur Lisrary Tasie, ScoLLopep SxirT. 1700-20.
SNA cis nail eae RD ht
703. PENNsYLVANNIA KiTCHEN TABLE. 1710-50.
| Sat
ea
Sai ce e S cecr ea as
704. Warnur Lisrary Taste, ButBous TurNED. 1700-30.
a
a
mm EDA WELTER FS.
Four Quaint Lanterns oF Various Dares.
705-708.
es
eee
ae - eet
bea
Be
<
$
i
z
Farry 18th Cenrury FURNITURE.
KiTCHEN OF THE HaLe Mansion
709-712.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 489
communion tables so far found. The frame is 26 by 714 inches. There
is thus an overhang at the ends of about nine inches. The posts are 35
inches square. The square of the posts at the bottom is 11% inches long,
six inches of this being below the stretchers. The square of the posts at
the top is 7 inches long. The top members of the frame are 4 by 14 inches.
The bottom members are 3 inches deep by 24 inches wide.
The restriction of brackets to the front of a table frame is not unusual
in smaller tables. In this instance the table was intended to show but one
front. There were no mortise holes found in the posts to receive brackets,
except at the front.
Nos. 699-700. We are familiar with the wooden door bar, but here
is a door bar of iron on which scrolls appear, as well as the initials C. W.
and the date 1778. The length is 57. inches. As one sees, this bar is
really a huge hasp, the slot of which was slipped over a staple and secured
by a pin. The long trumpet below is of the sort used on coaches to
announce their approach. It is about five feet long. It requires a man
with good lungs and some skill to use it. By adept blowing it gives out
a varied musical bar that is very pleasing. Both of these articles were
found in Pennsylvania.
No. 7or. A walnut library table. This type seems to be found only
in the Pennsylvania and Jersey region. These pieces are sometimes called
kitchen tables, and their drawers often bear evidence of rough usage. No
doubt the type was used in more than one room. The side overhang of
these tables, about three inches, is to admit of sitting at either side very
comfortably. The tops of these tables are all made removable, by four
hand dowels. The overhang at the ends is always generous, and in some
cases, more. Examples are found in pine also. If we presume that the
pine pieces were for the kitchen and the walnut pieces for the parlor, per-
haps no one can show that we are wrong. A characteristic feature is the
large size of the knobs. The drawers usually, if not always, overlap, and
more often than not they are in different widths in the same frame.
The stretchers sometimes run around the outside and sometimes there
is a medial stretcher, as here. Asa rule the stretchers are in a square section
and not turned, but they are frequently found molded.
Size: The top is 31 by 66 inches; the frame is 25 by 53 inches. The
total hight is 29 inches. There is the unusual feature of a third drawer.
No. 702. A walnut chair table with a scalloped skirt. Of late, since
these tables came into demand, not a few have been found with the scal-
loped skirt. With the plain skirt, large numbers have been brought into
the market.
Such a table as this, not as large as the previous number, might have
490 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
been used for serving, but as a rule smaller tables of this sort would have
been sought for the purpose, and such are found.
Size: The top is 324 by 484 inches. The frame is 283 by 364 inches.
The total hight is 282 inches.
No. 703. A Pennsylvania table, of which the legs are maple and the
other members pine. The drawers are not paired but the knobs are good
of the type. The frame is beaded. The posts are 24 inches square. The
stretchers, as usual, are of a rectangular section, but larger vertically than
horizontally.
No. 704. A walnut table with scalloped skirt and an end drawer. The
turnings are much bolder than usual, approaching almost to the bulbous.
The feet are quite characteristic. The table is large and handsome.
Nos. 705-708. A series of four lanterns, the property of Mr. Ru-
dolph P. Pauly. The first example is hexagonal and is of tin, and the
second example is octagonal and made of wood. The glasses, however,
are divided into two parts with a lead joint. Fascinating little carved
finials appear at the angles. This is one of the most interesting and im-
portant lanterns we have ever seen. The other pieces are of tin and of
ordinary shape, that at the right being probably a sconce from which the
reflector seems missing.
Nos. 709-712. The large living room of the Hale Mansion, South
Coventry, Connecticut. It was built in 1776, by Deacon Richard Hale,
father of Captain Nathan Hale, the “ martyr spy ” of the Revolutionary
War, who was born in an earlier house which was demolished soon after
the present house was erected, and which stood but a few rods from it.
The maple gate-leg table on the left is one of the daintiest examples. It
is very delicately turned and the frame on the end is scrolled. Its top is
41 by 523 inches, and it is 23 inches high. The table on the right is a very
rare specimen called in Connecticut a Windsor table, not from the Windsor
chair, but from the town of that name. There is a larger example, which
we do not show, in the author’s collection. The table shown is of hickory,
oak and maple. It was found in Hartford. The oval top is 214 by 284
inches, and the hight is 24 inches. The room is well paneled on the fire-
place side. A curious little bench stands before the fireplace.
Much credit is due to the owner of the house and contents, Mr. George
Dudley Seymour, for the restoration.
No. 713. An extremely rare and important gate-leg example. One
of the unusual features is that there are two gates on a side. Another is
that there is a leaf on one side only. We may perhaps presume that the
table is used in a public place like a court room. There is a good deal of
wear shown on the back stretchers and a freedom from wear in front.
713. An OrriciaL SincLeE Lear GatreLec Taste. 17th Century.
Watnur TABLE witH Four GaTEs. 1690-1730.
714.
Pee.
~
Warnutr TaBLeE witH Four GATEs.
SouUTHERN STYLE. 18th CenTury.
716. Warnut TasLe witH Four Gates. 1690-1730.
717-
718-719.
GaTELEG TABLE.
GaTELEG TaABLEs.
Earty 18th Century.
Earty 18th Century.
pees
ee
720. Heavity Turnep GaTELEG TaBLE oF Maple. 1690-1720.
=
ss
Ap
}
UN Earn |
fea EFarty 18th Cenrury.
Cross STRETCHER GATELEG TABLE,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 495
This is proof, since the parts are all original, that the table was used at the
ends and back only. The back would not have shown wear had the table
been kept against the wall. The nature of the wear would preclude the
supposition that the table was used for communion purposes. There is
no wear on the rule joint of the leaf, showing that the table was used
standing, that is, that the leaf was regularly raised. There is a fine molding
on the stretchers, and the stretchers of the gates are molded on all four
corners. The front stretcher is chamfered, as clearly seen.
The joint in the front rail is cut on a radius to permit the turning of
the leg. There is a legend on the back rail: “ Chas. Hosmer, Hartford,
Conn.” This gentleman has been called the father of the Historical
Society in that city. The legend is probably a shipping direction. We
are no doubt indebted to him for this splendid specimen, which has now
been brought out from the obscurity of a basement, and placed in public
view. His date was 1785 to 1871.
The wood of the table is cherry, except the upper frame rail in the
back, which is pine, with a molded edge. The legs, as well as the front
stretcher, are 34 inches square. The back stretcher is 24 by 34 inches.
The table is 78 inches long and 30 inches high.
Our attention has been called, by the kindness of Mr. Lockwood,
to the existence of other tables with gates on one side only, which tables
were intended for use in pairs, in the same manner as, at a later period,
the famous cabinet makers arranged their tables. The specimen before
us could hardly have been used in that manner, or the wear would not be
found in the portions indicated, although of course we do not know the
original intention of the maker.
The massive squares of the legs and the generally large dimensions
really give this table a place with the great refectory and communion
tables. Nevertheless, the fact that the leaf has a rule joint precludes the
naming of a date as early as we would otherwise give.
No. 714. A four-gate table of walnut.
Owner: Mrs. Lewis Sheldon Welch of New Haven.
The existence of twelve-legged tables, otherwise called four-gate
tables, or tables with two gates on a side, has not even been suspected by
some collectors. Some six or eight examples are known in America. Pos-
sibly the most important is that at the Albany Historical Society, which
is the only one that has come to our attention having its gates swing from
the centre, and giving a star or raised effect when the gates are all opened.
That method of swinging the gate is commoner in England. It is a much
wiser design than that of the table before us for, when the gates swing
496 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
from the centre, the knees of the sitter are not interfered with by the
legs of the table.
The origin of the table shown is presumably Connecticut. Of course,
the drawer handle is not original. The purpose of using two gates on
a side was, of course, the additional stability required by very large tables.
It is important to glance at the question of the probable origin of the
walnut used in New England furniture. There is little of clear direct
evidence on the subject, but we know that there was a brisk coast trade
between the North and the South, and there can be little doubt that
Virginia walnut was brought into New York and New England. When
we reach Pennsylvania we find there a red walnut closely like the Vir-
ginia walnut.
We know that in England walnut was not a commercial wood before
the days of Queen Elizabeth, when it was planted under royal patronage
to a great extent. When, therefore, the walnut age came in, England
was able to use her own forests. She was stimulated to the production
of walnut from the fact that it was a fashionable wood in Italy.
Great forests of Virginia walnut, furnishing very fine timber, were
found. Of course it was shipped to England, and it would be unreason-
able to suppose that it did not also go into New England. It is found
in fine furniture here and in New York so frequently that we rest in this
conclusion. Nevertheless there were two sorts of walnut native to the
North; the black walnut, which is occasionally found in early furniture,
and the white walnut, another name for hickory, which of course entered
very largely into the Windsor chair and various other manufactures. It
is rather misleading to use the term walnut of hickory, because only those
specially trained in local appellations will understand the meaning. As
a structural wood, the Virginia walnut was superior to our native black
walnut, as well as being more fashionable.
The furniture wood of the North is, however, par excellence, maple.
The soft maple is the sort most frequently found in furniture. Other
names for it are swamp and water maple. It is distinguished from
the rock or sugar maple by the fact that the rock maple is a heavier,
harder wood, and furnishes even finer material for turning than the soft
maple.
No. 715. A four-gate table of walnut. It was found by the writer
in Richmond, Virginia, and is now owned by Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
It is somewhat small and low for a four-gate table. The turnings are
more characteristic of the South, where we are more likely to find the
stretchers in square sections, as here, rather than turned. This table is
practically all original except a small mend on the top.
Seas O Ae
SpanisH Foor GaTELEG TaBLeE.
COSI A LE EH
722. 1690-1720.
dy
ir
7
723. Botpty Turnep GaTELec.
724. ‘TuRNED Frame Tasie, Frat Gates. 1790-1810.
/ 4 ) 9
725-729. Hominy Mortar, BEEHIVE, Hann Wroucut Mortar.
:
{
;
Resend aries ations een i saad -
730. Dainty Smartt GaTELeG Tasie. 1690-1720.
Frew > eat
§
731-739. SryLes oF SHovEL AND Tonc Heaps,
Si PO PISS Aid Sa PIR Nal i Ro 2 ana ‘ et iS Sec EAB SS cl a
740. Smati GaTELEG, GRoovep Joint Top, 1690-1730.
lit 2 . IR i a a each eer |
‘741-742. Sprir GaTELEG TaBLes. 1680-1710.
.
Siesta eta
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 501
No. 716. A walnut four-gate table found in southern New Hamp-
shire, near Dover.
The top is not original, being of pine as shown. The author has now
replaced the top with another of old walnut, in the oval form.
It is thought, where a table has, frankly, a new top, that circumstance
detracts very much from its importance. In the instance before us, how-
ever, the frame is of great beauty and perfection. We think we have
never seen a table with such a forest of legs in so fine a condition, every
foot being so nearly intact as not even to suggest restoration.
The effect of these four-gate tables, when opened, in the centre of a
room, is startling and impressive as to beauty and dignity. Such pieces
are the central objects of the walnut period, more attractive, at least in
the author’s estimation, than highboys.
The frame of this table is 20 by 51 inches. The hight is 29 inches.
As restored, the top is made 70 inches in its largest diameter.
No. 717. A large gate-leg table with unusually fine turnings.
Owner: the Metropolitan Museum. One notices the very long effect
of the frame in proportion to the width.
The slot cut in the posts of the swinging legs and in the frame is a
distinct blemish in any gate-leg table. It is, however, unavoidable.
These tables look best when closed.
Gate-leg tables usually have one drawer reaching about two thirds
of the length of the table, and if a table is very large there may be a
drawer at either end. In the earliest types there is often under the
drawer a central slat on which it slides: We seldom find grooved runs
on the drawers of gate-leg tables, their period being rather late for this
feature. As a rule, the examples have a beaded member on the frame
as seen here. Of course the heavier type afforded more room for ball
turnings. If one contrasts these turnings with those of the two tables
at the bottom of the same page, he sees less character in the latter.
Nos. 718-719. Two gate-leg tables belonging to the Metropolitan
Museum.
In‘the construction of gate-leg tables, the swing of the leg should not
extend beyond the edge of the leaf, nor, indeed, come very close to it.
In the example shown at the right, No. 719, the close approach of the
gate to the edge of the leaf is an objectionable feature. Of course, the
greater the overhang of the leaf, the less interference there is between
the human and the table leg. There is a considerable variation in this
regard, the overhang ranging from four to six inches.
In determining the source of walnut, we have noted that English
walnut has an occasional bluish streak, perhaps every inch or two, run-
502 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
ning through the grain. All walnuts, however, bleach with wear and
washing to a pale gray, especially if they are in an exposed location. The
color may easily be restored by the application of a coat of oil. In fact,
one is sometimes disagreeably shocked by the great change in color caused
by oil.
No. 720. A gate-leg table with somewhat heavy turnings. The wood
is maple, including the top. The leaves have the tongue and groove
joint, resembling the modern matched board, only less pronounced, and
with broader members. ‘This sort of joint is counted the earlier and more
desirable, although fine specimens are found with the rule joint, which
is denominated by modern cabinet makers a table joint. From the
point of appearance the rule joint is better, because when a leaf is down,
no opening appears between the leaf and the top.
Claim is often made for great age in the tops of some tables with
plain square joints. The burden of proof is on the claimant. We have
seen but one or two tables in respect to which it seemed at all likely that
the plain joint was ancient.
This table has lost the balls of its feet, but is otherwise original. The
pattern of the turning is called the vase and ring, and in this case, taking
the center of the turning and proceeding each way from it, it is symmet-
rical or reversible.
This table is of moderate size, and we shall not annoy the reader
with sizes in every case It is unhappily the very small and very large
tables that are most sought for, and those are the examples in which it is
more important to note the size. The gate-leg table of medium size is
intrinsically as good as its smaller brothers, but sad to say, owing to the
innate propensity of a collector to secure the unusual, it is not so much
in demand as the small and large examples.
No. 721. A gate-leg table with a cross stretcher.
Owner: Mr. J. H. Stiles, York, Pennsylvania.
We do not remember having seen another example of a stretcher of
this kind. The top, we presume, should be oval and not square. Pos-
sibly some gate-leg tables had rectangular tops originally, but none such
have come to the author’s attention.
This table has lost its feet. It has a good ogee scroll on the frame.
In this connection we may remember that when this scroll or any decora-
tion on the frame occurs, it of course shows on the end member rather
than on the side, which is completely masked when the leaf is closed
and largely masked when it is open.
No. 722. A maple gate-leg table with Spanish feet. The top on
eitonenmetd eam Ane
aise e
siianeniieoes
743. SmaLtL Watnut GaTELEG. 1690-1730.
$d a ih Eero i i a alan aR RE
744. Hanp-mavE Bowr witH HanpLes,
Tucx-away GATELEG TaBLE.
745A. A Fire Carrier.
1690-1710.
tere ep mS ishing
as |
|
iain eciammmnammmsiaiinti
7 5
BE Tes TaN Tres Cae see Notre ee heh ona ee Cote
746.
Fotpinc GaTELEG TaBLe.
1700-1730.
747. Marre Gare vec.
748.
FoLpDING
GaTELEG, GroovEpD ScrRoLLED TrReEsTLE ENps.
tail iad tion MMS AN 7 it ii? iba SS RIEL te ns
749. Lone Fotpinc GaTELEG. 1690-1710.
i
4
RN CS Nn SORTASE Ee a Sd
1690-1710.
Sa aligposaniiatlae a
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 507
this table is of the proper size and has the grooved joint, but it is of pine
and of course is not original.
Gate-leg tables with Spanish feet are rare. Some such tables have
nearly all the scrolls of their feet new, and in no case have we seen one
in which the feet did not require some repairs. The tables go well with
Spanish foot chairs in the same room.
Size: The top is 454 by 47 inches. The frame is 14 by 33 inches.
The hight is 274 inches. There is a drawer.
No. 723. A gate-leg table with heavy turnings In this instance,
the stretchers are of a square section. The wood is all walnut. The
frame is scrolled at the ends. The construction is without a drawer. All
parts are original. There is a grooved joint and the ancient hinges. It
is sometimes possible to decide whether a top is new or old by the style
of the hinges. The table hinge, as the term is commercially understood
now, came in about 1790. Earlier hinges were wrought, their edges being
more or less irregular, and often in the butterfly pattern, or if not, in a
cruder pattern than the fine hinges of the Sheraton period.
No. 724. A table with flat gates. This style is more generally
found in England. Of course, the relation between the gates and the
legs of the frame is lost by this method, but it is very early. The turn-
ings here are handsome, and rather unusual. This table is walnut.
Square stretchers are the rule with flat gates. It will be seen in this in-
stance that they were beaded on the top and bottom, but that the beading
on the top is mostly worn off.
One observes that with the heavy turning it is possible to use the
single vase pattern, as here. With a light turning, the vase would be so
attenuated as to lose its distinction. Therefore, the smaller the post, the
more intricate must be the turning, and the more must it be composed of
fine elements in order to retain its decorative features.
Nos. 725-727. A very high vase-shaped hominy mortar with its
pestle. On the right is the old-fashioned beehive of straw. It is of the
sort seen in the woodcuts in the “ Old Farmer’s Almanac.” These bee-
hives were used up to a late period in Pennsylvania, but as they are now
prohibited by law, it behooves those who would possess one to be active.
The bees, when taking possession of a hive of this sort, will first coat it
carefully with wax to make it waterproof. The maker ran two sticks
through at right angles to assist the bees in building their comb. Some of
the specimens rise to attractive cone shapes. The hight is about 14 inches
and the diameter 16 inches.
The owner of these three objects is Mr. Francis Mireau of the Foun-
tain Inn, Doylestown, Pennsylvania.
508 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Nos. 728-729. A huge mortar and a pestle formed by taking advan-
tage of the crook of a limb. The material is apple wood. The peculiar
merit of this piece is that while it is brought down to a turned form, the
work is carved out by hand, because a section is left in the original size to
serve as a handle. The piece is very heavy and large, so much so that
probably a common straight pestle would be awkward to operate. This
specimen is known to have been used for at least three generations. It
was common for persons who were at a distance from a mill in the ancient
time to make their own meal in such mortars.
It is owned by the Curtis Inn, Woodbury, Connecticut.
No. 730. A small and very delicately turned gate-leg table all in
walnut. The turnings are striped with bands of red paint, which is old,
but we suppose not original. The construction is excellent and all original.
There is the tongue and groove joint. It will be noticed that on very
small tables the walnut top is likely to be considerably less than an inch
in thickness, as here. All in all, when the turnings and the size of this
table are considered, it is most attractive. It will be observed here that
the legs of the gate run to the floor, not only in the outside leg, but in
the inside leg. That is, there is a fixed projection below the inside leg,
like a leg terminal, though of course it is separated from the upper part
of the leg. In this manner the harmony of the table is conserved and
its beauty is much enhanced. Old tables are made in Bo ways, some
omitting this complementary feature. :
Size: Top, 244 by 28 inches. Hight, 274 inches. The leaves are
10 inches wide, and the center of the top is 84 inches wide.
Nos. 731-739. A series of nine shovel and tong handles. As a
rule, the tong handles terminate in a ball. The better designs have a
segmental swelled portion, for which there is no use further than the
element of design. ‘The best shovel handles are scrolled, as in the third
example.
No. 740. A small gate-leg table.
Owner: Mr. G. Winthrop Brown.
It has a drawer and the tongue and groove leaf joint.
The frame of a gate-leg table sometimes, as in this case, is made to
take the drawer directly under the top. In other cases, there is a cross
member % to 1 inch thick, on the frame, above the drawer. This member
seems to add strength, but the greater part of the best tables do not have
it. We mention the matter because this cross member has been chal-
lenged, but we feel certain that it was original in several instances. Of
course a drawer very much weakens the frame. It was probably for this
1680-1700
Cuerry TresTLE Env GATELEG.
750.
TRENCHERS AND UTENSILS.
754-755;
756. Bari Turnep Sprit GaTELEG. 1690-1730.
757. Earty Manocany Foipinc GaTELEG. 1720-30.
758. A Corner GaTELEG. 1690-1710.
759. Avy Turnep Joint Sroot or Stoor Taste.
1680-1700.
760.
Bircu Frame, Batu anp
Att TurRNED TAvERN TABLE.
Rinc Turnep Tavern TAaBLe.
NARI ARLES SAS
1690-1710.
1660-80.
59
fei
|
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 513
reason that a single drawer was used instead of a drawer at each end, on
the smaller examples.
Nos. 741-742. The left-hand example has a single drop leaf, which
is held up by a split gate; that is, the gate is slit in two longitudinally, in
the same manner as the banisters of a chair or the applied spindles on oak
furniture. The construction avoids cutting’ into the frame by a narrower
slot. Nevertheless, the table, when open, shows the half leg and is not
as attractive as the usual gate-leg form. It is, however, an interesting
curiosity and is, as a rule, seen in the smaller tables. It will be observed
in this example that there is a triangular frame, but that the stretchers at
the base are in the form of a T, and do not run around the table as is usual
in the triangular style.
The other example is turned in the knob or ball style, and in other
respects opens like No. 741. One is shown open and the other closed in
order to illustrate the method of operation.
The left-hand table has a heavy original pine top. The right-hand
example is in hard pine, and is reputed to have come from Bilbao. The
top is thin, as we often find it in small foreign tables. Nevertheless we
see no reason why the table should not have been made in this country,
as hard pine was common.
No. 743. An all walnut gate-leg table. All the legs extend to the
floor and there is an agreeable wear of the turnings. It is all original
except the back leaf, and has the grooved joint. The legs are in a fine
state of preservation. The leaves have the fine large original butterfly
hinges. The table was found in southern New Hampshire.
Size: Frame, 11 by 29 inches; hight, 28 inches; top, 414 (with the
grain) by 394 inches. It is an odd instance of a gate-leg table which is
actually longer than it is wide! Ordinarily speaking, these tables are
larger across the grain; that is, owing to the spread of the leaves, arranged
in reference to the swing of the gate leg, the diameter is larger than the
length. In this case that is not true.
No. 744. A bowl worked out by hand and in the shape of a cocked
hat, or at least to suggest that form. The knobs are left as handles.
The material is burl. Of course the object in cutting a bowl from burl
was to escape the danger of splitting. The burl is the result of the loss
of orderly impulse in a tree. Nature forgets herself and the grain be-
comes a tangle. The burl is not a knot; neither is it a crotch nor a root.
It is a benignant tumor. Such burls are found on the maple, ash, oak
and walnut, and probably on other trees.
Owner: Mr. Albert C. Bates of Hartford.
No. 745. A single gate table, otherwise called a tuck-away table.
514 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
This example is in maple with a thick pine top, which is chamfered away
at the edge below in order to give an effect of lightness, as in the case of
the Windsor chair seat. This specimen was found on Cape Cod. One
notes the feet of the trestles, cut in an arch from below.. These specimens
are much sought for and are very rare. They were most convenient as
tea tables, carrying out the thought of all the earlier furniture, to provide
it in collapsible forms. It will be seen that the stretchers here are turned.
No. 745A. A fire-carrier. These articles, seen from above, some-
what resemble a corn-popper. There are holes in the top so that the
coals could be supplied with oxygen. The handle in this instance is cast,
but in better patterns it is found wrought. The object was to carry fire
from one room to another, or from one dwelling to another. Carrying the
fire from one room to another was a quicker and easier method than the
use of the spark and tinder.
No. 746. A tuck-away or gate-leg table in which the top swings down
so as to present its longer diameter horizontally instead of vertically, as
in the instance previously discussed. This table has a history attached to
it by a metal plate. It descends from an ancient family. The wood is
maple. One notes that the stretchers are not turned.
Size: the top is 20 by 264 inches—a very small table. The hight
is 264 inches.
No. 747. A good example of a New England type of the gate-leg
table, all in maple. It was in the former collection of the author, and
in the Webb House, Wethersfield.
No. 748. A gate-leg table of pine, in which the usual method is
reversed; that is to say, we have flat trestles instead of a flat gate. The
trestle is crudely carved with an ogee scroll on each side, and it is fluted
also.
One notices that the feet must have lost something from wear, as they
formerly swept out in a longer curve and formed a more stable base.
The flat stretcher, which forms, also, the foundation for the gates, is
scrolled. We are unaware whether or not the top is original.
No. 749. A folding gate-leg table. The tuck-away tables are also
called folding gate-legs. The term is here applied to trestle-post gate-
legs which have a top of a very narrow section.
Owner: The Metropolitan Museum. The shape of the top is against
the presumption of originality, as is also the extreme length of the leaf,
but we are uncertain on these points. The table is extraordinary, being
the longest folding gate-leg we have seen. It may have lost a half-inch
at the base, so that the full contour of the shoe forming the foundation
of the trestle does not appear.
762.
Larce Bracket AND Drop Tasie, OricinaL Top.
763. Heavy Smatit Tavern Taste. 1660-70.
1670-90.
764.
MepIAL
765.
STRETCHER
ciety Sit
io, 98
yah ail iL ca i
Tavern TasLe wiTH Brackets, 1690-1710.
MepiaL STRETCHER Tavern Taste. 1700-20.
ee DD
syngeneic etree emeaag
nang
myternse
OTs
766. Heavy Hicu SrrercHer Taste. 1660-80.
Baty Turnep TaverRN TABLE, ALL Lecs RakeEp.
1670-90.
ah
768.
sei eit or F Fsiecaclcnl trad ONE
MepiAL STRETCHER TavERN TABLE.
scinsiinnesiipiamaniinaatnaimremmmpactais
=f Se ante catia santaacenla
769. TurRNEpD TaBLe.
1700. 770.
1700-30.
Cross STRETCHER TABLE,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 519
Size: The shoe is now 9 inches long and 24 inches square in the
main section. The frame is 354 inches long. The hight is 275 inches.
The legs are 1 inches square. The top of the stretcher is 53 inches
from the floor. The center board of the top is only 63 inches wide, and
its length is 43 inches. The leaves are each 104 inches wide. The
thickness of the top is only # of an inch.
No. 750. A heavy trestle gate-leg. The wood is cherry. It 1s
all original with the exception of a very small section of one leaf, shown
at the joint in the picture. This is an early example of the use of
cherry. It would not have been necessary to have slotted the base for
the flat gate, but so we find it. It would seem that the flat gate was
sometimes used in order to avoid cutting out sections of the frame at
top and bottom. The shoes are pretty well worn down on their uppers,
as one might say! They were once scrolled with a cupid’s bow; that
is to say, a double ogee curve. They probably have lost about an inch.
The joint is grooved.
Size: The top and the flat gates are # inch thick. This is usual in
small tables of hard wood. The posts are “stocky” for so small a
table, being 2% inches, flush, square. The thickness of the table, closed,
is about 154 inches; the leaves are 17 inches wide; and the length is
36 inches. Thus the oval is extreme, and it is considered in good style
on this account.
Nos. 751-755. Three shallow vessels of burl. The little instru-
ments between the bowls are Indian tools consisting of minute parallel
knives for stripping up wood for basket work.
Owner: Mr. Albert C. Bates, Hartford.
No. 756. A gate-leg table with ball turnings and with two split
gates. The material is yellow pine or, as some would say, pifion.
The turnings are very bold and interesting, but the members of the
lower frame appear rather lean, as is frequently the case in tables of this
kind.
No. 757. A folding gate-leg table of walnut. It originated in the
South. The leaf has the rule joint. It is impossible to determine pre-
cisely when this type of joint came into use, but we find it well established
by 1750.
This example is very compact, the thickness of the table when folded
being only 64 inches. The top is 35 inches long and 424 inches wide —
a very strong oval. The top has a fine thumb-nail molding. The hight
is 244 inches. The piece has good style, with a long overhang and a
large top in proportion to the base.
No. 758. A corner gate-leg table, with a triangular frame and a top
520 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
which is square when opened, and in the form of two triangles when
closed.
Owner: The George F. Ives Collection.
We have seen another table with a base precisely like this. The top
had been restored in a round form.
Size: The top is 31 inches square and the hight is 27 inches.
Tables of this sort are important and attractive.
No. 759. With some hesitancy we insert this table at this point, at
the end of the discussion of gate-leg tables. We may call this piece a
stool or a table or, better yet, we may use the term stool-table. It was
bought in Portland, Maine. All the legs are on a rake and not merely
two, as is usual. All the members are turned. The condition is fine.
The top is pinned on in four places at the center of each side, and the
pin runs entirely through the frame. All parts are of maple.
The size of the frame at the stretchers is 134 by 164 inches.
The modern paint has now been washed off, and without the appli-
cation of anything whatever, even of wax, the wood has a beautiful
appearance.
eo
ereinisemmiaels
a etaatiae es sconces wy nat cc
771i.
717%:
Heavy Tavern TABLe.
Heavy Tavern Taste.
1680-90.
1660-80.
ab RE sta
eames
73. Oax ano Pine Tavern Taste.
774
SMALL Oak Tavern TABLE,
1670-90.
aa |
SS cade eR aE 2 os
775. HicH SrreTcHeR Tavern TaBiE. 1680-1700.
776. Watnut Taste. 1690-1700. 777. Wa.tNuT TaBLE. 1700-30.
778.
779:
ScrRoLLED Sxirt TavERN TABLE.
Heavy Oax Tavern TAB Le.
1670-90.
1660-90.
TAVERN TABLES
We NOW enter upon the discussion of the tavern table, about which
something has already been said. In brief, we may state that it is
always small, and was always, probably, originally without a leaf. It
was designed to be moved about as wanted, especially in taverns, to serve
guests wherever they happened to be sitting. Vast numbers of these
tables existed, and a good many of them remain today.
No. 760. This ancient example of a tavern table has a frame which
we think is birch. ‘There are heavy turnings in the ball pattern, with
incipient rings. It will be seen that the side stretchers are high, for
what purpose no one has discovered. They are in the way of a person’s
legs. The only manner in which the table could be comfortably used
was to sit at its end.
Owner: It was in the collection of Mr. B. A. Behrend.
Only the feet are restored. It was found in Milford, Massachusetts,
in 1917. The top has a very long overhang, 17 inches or more.
The bases of these tables are usually in maple, and their tops are
almost invariably in pine, sometimes yellow and sometimes white.
No. 761. A tavern table with rather meagre turnings, as is usual
in the small types. Of course it was thus easier for the maids to move
about.
No. 762. This handsome heavily turned table with brackets and
drops, with its rare and original top, should perhaps not be classed among
tavern tables. We have, however, a table a little too large for the
tavern table and perhaps large enough for a breakfast table, but not for
a dining table.
Owner: Mrs. G. C. Bryant, Ansonia, Connecticut.
One should compare this table with the heavy type preceding it in
this book. There is an astonishing similarity between the brackets of
these tables. The author has seen certainly a dozen, and perhaps twice
as many, in which the brackets had practically the same contour, although
some are slightly elongated to accommodate themselves to the length of
the frame to which they are to be affixed. They are set into a thin
mortise on the post, and attached to the frame below at their inside
end by nails.
No. 763. A small, heavy tavern table.
525
526 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
Owner: Mr. H. W. Erving.
The frame is oak. The turnings are very early, and should be com-
pared with those on the Robinson chair.
The size of the frame at the top is 143 by 84 inches, and it stands
21 inches high with the feet missing. |
No. 764. A tavern table in which the stretchers are turned and a
medial stretcher does duty for the two which would otherwise exist, one
on either side of the table. There is an advantage in this method of con-
struction, inasmuch as the posts are thus mortised in one direction only,
and are left stronger. There is also a gain, to some minds, of an
esthetic nature. ‘This example is shown to have brackets worked upon
the members of the frame, rather than applied. This method is carried
around three sides of the table, but the back member of the frame is
plain. The turnings are good. A portion of the feet is lost. The frame
is maple, and the top is pine, and we believe original, though the drawer
is renewed, and it would have been better with a knob of wood.
Size: Frame, 21 by 31 inches; top, 27% by 403 inches. Hight, 254
inches.
No. 765. A small tavern table with old black paint. It is all original.
No. 766. A rarely good tavern table belonging to the Metropolitan
Museum. Its turnings are in the knob or ball style, and it has the dis-
tinction of well shaped brackets under the frame, and of high stretchers
and a medial stretcher. We presume that there were drops. The top
is so large that it comes under the class, as does Mrs. Bryant’s table, of
a breakfast or small dining table.
Size: The frame is 23g by 184 inches. The top is 36% by 363
inches, intended, of course, to be square. The square of the leg is 24
inches. The hight is 26% inches. There is a 4-inch drawer. It is 124
inches to the top of the high stretcher, and 44 inches to the top of the
medial stretcher. This class of tables is, when we consider both date
and style, the next most important to the refectory tables. Fine examples
of this type are better than moderately good examples of the refectory type.
This example lacks no feature counted strong and important.
No. 767. A tavern table belonging to Mr. Chauncey C. Nash. We
count it of no small importance. All the legs are raked. The turnings
of the stretchers are in the ball pattern. It has a wide overhang at the
ends.
No. 768. An all turned tavern table with a medial stretcher. It is
all original, unfinished, and lacks only a little of the feet. The drawer
has an overlap, hence the date is not so early as the tables with the
flush drawer.
pose eee
BEAR Ss BS DE 5 EEL EAR aL
780. Marre anv Pine Tavern TaBLE. 1700-20.
:
m= ih
ee | it
781-2. StTanp anv PEwrTer. 783-4. Sranp ano Har Box.
785. Ati Turnep ScroLttep Tavern TaBie. 1690-1710.
786. SpanisH Foor TaBLeE. 1690-1710. 787. Hicu SrrercHer Taste. 1680-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 529
No. 769. A. little cherry table from Pennsylvania. Although so
light and delicate, the drawer has the early side run which establishes
a date of about 1700 or a little earlier.
Owner: Mr. L. G. Myers.
Size: 25 by 164 inches. It is 274 inches high.
No. 770. A walnut table from Pennsylvania. It has the rare and
interesting feature of an X stretcher. The top is round. It is 29 inches
in diameter. The hight is also 29 inches; very unusual for so small
a table.
Owner: Mr. L. G. Myers.
No. 771. A heavy tavern table in walnut. The large cup turning
is striking. It appears on one or two gate-leg tables. This example is
too heavy for a tavern table, and most probably was used at the side
of a dining room. There is the so-called stone mold on the upper
members of the frame. The legs are massive and the drawer is on
grooved runs.
Owner: The estate of William G. Erving, M. D.
Size: The top is 29 by 413 inches. The frame is 21 by 32 inches;
the hight is 28 inches.
No. 772. A table resembling in its turnings and brackets No. 762.
The posts are heavy, as in the early type, and the piece is, like the pre-
ceding, too massive to be moved about often. It lacks the cleats on the
top, which is original, and measures 394 by 41 inches. ‘The hight is
29 inches.
Owner: Mrs. J. Insley Blair.
No. 773. A tavern table with an oak frame and pine top. It 1S
wholly original and never had a drawer.
Size: Frame, 204 by 304 inches; top, 26 by 40% inches; hight, 264
inches.
No. 774. A small oak stand or table, the top of which is old but
not original, and the feet of which are lost. It has, however, a fine
sturdiness and a style of turning quite like that of the very earliest
examples, as seen in the Salisbury communion table.
Size: Frame at the top, 17% by 8% inches. The top is 25 by 1834
inches. The hight is now 22% inches, to which we should probably
add 24 inches to obtain the original hight.
No. 775. A walnut high stretcher tavern table.
Owner: Mrs. J. Insley Blair.
The top is also of walnut. The small size and striking turnings of
this table render it very attractive. The turnings here are not the usual
ball or knob sort, but the balls are separated by a considerable distance.
The turned stretchers are most interesting.
530 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
No. 776. An all walnut table, all the legs of which rake. The
meritorious brackets and corresponding central ornaments on this table,
together with the delicacy of the turnings, afford a very satisfactory
and complete result. Every part is original. There were never drops
on the frame, there being scarcely space to receive them.
Size: The frame at the top is 10} by 174 inches. Just below the
stretchers it is 185 by 214 inches. The top is 273 by 324 inches. The
stretchers are very strongly molded for half their hight in a cyma scroll,
usually called a stone mold. We do not know the origin of the table,
but it was purchased in Boston in 1923.
No. 777. A small walnut table originating in Pennsylvania. On
the drawer there is a crude scratch inlay, a scroll filled in with a white
wood, none of which shows in the picture.
No. 778. An early tavern table with an oak frame. Although it
has lost its feet, the molding on the frame and the brackets, and the early
type of the turnings, make it interesting.
No. 779. A heavily turned tavern table of very early date. It was
not the custom to use brackets on the smallest tavern tables, even when
their style was otherwise counted good. In this example the frame is
molded, and, above and below, the stretchers are marked by a double bead.
The frame is oak. The top is pine. All parts are original.
Size: The frame at the top is 105 by 224 inches. Just below the
stretchers the size is 14 by 224 inches, by which it appears that the splay
of the legs is in one direction only. The size of the top is 20 by 34
inches,
This table originated near Greenfield. It was found by Dr. Miner.
No. 780. A tavern table with maple frame and pine top. The
turnings are especially good. All parts are original. The drawer, as it
appears, is not flush. A stretcher desk in this work has very similar
turnings.
Size of the frame: 17$ by 248 inches. The top is 233 by 374
inches. The hight is 25 inches.
Nos. 781-782. A stand or small tavern table. It is difficult to
draw the line between the tavern table and the stand, just as it is difficult
to draw it between the tavern table and the small dining table. We
could make a division according to size, but it would be purely arbitrary.
Curiously, the name stand seems not to appear in the early inventories.
Table was made to do service for stand. We find standard very rarely,
but its meaning is not the same as stand. We fail, in the published
inventories at this time, to find a wash stand.
A discussion as to what was used for a wash stand cannot be dis-
>
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 531
missed by the flippant “they did not wash.” Small tables like this were
used, or larger tavern tables. We believe that there was no wash stand,
so called or so designed, in the seventeenth century in America.
The pewter articles upon this piece do not belong to our subject. The
wash-bowl and pitcher, generally in use, were of pewter, or, perhaps,
sometimes of brass. We have an instance when visitors at a house of
some pretensions washed at the pump.
This piece is from the collection of Mr. B. A. Behrend.
Date: about 1700 to 1781.
Nos. 783-784. A small, neatly-turned tavern table in black. It is
all original.
The size of the frame is 144 by 204 inches, and the size of the top is
173 by 27 inches.
The box is intended for a hat. We have been informed that such
boxes, in wood, with a handle snapping on somewhat like a blind fastener,
are found in Sweden. This box was bought in America and we do not
know its origin.
Date: about 1700.
No. 785. A tavern table turned with much delicacy. It has the
additional merit that it is not only scalloped on the sides, but on the ends
of the frame, and has a drawer. Enough of the balls of the feet remain
to show what the contour was. We are always pleased to see so much
legitimate wear on the stretchers. The reader’s attention is called to the
use of the word legitimate!
No. 786. A tavern table all the legs of which rake and terminate in
Spanish feet. There has been much discussion as to the appropriateness
of carving a Spanish foot in a slanting position. We believe that this
table is, to the time of present knowledge, unique. It is certainly most
interesting.
It is in the possession of Mr. I. Sack.
In dating a piece of this character we are of course governed wholly
by the feet. The date is from 1690 to 1720.
No. 787. A high stretcher table, the skirt of which is scalloped. The
ball turning is always distinctive. The frame is maple and the top pine.
The date is about 1680 to 1690.
Size: The top is 284 by 374 inches —a very wide top. The great
width in proportion to the length was probably intended to make a roomy
table for four persons. One notes the odd absence of any medial lower
stretcher. :
No. 788. In this example we have a detail of style which, so far,
is new in our description. This table is called a trestle tavern tables) it
$32 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
is built in the fashion of the trestle table, with a tapering shoe correspond-
ing to a tapering cleat above. The lower stretcher is turned to corre-
spond with the posts, but the upper stretcher is a plain member. The
frame is maple and the top is pine. This piece is altogether original and
unrestored. It was found in Connecticut. The convenience of such
tables, without any frame below the top, is quite obvious. They could be
drawn close to the user. They were available as stands or tap room
tables, or for any purpose where a light piece was required. The analogy
of this table to the extremely early table board and trestle is at once
suggested, and the pattern was no doubt derived from that source.
Size: Top, in one piece, 184 by 30 inches. The shoes are 154 inches
long. The hight is 254 inches.
No. 789. A stand or small oval tavern table, painted black. It is all
original. The frame just under the stretcher measures 124 by 154 inches.
The oval top is 214 by 24 inches. The hight is 23 inches.
Date: 1680 to 1700.
No. 790. A stand in which all parts are original except the top. It
is too small to be called a tavern table. All the legs rake and are neatly
turned to correspond with the stretchers. One notices the cutting of the
frame in the form of a bracket, which is one with the frame. We
presume that the top is two or three inches too small in diameter. The
frame of this little stand is exactly square.
No. 791. A trestle tavern table belonging to Dr. Mark Miner of
Greenfield. It differs slightly from the table already figured, in having
the upper as well as the lower stretcher turned. It is noted also that the
shoes are wider than the square of the post.
Nos. 792-798. Wooden utensils for the table, together with a gof-
fering iron. The smaller trencher in the foreground is a humorous
example. The author remembers, when a boy, going on one occasion to
a farmhouse for dinner where, after the meat course, the family, follow-
ing the example of the head of the household, all turned their plates
bottom up and received their pie on the new surface. Do not, gentle
reader, criticize the neatness of this proceeding! Our ancestors were told
to “lick the platter clean.” This little trencher is frankly built to be
used on both sides, being hollowed unmistakably for that purpose.
The large trencher just behind it is precisely in the shape of a modern
soup plate, and is the finest piece of the kind that we have met with. The
other pieces with covers may. be called tankards or any one of various
other names. The left hand piece is prettily inlaid in a diamond out-
line of white wood. It will be seen that in both instances one of the
staves is made very narrow and so shaped as to provide a handle. The
788. TresTLE Frame Tavern Taste. 1670-90
789. Smarty Tavern TABLE. 1700-30. 790. Ati TurNeEp Stanp. 1690-1700.
791. TRrestte Tavern Taste. 1670-90.
792-98. FLounce Iron, TRENcHERs aNp Noccins,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 535
goffering iron is cast and set on a brass standard. One heated the re-
movable interior and then, thrusting it into the pod, secured a rounded
surface for ironing the flounces and furbelows of that generation.
No. 799. An oval stand or small tavern table with all legs raking.
It is of maple and belongs to Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
Size: The top is 183 by 254 inches. The hight is 212 inches.
No. 800. A table with a triangular frame and a circular top. The
cabinet work of a triangular table was more difficult than that on a
square frame. Such a.piece, however, has esthetic uses and, practically,
the long segment of a side affords a greater overhang than is usually
found in small tables. Such tables as a rule have no drawers.
Owner: Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
Size: 283 inches in diameter of top. Hight, 25 inches.
The date is about 1700.
No. 801. A triangular table frame with raked legs. This is a
light example, the property, with its furniture, of Mr. B. A. Behrend.
One sees hanging from the edge a double bowled Betty lamp, the lower
section being built to catch the drip of the upper part. There is, above,
a candle stick with a curious handle which would allow it to be hung on
a hook as a sconce. The other piece is a sand glass. The date of the
table is about 1700-1720.
No. 805. A larger and heavier triangular table with the round top.
It was in the author’s former collection. It is all original. In many
cases feet have to be restored. Of course, the advantage of raking the
legs was found in increased stability. One sees that the stretchers are
molded, as is also the frame.
Nos. 806-808. We have our first example of the adjustable candle
stands. The arrangement by which the central shaft could be lifted
was a ratchet and pawl. The base is a large block of wood made
frankly in this shape to secure stability. The candles were of course
placed at the ends of the crossbar. The lower standard is of pottery,
from Virginia. It is of red clay with a coarse black glaze, and is from
the old pottery, formerly at Morgantown, now West Virginia. It is
similar in texture to the folk pottery of New England and Pennsyl-
vania. These three articles are the property of Mr. H. W. Erving.
No. 809. This is a very quaint ratchet candle stand on stick legs.
The candle is set immediately on top of the small shaft.
~Owner: Mrs. J. Insley Blair.
No. 810. A stand of delicate turning and a series of ogee scrolls.
The drawer is false, and the knob is original, the table never having
had a drawer. While this stand boasts no remarkable feature as a whole,
536 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
it is very attractive, being quite perfect, and in maple, the wood we best
love for such purposes.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
Size: The top is 16 by 25 inches, and the hight is 244 inches.
Nos. 811-814. In the first of these reproductions we show two iron
latches. Plate latches with springs were in use from about the year 1740
down to 1790. Asa matter of fact they are found in use for the simpler
rooms of many fine dwellings.
No. 812 is a little candle stand with a heavy X base and with candle
bar in the form of balls. A third candle was set on the top of the shaft.
No. 813 is a small embroidery frame. There is a very perfect uni-
versal joint, or ball and socket joint, as it is sometimes called, with a
wooden screw to set it. The feet are attached like the legs of a Windsor
stool. The frame could be swung at any angle toward the operator,
and the hands could reach under the piece to be embroidered, which was
placed over the frame, previously covered, as we have seen, with cloth;
and another hoop was placed over it to hold it taut.
No. 814. The most interesting of all the pipe tongs which have
come to our attention. They are made in a square section and not round,
as are several of the other similiar examples. The shape of the scroll
and of the thumb piece for pressing down the tobacco, and of the nail
which was a guide for the cleaner for the bowl, are all clearly shown.
The tongs bear on their side a legend stating that they were captured at
Fort William Henry. They are shown here as they hung in the old
Williams House, South Easton, Massachusetts. They are understood to
belong now, by inheritance, to Mr. Fred H. Williams of Boston.
No. 815. An oval maple stand.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
Size: The top is 183 by 274 inches. The hight now is 203 inches,
to which we should add some two or three inches for the feet, which
are lost. The turnings are delicate. One sees in this table the usual
cleat which runs across the frame of oval tavern tables, and is set its full
size into the frame. It is to prevent the breaking off of the edge of the
top, and is very necessary. The heavy stretchers are plainly early.
No. 816. A burl bowl, remarkable for its size, although there are
larger; but more remarkable for its shape, worked out by hand. The
burl often grew so large that the side of it next the tree was of a hollowed
section. The maker of this piece took advantage of that fact to carve
ears.
The wood is probably maple, though others in the author’s possession,
4
800.
19°:
TRIANGULAR TABLE.
SpLAYED TavERN TABLE.
metls Sena ee
1690-1710.
1680-1700.
801-4.
Raxep TRIANGLE TABLE.
806-809.
Been |
a |
=nonermumeremeeein ten
Ser RET
Ratrcuet anv Porrery SrTanps.
Iron LatTcHEs,
811-814.
Mareie Taste witH Fause Drawer.
sont seit e
|
Wooven Stanparv, EmsBrorwery Frame, Pire Tones.
1690-1720.
816.
Great Burt Wroucut Bow. witru Ears.
Bret poi,
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 541
with nearly the same figure, are pronounced ash by such good judges of
wood as Mr. Henry Ford.
The diameter of this piece is 23 inches.
Mr. Luke Vincent Lockwood has a bowl, turned, of a diameter of
about 29 inches, from the author’s former collection. These are the
largest we have found. A few years since, these bowls were knocked
about as encumbrances. ‘The author found the largest specimen at a shop
conducted by a person notorious for getting the full value for his goods;
nevertheless, he was willing: to be rid of the bowl at a ridiculously small
figure. Those were the happy days!
No. 817. We have previously shown several tavern tables with high
stretchers corresponding in design to the medial low stretcher. In the
example before us, we have a very aristocratic specimen. In addition to
the usual ball turning, it has at the centre of the turning a double vase
motive. A molding carried about the frame is another refinement. The
skirt or valance, as it is indifferently called, on the frame, is cut in very
handsome brackets and scrolls. The drawer is provided with the side
grooves.
This table is from the Prouty Collection, and has been previously
illustrated.
Nos. 818-820. A remarkable, and as far as we have learned, unique
set of hardware in the tulip-bud pattern. In a decorated chest of drawers
shown we have a tulip-bud of precisely the same contour as that which is
here wrought in iron. The scroll of the latch-bar is a large spiral. The
bar, indeed, is altogether the most remarkable we have ever seen. We
see here for the first time that, in the best early hardware, there was a
purpose to match the hinges with the latch, carrying the same motive
through all.
We are not aware that attention has previously been called to the
matching of the design of latch and hinge.
No. 821. A high stretcher tavern table with ball turning and pierced
brackets. This fine example is practically all original. It is the prop-
erty of Mr. Chauncey C. Nash.
While a trifle simpler in some respects than the example preceding it,
this table has the unusual feature of the pierced bracket. As an amusing
instance of the rapid increase of appreciation in such a piece of furniture,
we may say that this table, as soon as found, changed hands five times in
five days, the owners being in three states. It has since been sold twice.
Were it supposed to be on the market, undoubtedly buyers would stand
like dogs at a woodchuck hole for an opportunity to seize it.
In this connection, we have an opening to answer the question so often
542 FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY
asked, why there are so many antiques. The answer is to be found in
the death of collectors and the consequent dispersal of their treasures.
It is also to be found in the occasional financial embarrassment of collec-
tors, for they are not all millionaires. Some of us have court cupboard
tastes and pine cupboard pocketbooks. Another explanation is to be found
in the unwisdom of collectors, which often permits them to resign pieces
whose importance they are not keen enough to know. While this is an
unusual circumstance, it is more apt to occur in the case of the more
important pieces, as in that of some we could mention, but, frankly, we
would not dare. Again, dealers sell, the small to the great, and so the
process goes on, until at last, little by little, such things are caught in
the drag net of the museums. But be it understood they are not bought
by the museums, who either never have funds for such a purpose, or, if
they possess the funds, they lack the quickness to seize their opportunities.
They achieve their greatness through the gifts of their friends.
Thus, through the reasons we have mentioned, and by sickness and
by accident, and by cupidity, the same piece sometimes comes often into
the market. In this manner one of the best articles known has changed
hands nine times in four years.
No. 822. A beautiful and rarely outlined little table belonging to
the estate of George F. Ives. Except for the loss of its feet, it is in
fine condition. The turnings are bold for so small a piece, the stretchers
beautifully agreeing with the legs. The scrolls on the frame are differ-
ent on the legs and on the side. The narrowness of the frame and the
depth of the scrolls forbade a drawer.
No. 823. A walnut table.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr.
The frame is scrolled, and we find a molding run about it, adding to
its importance. Though the feet are missing, the bottom stretchers still
stand up well from the floor. The turning resembles that of No. 817,
and the scrolling on the skirt is slightly suggestive of that, as is also the
molding. One can see from that example how the feet of this appeared.
Size: The top is 13} by 233 inches, and the hight is 25 inches.
Probably, in modern phrase, the table would be called a stand.
No. 824. A bobbin reel. We moderners should distinguish between
this and the spinning wheel. It was merely to wind the bobbins for the
loom, and was used in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. .
No. 825. A small table with a square frame and an octagonal top.
The piece is very perfect and has neither been tampered with nor restored,
nor does it require it. The paint, however, might be washed off, as it
shows now in two colors. The points of merit are the boldly scrolled,
though simply shaped skirt, and the unusual shape ofi the top. There is
817. Hicu SrreTcHEeR ScroLtep Sxirt Tavern Tasie. 1680-90.
818-820. An Unique Tuuie Bup Door Ser. 18th Cenrury.
ba is
821. Hicu Srrercuer, Piercep Bracket Tavern TaBsie, 1680-90.
822. Aryi Turnep Scrottep Sxirt Tavern Tasie. 1690-1710.
823. Hicu SrreTcHER, ScroLtLED Sxirt TAavERN TaBLE. 1690-1700.
a
824. Bossin WueeL. 17th anv 18th CENTURIES.
825.
Octacon ScroLitep Sxirt Pian StretTcHer TAs.e.
Pe ee
LN Sa
826-828. HarpsicHorp anp Cane Cuairs.
1690-1700.
Nati ie ik BL SUI e!
SE Cas
ets Ps et a
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 547
much satisfaction in a piece of furniture that may be left wholly as
found. We discovered this piece in Plymouth in 1921.
Size: Top, 27% inches across. The frame is 214 inches square. The
hight is 264 inches and the table was probably not more than about half
an inch higher originally.
Nos. 826-828. Large musical instruments of our period perhaps
cannot be counted American. They were, as we suppose, imported, but
their frames are American. We merely glance at the subject, and show
two or three examples. —
No. 826 is called a harpsichord. It is in the great room of the
Benning Wentworth house at Newcastle, New Hampshire. One sees
that the base is of a simple character. It is flanked by a good pair of
chairs. The right-hand one has unusual and very interesting carving
on the stretcher.
No. 829. A spinet which the author bought at Haddam, Connecti-
cut, from the family in which it had been from time immemorial. The
instrument was made in London by Jacobus Kirckman, about 1690. One
should take note that the numbers on spinets have been mistaken for
dates. The frame of this spinet is simple. The instrument was made
to lift off from the base, and was not attached in any way. There were
small spurs, like nails, filed to a point, on the frame, which so far en-
gaged the body of the spinet when it rested upon the frame as to prevent
its slipping. The shape of this instrument is quite like that of a small
grand piano. It is light enough to be lifted and carried by one man.
It is said that it belonged to the niece of David Brainard, a missionary
to the Indians in Connecticut.
No. 830. An interesting spinet because of its extremely elongated
Spanish feet, cut in very good pattern when their length is considered.
This spinet, formerly in the author’s collection, is, we believe, now the
property of the Brookline Public Museum. It was made by Thomas
Hitchcock. The date is about 1690. The wood is walnut with inlays
in front.
The tops of these instruments were so thin that in many cases warp-
ing cannot be prevented in a modern house. The only method of over-
coming this permanently is to make a series of very fine parallel cuts on
the under side, and then to bring the top to the proper shape and glue
it. The method of straightening curved woods by flame is very unsatis-
factory. After a while the ancient warp will reassert itself. Old wood
is like an old man —practically impossible to reform. We have seen
so much useless effort put forth in the straightening of warped boards,
that we are induced to make this remark.
SLATE TOP TABLES
STIL more rare than a chest-on-frame, and with less reason for
existence, is the slate top table. The top consisted usually of an oblong
surface of slate with chamfered corners, which was set flush into a
frame of veneered walnut. The object of the slate top was to provide
a surface for tea things, and so to save the disfigurement of a wood top.
The veneered edge, however, was about five inches wide and was par-
ticularly susceptible to injury through wetting. The designers, there-
fore, of these tables placed their patrons in a worse plight than would
have been the case had they never owned them.
It is said that the tops were made on the Continent, perhaps in Switz-
erland, or in Italy, and that the frames were made here. Very few ex-
amples, possibly a half dozen, are known in America. We presume that
owing to their lack of appeal to common sense, and also owing to their
extreme delicacy, few were made, and that when they were made they
were not preserved for any length of time.
In one respect, however, we are quite thankful to the makers, because
the style of these tables showed exquisite taste, and indicated that Amer-
icans in the seventeenth century knew what was what in the matter of
elements of style. We cannot point to anything made since that period
more charming, airy and dainty in outline.
No. 831 illustrates such a table, owned by the Antiquarian Society at
Worcester. The turning is in the fashion of the gate-leg or of a very
dainty tavern table of the period.
No. 832 is the top of the same table. It appears that a portion of the
slate isnew. The inlay is of an intricate and delicate pattern. Of course,
we do not certainly know that the tops were not made here. There were
‘cabinet makers capable of doing the work, since the method was similar
to that in use on the walnut veneer highboys. The pattern, however, is
more involved than that in use on highboys. This example has been
shown in other works.
No. 833 is quite a different pattern of a slate-top table. The trumpet
turning is especially delicate and fine. The feet, attached below the
stretcher, which is a double lyre shape, are scrolled in bold curves and
are doweled to the post through the stretcher. There was a finial at the
intersection of the stretcher arms.
548
829.
SPINNET FoRMERLY OWNED
;
py Niece oF Davin BRaAINaRD.
830. SpinneT wiTH SpanisH FEET. 1690.
1690-1700.
ete: a eee tt a
831.
sb aa ah SOeciaivisaa tk nil he Ah sei TLLE Aaa Ne heb adobe Maal
SLaTE AND VENEER Top Tera. TaBLe. 1690-1700.
832. THe Top or Tasre SHown ABove.
BN ce oe |
833. Warnut Trumpet Turnep X SrretcHer Scrottep Foor Tra Taste.
834. SiaTE aND VENEER Top oF Taste SHown Apove. 1690-1700.
836.
” A, .
Ae ee i ee
i ee ee en ee
835. ScaLLtopep Skirt Tea Taste. 1690-1700.
SLATE AND VENEER Top oF TaBLeE SHowNn ABOVE.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 553
No. 834 is the top of the same table. The inlay is a very intricate
and minute design, and has suffered through wetting, as we have indi-
cated that it was likely to do.
The original slate entire is in place, although it 1s cracked. Below
the slate there is a series of slats to réenforce the back. The slate is so
very thin that we presume the slats are original. Otherwise the top would
have broken under slight pressure.
The wood is walnut, except, of course, the portions of the veneer,
which are of other colors. ‘This table is reputed to have been found near
Boston, where it was bought, in 1923.
One notices at once the analogy between the turnings of these pieces
and those of the six-legged highboy, and its lowboy to correspond. There
is so little data on which to generalize that we cannot be certain where
such a piece as this would be kept in a dwelling. In size, it is not very
different from a lowboy. In the same room, the two pieces would com-
plement one another and add very much to the charm.
Size: The top is 24% by 34% inches. The hight is 26% inches.
No. 835. This specimen of a slate top tea table is in better condition
than the others.
Owner: Mr. Daniel Staniford of Boston.
Its turnings are similar to those in No. 831, but just a trifle heavier.
We believe that in spite of the fact that we show two of these tables with
gate-leg turnings, a greater number of them are found with the highboy
turnings.
This specimen has a symmetrically scalloped valance under the
drawer. The original handles assist us in forming conclusions as to the
date.
The top has its original slate, which is far heavier than that in the
last example described. The veneer in the design on this piece, however,
‘5 confined to one section of the top as seen. The veneer appears to be
in apple wood. The stretchers are deeply and delightfully worn on three
sides. The fourth side shows practically no wear. The grandfather of
the owner of this table taught school, it is said, using the table for a
desk.
Size: Top, 25 by 40 inches, the width of the board outside the slate
being 54 inches. The frame is 25 by 194 inches. The hight is 28 inches.
Of course the rarity and the beauty of these tables make them desir-
able in the eyes of collectors.
LOWBOYS
Tuis is another term for dressing tables. It is supposed to have arisen
in jest, with a sly slur at the legs of these pieces and their correspond-
ing pieces, the highboys. Lowboys are usually found in solid or in
veneered walnut, when in the type of turning which corresponds with the
earliest period of highboys. It was the time of the brass drop handle.
The pieces are rather delicate and, as in the case of the highboy, they
have for the most part been destroyed. Strangely enough, they are much
more rare, and therefore more highly valued, than the highboys. It is
very seldom nowadays that an example comes to light.
No. 837 is a lowboy with very curious and interesting turnings.
Owner: Mr. John H. Halford of Norristown, Pennsylvania.
We notice an extra member in the turning of the legs which is quite
different from that in the usual lowboy, and follows no recognized type.
It is quite as if a larger urn were superimposed upon a smaller one. It
is characteristic that the feet should be large, as here. In fact, the diam-
eter of the turning on the foot is as large as the largest section of the
leg above.
We presume that this piece originally had drops on the spaces which
correspond above to the positions of the legs on the six-leg pieces. Of
course, the object of omitting the two extra legs on the lowboy was to
allow the knees to go under the piece. For the same reason the X
stretcher was employed. As in the case of the highboy, there is a lining
of walnut about 4 inch thick on the intrados of the arches, with an
astragal molding on the outside. Of course, the object of this was to
give a fine finish everywhere and to avoid the appearance of any end
wood. The drawer scheme in this piece, a narrow drawer at the center
and two deep drawers at the side, is the usual arrangement. One notices
a cupid’s bow or double ogee mold on the frame at the ends and an ogee
arch in the center in front. This central arch was as a rule cut higher
than the side arches, for the sake of leg room.
Nos. 838-843. The parlor of the Alden House at Duxbury. An
important element of interest in this room is the flat arch over the fire-
place. This is quite unusual, so much so that we have been guilty of.
stating that it never occurred. We have now found at least two examples,
the other being in a house in Hanson. Of course the panel work was not
554
1690-1700.
X SrrETCHER Waxtnut Lowesoy.
837.
“ Joun AtpEN House” Parzor, Duxsury.
838-843.
844.
Mes.
Cross STRETCHER Cup Turnep Lowspoy oF WaLNnut.
1690-1700.
Att TurNeEp STanp. 1700. 846. TurNEp Sranp, 1690-1710.
naan ieee
ED Nie. ea
trl OR an eg CN
847. Bowt Turnep Lowzoy with Drops. 1690-1710.
848. Carvep Foot Srove. Earty 18th CENTURY.
849.
X StrercHeR Trumpet Turnep Lowsoy. 1710-20,
850.
LacquERED Cross STRETCHER TABLE. 1690-1700.
FURNITURE OF THE PILGRIM CENTURY 559
original with the house, a bedroom of which we have already shown, and
the date of which is supposed to be 1653. Panel work was added in dwell-
ings of this sort beginning about 1720.
The pieces of furniture shown might have been in the house about
1720. The floor candle stand, with its inverted and weighted funnel
base, is a type frequently found.
No. 844. A lowboy from which the drops on the front skirt are
missing, but which has its finial at the intersection of the scrolled stretch-
ers. The turning here corresponds with that of highboys of the inverted
bowl or cup turning. The veneer is walnut with herringbone border. A
single arch mold (astragal) was used a little earlier than the double arch
mold. The bail handles with ornamental surfaces are of somewhat later
date than the drop handles. This piece was bought not far from Boston.
Certainly New England did possess a good number of lowboys.
Nos. 845-846. We insert here, for convenience, two stands, both
of which are owned by Edward C. Wheeler, Jr. The turnings are
dainty. That on the left has a drawer. We believe the top is too small.
This stand is only 31 inches in hight. The piece on the right is of
maple, in beautiful condition, and has plain stretchers. The top is oval
and measures 17 by 233 inches, and the piece is 234 inches high. The
dates of both pieces range between 1690 and 1710.
No. 847 is a walnut cross-stretcher lowboy.
Owner: Mr. Edward C. Wheeler, Jr., of Boston. The huge middle
drop is a striking feature and an amusing instance of how style dominated
and pushed convenience to the wall in those days, as now. The basal
scheme of a lowboy was to afford room as a dressing table. Of course one
could not sit at such a table as this, and although we have named it a low-
boy, we are more inclined to believe, since it has a single long drawer, and
this peculiar conformation on the front, that it was merely a small table.
This judgment does not at all detract from its importance. We shall later
show another table of this type, certainly not designed as a lowboy. It
will be seen that the larger drop is simply a reversed finial, a duplicate
of that on the intersection of the unusually elaborate cross stretcher.
No. 848.